Wrestling Forum banner

Being The Booker

1M views 4K replies 318 participants last post by  Wolf Beast 
#1 · (Edited)
:BEING THE BOOKER:
Presented by Wolf Beast

*
*WWE Roster as of March 17 2007*
http://www.wrestlingforum.com/booker/151424-being-booker-341.html#post28151457


~ UPCOMING PAY PER VIEW AND TELEVISION EVENTS ~



Raw and Smackdown Present;
WWE WRESTLEMANIA XXIV

March 30 2008
Cardinals Stadium; Phoenix, Arizona



Title Histories as of August 20 2007;
World Heavyweight Championship:
(8) Triple H (December 13th 2003 - January 25th 2004)
defeated Goldberg and Kane in a Triple Threat Match (Armageddon, Orlando)
lost to Shawn Michaels in a Last Man Standing Match (Royal Rumble, Philadelphia)

(5) Shawn Michaels (January 25th 2004 - April 11th 2004)
defeated Triple H in a Last Man Standing Match (Royal Rumble, Philadelphia)
lost to Randy Orton in a six man Hell in a Cell Match (Backlash, Phoenix)

(1) Randy Orton (April 11th - August 22nd 2004)
defeated Shawn Michaels in a six man Hell in a Cell match (Backlash, Phoenix)
lost to Chris Jericho (Summerslam, Toronto)

(3) Chris Jericho (August 22nd - November 14th 2004)
defeated Randy Orton (SummerSlam, Toronto)
lost to Orton in a Triple Threat match, also featuring HBK (Survivor Series, Chicago)

(2) Randy Orton (November 14th - March 20th 2005)
defeated Chris Jericho and Shawn Michaels (Survivor Series, Chicago)
lost to John Cena (WrestleMania 21, Detroit)

(1) John Cena (March 20th - August 7th)
defeated Randy Orton (WrestleMania 21, Detroit)
Lost to Shawn Michaels (Summer Slam, San Juan)

(6) Shawn Michaels (August 7th - December 4th)
Defeated John Cena
(Summer Slam, San Juan)
Lost to John Cena
(Armageddon, Boston)

(2) John Cena (December 4th - April 30th 2006)
Defeated Shawn Michaels
(Armageddon, Boston)
Lost to Christian in a triple threat match, also featuring Brock Lesnar (Backlash, Seattle WA)

(1) Christian (April 30th - October 23rd)
Defeated John Cena in a triple threat match
(Backlash, Seattle WA)
Lost to Triple H (Raw, New York City, NY)

(10) Triple H (October 23rd 2006 - February 3rd 2007)
Defeated Christian
(Raw, New York City NY)
Lost to John Cena in a 60 Minute Iron Man Match (SuperBrawl, Providence, RI)

(3) John Cena (February 3rd 2007 - March 18th 2007)
Defeated Triple H in a 60 Minute Iron Man Match (SuperBrawl, Providence, RI)
Lost to Christian (WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)

(2) Christian (March 18th - November 11 2007)
Defeated John Cena (WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)
Lost to John Cena in a triple threat match with Umaga(Survivor Series, Los Angeles CA)

(4) John Cena (November 11 2007 - Present)
Defeated Christian in a triple threat match with Umaga (Survivor Series, Los Angeles CA)

***

Intercontinental Championship:


(1) Randy Orton (December 13th 2003 - February 9th 2004)
defeated Rob Van Dam (Armageddon, Orlando)
lost to Chris Jericho (Raw, Green Bay)

(6) Chris Jericho (February 9th - March 14th 2004)
defeated Randy Orton (Raw, Green Bay)
lost to Christian in a 20 Man Battle Royal (WrestleMania XX, New York)

(4) Christian (March 14th - June 14th 2004)
defeated Chris Jericho in a 20 Man Battle Royal (WrestleMania XX, New York)
lost to Matt Hardy (Raw, Albany)

(1) Matt Hardy (June 14th - August 16th 2004)
defeated Christian (Raw, Albany)
lost to Sting (Raw, Detroit)

(1) Sting (August 16th - October 18th 2004)
defeated Matt Hardy (Raw, Detroit)
lost to Matt Morgan (Raw, Kansas)

(1) Matt Morgan (October 18th 2004 - February 7th 2005)
defeated Sting (Raw, Kansas)
lost to Edge (Raw, Boise)

(5) Edge (February 7th - February 28th 2005)
defeated Matt Morgan (Raw, Boise)
lost to Christian via forfeit (Raw, Atlanta)

(5) Christian (February 28th - April 25th 2005)
defeated Edge via forfeit (Raw, Atlanta)
Lost to Rey Mysterio (Raw, New York)


(1) Rey Mysterio (April 25th - December 4th 2005)
Defeated Christian
(Raw, New York)
Lost to Carlito Caribbean Cool (Armageddon, Boston)

(1) Carlito Caribbean Cool (December 4th 2005 - April 30th 2006)
Defeated Rey Mysterio
(Armageddon, Boston)
Lost to Shelton Benjamin (Backlash, Seattle)


(1) Shelton Benjamin (April 30th - June 25th)
Defeated Carlito
(Backlash, Seattle WA)
Lost to Finlay (Unforgiven, Denver)

(1) Finlay (June 25th - September 2nd)
Defeated Shelton Benjamin
(Unforgiven, Denver)
Lost to Mr. Kennedy (Saturday Nights Main Event, Montreal)

(1) Mr. Kennedy (September 2nd - October 15th)
Defeated Finlay
(Saturday Nights Main Event, Montreal)
Lost to Shelton Benjamin (Nemesis, Uncasville)

(2) Shelton Benjamin (October 15th 2006 - January 14th 2007)
Defeated Mr. Kennedy
(Nemesis, Uncasville)
Lost to Rey Mysterio (Royal Rumble, Indianapolis)

(2) Rey Mysterio (January 14th - April 22nd)
Defeated Shelton Benjamin
(Royal Rumble, Indianapolis)
Lost to Shelton Benjamin (Backlash, Montreal)

(3) Shelton Benjamin (April 22nd - August 19th)
Defeated Rey Mysterio
(Backlash, Montreal)
Lost to William Regal in a triple threat match (Summerslam, London England)

(2) William Regal (August 19th - September 24th)
Defeated Shelton Benjamin in a triple threat match
(Summerslam, London England)
Lost to Shelton Benjamin (Raw, Detroit)

(4) Shelton Benjamin (September 24th - October 14th)
Defeated William Regal
(Raw, Detroit)
Lost to Matt Hardy (Nemesis, Little Rock)

(2) Matt Hardy (October 14th 2007 - January 7th 2008)
Defeated Shelton Benjamin
(Nemesis, Little Rock)
Lost to Brent Albright (Raw, Atlanta)

(1) Brent Albright (January 7th 2008 - Present)
Defeated Matt Hardy (Raw, Atlanta)



***

World Tag Team Championships:

Ric Flair and Batista (December 13th 2003 - February 9th 2004)
defeated Dudley Boyz in a Tag Team Turmoil Match (Armageddon, Orlando)
lost to Dudley Boyz (Raw, Green Bay)

Dudley Boyz
(February 9th - March 22nd 2004)
defeated Ric Flair and Batista (Raw, Green Bay)
lost to Garrison Cade and Mark Jindrak in a TLC Match, which also featured Shawn Michaels & Rob Van Dam, Randy Orton & Batista (Raw, Long Island)

Garrison Cade and Mark Jindrak
(March 22nd - June 20th)
defeated Dudley Boyz et al in a TLC Match (Raw, Long Island)
lost to Natural Born Thrillers (Bad Blood, Washington D.C)

Natural Born Thrillers
(June 20th - July 12th 2004)
defeated Cade and Jindrak (Bad Blood, Washington D.C)
lost to Edge and Christian (Raw, Omaha)

Edge and Christian
(July 12th - October 17th 2004)
defeated Natural Born Thrillers (Raw, Omaha)
lost to Booker T & Goldust in a Cage Match (Nemesis, St. Louis)

Booker T & Goldust
(October 17th - December 12th 2004)
defeated Edge and Christian in a Cage Match (Nemesis, St Louis)
lost to Ric Flair and Batista (Armageddon, Orlando)

Ric Flair and Batista
(December 12th 2004 - April 11th 2005)
defeated Booker T & Goldust (Armageddon, Orlando)
lost to The Worlds Greatest Tag Team (Raw, Sacramento)

The Worlds Greatest Tag Team
(April 11th - June 12th 2005)
defeated Ric Flair and Batista (Raw, Sacramento)
Lost to Garrison Cade & Mark Jindrak (Bad Blood, Philadelphia)

Garrison Cade & Mark Jindrak (June 12th - December 4th 2005)
Defeated The Worlds Greatest Tag Team
(Bad Blood, Philadelphia)
Lost to The Worlds Greatest Tag Team (Armageddon, Boston)

The Worlds Greatest Tag Team (December 4th 2005 - April 3rd 2006)
Defeated Garrison Cade & Mark Jindrak in a Ladder Match
(Armageddon, Boston)
Forced to vacate titles, after Charlie Haas was drafted to Smackdown

Titles vacant - April 3rd 2006 - April 30th 2006

Acolyte Fashion Agency (April 30th - June 25th)
Defeated The Brotherhood, United Nations, Booker T & Goldust for vacant titles
(Backlash, Seattle WA)
Lost to MNM (Unforgiven, Denver)

MNM (June 25th 2006 - March 18th 2007)
Defeated A.F.A
(Unforgiven, Denver)
Lost to Straight Edge via stipulation (WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)

Straight Edge(March 18th 2007 - June 18th)
Defeated MNM via stipulation (WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)
Lost to MNM (Raw, Oklahoma OK)

(2) MNM(June 18th - August 19th)
Defeated Straight Edge (Raw, Oklahoma OK)
Lost to Straight Edge (Summerslam, London England)

(2) Straight Edge(August 19th - Present)
Defeated MNM (Summerslam, London England)

***

Womens Championship:

(2) Molly Holly (July 28th 2003 - January 26th 2004)
defeated Gail Kim (Raw, Colorado Springs)
lost to Lita (Raw, Rochester)

(2) Lita
(January 26th - June 7th 2004)
defeated Molly Holly (Raw, Rochester)
lost to Trish Stratus (Raw, Chicago)

(5) Trish Stratus
(June 7th - October 18th 2004)
defeated Lita (Raw, Chicago)
lost to Shaniqua (Raw, Kansas)

(1) Shaniqua
(October 18th 2004 - October 17th 2005)
defeated Trish Stratus (Raw, Kansas)
Lost to Trish Stratus (Raw, Toronto)

(6) Trish Stratus (October 17th 2005 - April 30th 2006)
Defeated Shaniqua
(Raw, Toronto)
Lost to Jillian Hall (Backlash, Seattle WA)

(1) Jillian Hall (April 30th - June 12th)
Defeated Trish Stratus
(Backlash, Seattle WA)
Lost to Alexis Laree (Raw, Greenville, SC)

(1) Alexis Laree (June 12th - September 2nd)
Defeated Jillian Hall (Raw, Greenville, SC)
Lost to Trish Stratus (Saturday Nights Main Event, Montreal)

(7) Trish Stratus (September 2nd 2006)
Defeated Alexis Laree
(Saturday Nights Main Event, Montreal)

Title relinquished

(2) Alexis Laree (October 2nd - October 30th)
Defeated Jillian Hall for the vacant title (Raw Season Premiere, St. Louis, MO)
Lost to Melina (Raw, Adelaide)

(1) Melina (October 30th 2006 - March 18th 2007)
Defeated Alexis Laree
(Raw, Adelaide)
Lost to Alexis Laree via stipulation (WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)

(3) Mickie James (formerly Alexis Laree) (March 18th - August 19th)
Defeated Melina via stipulation (WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)
Lost to Beth Phoenix (Summerslam, London England)

Beth Phoenix (August 19th - November 11 2007)
Defeated Mickie James (Summerslam, London England)
Lost to Mickie James * 3-2 in a Best of Five Series* (Survivor Series, Los Angeles CA)

(4) Mickie James (November 11 2007 - February 4th 2008)
Defeated Beth Phoenix *3-2 in a Best of Five Series* (Survivor Series, Los Angeles CA)
Lost to Gail Kim (Raw, Green Bay WI)

(2) Gail Kim (February 4th 2008 - Present)
Defeated Mickie James (Green Bay, WI)

***

Smackdown;


WWE Championship:
(3) Brock Lesnar (September 18th 2003 - June 10th 2004)
defeated Kurt Angle in a 60 Minute Iron Man Match (Smackdown, Raleigh)
lost to Kurt Angle (Smackdown, St. Louis)

(6) Kurt Angle (June 10th - August 22nd 2004)
defeated Brock Lesnar (Smackdown, St. Louis)
lost to Goldberg (SummerSlam, Toronto)

(2) Goldberg (August 22nd - October 17th 2004)
defeated Kurt Angle (SummerSlam, Toronto)
lost to Triple H (Nemesis, St. Louis)

(9) Triple H (October 17th 2004 - March 20th 2005)
defeated Goldberg (Nemesis, St. Louis)
lost to The Rock (WrestleMania 21, Detroit)

(10) The Rock (March 20th - July 3rd 2005)
defeated Triple H (WrestleMania, Detroit)
Lost to Goldberg (Great American Bash, Washington, D.C)

(3) Goldberg (July 3rd - August 7th 2005)
Defeated The Rock
(Great American Bash, Washington, D.C)
Lost to Kurt Angle in a Triple Threat Match (Summer Slam, San Juan)

(7) Kurt Angle (August 7th - November 6th 2005)
Defeated Goldberg in a Triple Threat Match
(Summer Slam, San Juan)
Lost to Eddie Guerrero in a Fatal Four Way (Survivor Series, Manchester, NH)

(1) Eddie Guerrero (November 6th 2005)
Defeated Angle, Triple H & Lesnar in a Four Way
(Survivor Series, Manchester, NH)

(4) Brock Lesnar (November 17th 2005 - March 26th 2006)
Defeated Kurt Angle & Triple H in a Triple Threat for Vacant Title
(Smackdown, Detroit)
Lost to Chris Benoit (WrestleMania 22, Las Vegas, NV)

(1) Chris Benoit (March 26th 2006 - July 23rd)
Defeated Brock Lesnar
(WrestleMania 22, Las Vegas, NV)
Title Vacated due to injury

(1) Rob Van Dam (August 20th 2006 - March 18th 2007)
Defeated Chris Jericho for Vacant Title in tournament final
(SummerSlam, Anaheim)
Lost to Randy Orton via Money in the Bank (WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)

(3) Randy Orton (March 18th 2007 - Present)
Defeated Rob Van Dam via Money in the Bank
(WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)


***

United States Championship:

(1) Big Show (October 19th 2003 - February 15th 2004)
defeated Eddie Guerrero (No Mercy, Baltimore)
lost to Billy Gunn (No Way Out, San Francisco)

(1) Billy Gunn (February 15th - April 1st 2004)
defeated Big Show (No Way Out, San Francisco)
lost to Kanyon (Smackdown, Salt Lake City)

(2) Kanyon (April 1st - July 18th 2004)
defeated Billy Gunn (Smackdown, Salt Lake City)
lost to William Regal (Vengeance, Fresno)

(1) William Regal (July 18th - August 22nd 2004)
defeated Kanyon (Vengeance, Fresno)
lost to Benoit in a 3 Way Match, also featuring E. Guerrero (SummerSlam, Toronto)

(2) Chris Benoit (August 22nd - September 23rd 2004)
defeated Regal and E. Guerrero in a Triple Threat Match (SummerSlam, Toronto)
lost to Kanyon (Smackdown, Dallas)

(3) Kanyon (September 23rd - December 9th 2004)
defeated Chris Benoit (Smackdown, Dallas)
lost to Eddie Guerrero (Smackdown; Night of the Championships, Ft. Lauderdale)

(1) Eddie Guerrero (December 9th 2004 - July 3rd 2005)
defeated Kanyon (Smackdown; Night of the Championships, Ft. Lauderdale)
Lost to John ‘Bradshaw’ Layfield in a Triple Threat Match (Great American Bash, Washington, D.C)

(1) John ‘Bradshaw’ Layfield (July 3rd 2005 - March 26th 2006)
Defeated Eddie Guerrero in a Triple Threat Match
(Great American Bash, Washington D.C)
Lost to Matt Hardy (WrestleMania 22, Las Vegas, NV)

(1) Matt Hardy (March 26th - May 14th)
Defeated JBL
(WrestleMania 22, Las Vegas, NV)
Lost to Charlie Haas (Judgment Day, Milwuakee)

(1) Charlie Haas (May 14th - July 23rd)
Defeated Matt Hardy
(Judgment Day, Milwaukee)
Lost to Matt Hardy (Great American Bash, Atlanta)

(2) Matt Hardy (July 23rd - October 13th)
Defeated Charlie Haas
(Great American Bash, Atlanta)
Lost to Brent Albright (Smackdown, Lafayette, LA)

(1) Brent Albright (October 13th 2006 - May 20th 2007)
Defeated Matt Hardy
(Smackdown, Lafayette, LA)
Lost to Paul London (Judgment Day, Miami, FL)

(1) Paul London (May 20th 2007 - January 20th 2008)
Defeated Brent Albright
(Judgment Day, Miami, FL)
Lost to Batista (Royal Rumble, Las Vegas NV)

(1) Batista (January 20th 2008 - Present)
Defeated Paul London
(Royal Rumble, Las Vegas NV)


***

WWE Tag Team Championships:
(1) Basham Brothers (October 23rd 2003 - January 25th 2004)
defeated Los Guerrero's (Smackdown, Albany)
lost to The Worlds Greatest Tag Team (Royal Rumble, Philadelphia)

(3) The Worlds Greatest Tag Team (January 25th - June 10th 2004)
defeated Basham Brothers (Royal Rumble, Philadelphia)
lost to La Resistance (Smackdown, St. Louis)

(2) La Resistance (June 10th - September 2nd 2004)
defeated The Worlds Greatest Team (Smackdown, St. Louis)
lost to Hurricane & Citizen Storm (Smackdown, Tulsa)

(1) Hurricane & Citizen Storm (September 2nd - November 11th 2004)
defeated La Resistance (Smackdown, Tulsa)
lost to Basham Brothers (Smackdown, Cincinnati)

(2) Basham Brothers (November 11th - December 9th 2004)
defeated Hurricane and Citizen Storm (Smackdown, Cincinnati)
lost in a ten team Tag Turmoil match, with Test and Scott Steiner eventually winning the match outright (Smackdown; Night of the Championships, Ft. Lauderdale)

(1) Test & Scott Steiner (December 9th 2004 - January 23rd 2005)
defeated nine teams in a Ten Team Tag Turmoil Match (Smackdown; NOTC, Ft. Lauderdale)
lost to America's Most Wanted in a Fatal Four Way, also featuring La Resistance, and the APA (Royal Rumble, Houston)

(1) America's Most Wanted (January 23rd - March 20th 2005)
defeated Test and Scott Steiner, La Resistance and the APA in a Fatal Four Way match (Royal Rumble, Houston )
lost to The Worlds Greatest Tag Team (WrestleMania 21, Detroit)

(4) The Worlds Greatest Tag Team (March 20th - March 28th)
defeated America's Most Wanted (WrestleMania 21, Detroit)
forced to vacate titles after being drafted to Raw

Titles Vacant (March 28th - May 15th)(2) Americas Most Wanted (May 15th - October 20th 2005)
Defeated The Dudley Boyz, La Resistance, and Un-Americans in a 4 Way for vacant belts
(Judgement Day, Vancouver)
Lost to Basham Brothers (Smackdown, Vancouver)

(3) Basham Brothers (October 20th 2005 - February 2nd 2006)
Defeated America’s Most Wanted
(Smackdown, Vancouver)
Lost to America’s Most Wanted (Smackdown, Columbus)

(3) Americas Most Wanted (February 2nd - May 14th 2006)
Defeated Basham Brothers
(Smackdown, Columbus)
Lost to The Spirit Squad (Judgment Day, Milwaukee)

(1) The Spirit Squad (May 14th - August 20th)
Defeated Americas Most Wanted
(Judgment Day, Milwaukee)
Lost to Paul London & Brian Kendrick (SummerSlam, Anaheim)

(1) Paul London & Brian Kendrick (August 20th - December 10th)
Defeated Spirit Squad
(SummerSlam, Anaheim)
Lost to Americas Most Wanted (Armageddon, Richmond)

(4) Americas Most Wanted (December 10th 2006 - January 20th 2008)
Defeated Paul London & Brian Kendrick
(Armageddon, Richmond)
Lost to MNM (Royal Rumble, Las Vegas NV)

(3) MNM (January 20th 2008 - Present)
Defeated Americas Most Wanted
(Royal Rumble, Las Vegas NV)

***

Cruiserweight Championship:

Rey Mysterio (January 6th - April 8th 2004)
defeated Tajiri (Smackdown, Laredo, TX)
lost to Billy Kidman (Smackdown, Hartford, CT)

Billy Kidman (April 8th - May 16th 2004)
defeated Rey Mysterio (Smackdown, Hartford, CT)
lost to Rey Mysterio (Judgment Day, Corpus Christi, TX)

Rey Mysterio (May 16th - July 29th 2004)
defeated Billy Kidman (Judgment Day, Corpus Christi, TX)
lost to Chavo Guerrero (Smackdown, Seattle, WA)

Chavo Guerrero (July 29th - November 14th 2004)
defeated Rey Mysterio (Smackdown, Seattle, WA)
lost to Hurricane (Survivor Series, Chicago, IL)

Hurricane (November 14th - December 9th 2004)
defeated Chavo Guerrero (Survivor Series, Chicago, IL)
lost to Chavo Guerrero (Smackdown; Night of the Champions, Ft. Lauderdale, FL)

Chavo Guerrero
(December 9th 2004 - February 13th 2005)
defeated Hurricane (Smackdown; NOTC, Ft. Lauderdale, FL)
lost to Tajiri (No Way Out, Salt Lake City, UT)

Tajiri (February 13th - March 20th 2005)
defeated Chavo Guerrero (No Way Out, Salt Lake City, UT)
lost to Chavo Guerrero in a Six pack Challenge, which also featured Akio, Paul London, Rey Mysterio & Jamie Noble (Wrestlemania 21, Detroit, MI)

Chavo Guerrero
(March 20th - May 15th 2005)
defeated Tajiri, Jamie Noble, Akio, Rey Mysterio & Paul London in a Six pack Challenge (WrestleMania 21, Detroit, MI)
Lost to Paul London (Judgement Day, Vancouver)

(1) Paul London (May 15th - November 6th 2005)
Defeated Chavo Guerrero
(Judgement Day, Vancouver)
Lost to Jamie Noble via stipulation in an 8 Man Survivor Series Elimination Match (Survivor Series, Manchester NH)

Jamie Noble (November 6th 2005 - February 11th 2006)
Defeated Paul London via stipulation in an 8 Man Survivor Series Elimination Match
(Survivor Series, Manchester NH)
Lost to Paul London (Saturday Nights Main Event, Anaheim, CA)

(2) Paul London (February 11th - March 16th 2006)
Defeated Jamie Noble
(Saturday Nights Main Event, Anaheim, CA)
Lost to Kid Kash (Smackdown, Detroit, MI)

(1) Kid Kash (March 16th - June 8th 2006)
Defeated Paul London
(Smackdown, Detroit, MI)
Lost to Juventud Guerrera (Smackdown, Tulsa OK)

Juventud Guerrera (June 8th - September 17th)
Defeated Kid Kash
(Smackdown, Tulsa OK)
Lost to Super Crazy (Cyber Sunday, Rochester, NY)

Super Crazy (September 29th 2006 - January 14th 2007)
Defeated Juventud Guerrera
(Smackdown, Dayton, OH)
Lost to Kid Kash as part of a six man tag team match (Royal Rumble, Indianapolis)

Kid Kash (January 14th 2007 - March 18th 2007)
Defeated Super Crazy in a six man tag team match
(Royal Rumble, Indianapolis)
Lost to Brian Kendrick(WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)

The Brian Kendrick(March 18th - December 9 2007)
Defeated Kid Kash
(WrestleMania 23, New Orleans, LA)
Lost to Bryan Danielson (Armageddon, Cleveland OH)

Bryan Danielson (December 9 2007 - Present)
Defeated The Brian Kendrick (Armageddon, Cleveland OH)
 
See less See more
1
#3,748 ·








Monday Night Raw | December 1 2008 | Newark NJ








NO Opening Video



NO Pyro

The action cuts STRAIGHT into the arena-

**SEXY BOY**

And the show is KICKING OFF with the main event!! Dressed for action, SHAWN MICHAELS jives through the curtain, full of energy as he gets back in the hunt for the World Title tonight!!

Jim Ross: The Prudential Centre is on it’s feet for a living legend!! The Showstopper Shawn Michaels is kicking off the show t’night!!! And Coach, neither Michaels or London wanted to wait for this one!! The winner will go on to Starrcade in four weeks t’challenge for the richest prize in the game!!

The Coach: And standing in their way will be none other than one of the greatest World Champions there’s ever been, old timer!! Denigrate him all you want, but Brent Albright has beaten ALL comers. He’s beat them all to the point where we’re having to RECYCLE old challengers!!

Jim Ross: Indeed, Albright holds singles victories in championship matches against both these potential contenders, but London has earned his way back into contention and this man, Shawn Michaels, ain’t ever too far outta the picture!!

**STAY IN SHADOW**

Not hanging around either is PAUL LONDON!!! Shawn Michaels hasn’t even been afforded the luxury of his in ring posing routine, with London already marching down the ramp ahead of a mouthwatering match…

Jim Ross: This young man is the epitome of the phrase “never give up”. He’s been on the verge of holdin the World Title in a number of occasions this past year, but despite some heartbreaking losses, this kid just keeps draggin himself off the canvas, an’ he keeps comin back!!

The Coach: Like a cockroach!! How many times does this idiot need to come up short to realise; like Brent Albright said … like Shawn Michaels even said last week – He’s not ready … and he NEVER will be!!

Jim Ross: I don’t think Paul London will ever give in. It’s his dream, his lifetime ambition, to be Champion of the World, and bah gawd, he ain’t EVER gonna give up!!

London takes his time walking down the ramp – there’s no sprinting to the ring here – with Michaels having now removed his chaps, ready for the challenge of London … but Shawn’s eyes widen, and he points behind London…

AS CHARLIE HAAS ATTACKS LONDON FROM BEHIND ON THE RAMP-

AND NICK DINSMORE ATTACKS SHAWN MICHAELS FROM BEHIND IN THE RING!!!

It’s a mugging!! Brent Albrights stablemates are about to ruin this #1 Contenders match before it can even start!! Dinsmore and Haas put the boots to London and Michaels, with Haas tossing London into the ring so they can continue the attack together.

With J.R irate on commentary, we see BRENT ALBRIGHT (noticeably hobbling) make his way out, shouting instructions, wanting both men taken care of…

But in the ring, the situation gets turned on its head, as MICHAELS AND LONDON MOUNT A COMEBACK!!!!! Both men are sent off the ropes by Haas and Dinsmore … both coming back with FLYING FOREARMS!!!!!

From there, London and Michaels take care of business, hammering Haas and Dinsmore, before London sends Haas out with a dropkick, whilst a back body drop sees Michaels get rid of Dinsmore!!!

AND LEFT IN THE RING TOGETHER ARE LONDON AND MICHAELS!!!

Both men are fired up now, and both want THEIR MATCH to happen, whilst Albright looks ready to throw a fit on the ramp-

**SIRIUS**

But here comes the Raw General Manager RICKY STEAMBOAT!!! It’s a frantic start to Raw, but the Dragon looks to be here to restore order!! Steamboat has a stern look on his face, pointing down at Albright further down the ramp, whilst London and Michaels are still raring to get at it…

Ricky Steamboat: I’m sorry everyone. Tonights main event between Paul London and Shawn Michaels…

Dramatic pause.

Ricky Steamboat: Is cancelled.

Both London and Michaels are equally furious – and so too are the fans. In the ring, both men are protesting that they’re ready to go at it, but Ricky shakes his head on the ramp.

Ricky Steamboat: Brent, I see what your game was here. Take both guys out, right??

Albright, looking pleased with himself, shrugs with a nonchalant attitude.

Ricky Steamboat: Well … congratulations. Because now, due to your plan, and the actions of your friends here, we’re not crowning a number one contender tonight.

More heat showers the General Manager from the fans.

Ricky Steamboat: No, no … instead … I’m deciding both men are getting a shot at the World Heavyweight Title!!

Well that’s more like it!!” ~J.R praises the GM punishing Albright.

Ricky Steamboat: But it’s not happening at Starrcade…

The fans begin to rumble in anticipation…

Ricky Steamboat: That triple threat match happens … tonight.

HUGE pop. On the ramp, Albright tosses down his title belt in frustration and anger, as Michaels and London both look happy with the news.

Jim Ross: Y’GOTTA BE KIDDIN ME!! A TRIPLE THREAT MATCH!? FOR THE WORLD TITLE!? T’NIGHT ON RAW!? GOOD GAWD ALMIGHTY – WHAT A TURN OF EVENTS HERE!!!

The Coach: How is this fair to the champion!?

Jim Ross: How is it not!? He tried t’take both men out. He failed – an’ this is the punishment, Coach!!

The Coach: It’s too much, Steamboat has gone too far here!!!

After picking up his title belt, Albright starts to hobble off to chase after Steamboat and confront him over his match making tonight, with a dishevelled pair of Haas and Dinsmore following behind him.

And in the ring, Michaels and London are left behind, face to face in the ring. Shawn extends a hand, and after a moment, London nods. He accepts the handshake, then mouths at Michaels “I’ll see you back here later … and then we’ll see who’s ready.” Michaels smirks…

THEN LAYS OUT LONDON WITH SWEET CHIN MUSIC!!!

Shawn stands over London – as a mix of cheers and boos fill the arena; but the overriding emotion is shock – then looks down at his fallen rival, mouthing down at him … “It wont be you.”

Jim Ross: A HUGE shot has been fired here by Shawn Michaels!! Brent Albright can complain all he damn well wants, but one thing is for sure – there ain’t gonna be ANY allies later t’night!! It sure as HELL will be every man for himself!! Triple Threat Rules for the World Heavyweight Title – what a main event!!








Commercial Break










Raw returns with DREW MCINTYRE in the ring already, making his first Raw appearance since being mauled by John Cena at Raw 800. He’s tall, but very slender at this young age, but J.R puts this across as a chance for the young Scot to make a name for himself…



**REALITY**


And coming sauntering from the back is the most hated man on TV; THE MIZ. With his shit eating grin, the reality star confidently makes his way to the ring, as we get clips of his actions last week, almost ruining the main event, and certainly putting Nick Nemeth at a distinct disadvantage against CM Punk, ultimately coming up short in his I.C Title match.



J.R chews out Miz on commentary for costing Nemeth the I.C Title (Coach disputes that) and says the former MTV reality star might find he’s bitten off more than he can chew by targeting the quickly rising Nemeth in the way he did last week.


Match 1:

Drew McIntyre vs. The Miz

Not exactly a match that’s getting people talking and tuning into Raw. Drew is still exceptionally green, and Miz isn’t quite a competent worker at this point, and certainly not good enough to carry a match. It’s all basic stuff early on, with Miz impressed with himself as he applies a side headlock, and trips Drew down, showing some improvements on the mat, but he’s NOT a ring general, and it allows McIntyre to get back into the contest. Drew shows some decent fire in his comeback, capped off with a dropkick that forces Miz to roll out of the ring.



McIntyre then reaches out to drag Miz back in, but gets clocked with a forearm shot from the reality star!! Miz then attempts to climb back in with the referee checking on Drew … AS NICK NEMETH APPEARS AT RINGSIDE … JUMPING REVERSE BULLDOG TO THE MIZ!!!!!! Nemeth tosses Miz back inside, gone completely unnoticed by the referee … as McIntyre stumbles back up, and doesn’t ask any questions about how Miz ended up in this condition … he heads straight for the top rope … DIVING HEADBUTT!!!!! {“”He calls that the Glasgow Kiss!!” ~J.R} Cover; 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: Drew McIntyre @ 03:49

It’s a small measure of revenge for Nick Nemeth after The Miz screwed him over last week – a humiliating loss for The Miz!!! Nemeth backs up the ramp, nodding his head, giving Miz a taste of his own medicine this week, whilst the young Scot looks delighted to be victorious for the first time on Raw!!

McIntyre even briefly goes to one of the turnbuckles to celebrate, whilst The Miz slowly picks himself up, shaking the cobwebs loose … and realising he just lost to the rookie … AND WHY!!! Puffing his cheeks in fury, Miz sits in the ring … cursing Nick Nemeth … but J.R points out it’s the least Miz deserved after what he did last week!!






__________________________________________________




Backstage, PAUL LONDON is moving his head side to side, stretching out his neck, still wincing from the earlier cheap shot from Shawn Michaels, when SCOTT STANFORD approaches…

Scott Stanford: Paul London … a moment of your time??

London offers a nod, giving Stanford permission.

Scott Stanford: Quite the rollercoaster it’s been tonight to say the least. From arriving here earlier today with the intention of becoming Number One Contender … to the realisation that tonight, you may leave Raw as World Heavyweight Champion. Could that lack of preparation time be a benefit perhaps??

Setting his tape down, London takes a second to think about it.

Paul London: Well … I’ll tell you one thing, Scott … Shawn Michaels kicking me in the face is never a benefit … but y’know somethin?? It tells me that Shawn Michaels sees me as more of a threat than he lets on. And if Brent Albright was sending out his lackeys to take me outta the picture?? It tells me what I already knew about him … and that’s that he’s scared. Scared that I’m the man that’s ending his reign as champion. So they can say I’m not ready and I never will be and any other B.S … but their actions?? They don’t really measure up to their words.

Stanford nods.

Paul London: But as for your question … time’s gonna tell. The mindset I have right now, I don’t think anything could set me back. Whether I have four weeks to get ready, or a couple hours … my one goal – the only thing that matters … is winning that World title.

London pounds his fist on the treatment table.

Paul London: I’m sick of coming in second. I’m fed up of people telling me I’m not ready. And I never want to hear someone tell me I never will be … ever again.

And a smirk develops on Londons face.

Paul London: So hell, the more I think about it, the better it sounds. Because I don’t want to wait another four weeks to win the World Title. I can barely wait for two hours. I want it. I want it TONIGHT.

Scott Stanford: Triple threat rules of course – which means there’s a huge possibility that you may not get a say in the matter…

Paul London: That’s something I can’t allow to happen. I’ve gotta be in that ring. I’ve gotta be in the thick of the action tonight. If anyone is ending Brent Albrights reign as World Champion … it HAS to be me. Not Shawn Michaels. ME!!

Full of determination, London prods his chest.

Paul London: I have chased that man down for the last six months … and I’m not about to allow Shawn Michaels to just barge in and take this moment from me. They’re both gonna know that I AM ready for this. Not in four weeks. Not in a years time. I’m ready … NOW. And tonight … is the night.

Stanford nods.

Scott Stanford: Good luck.

And respectfully, the interviewer leaves it at that, allowing London to continue with his preparations.






__________________________________________________









And elsewhere, CM PUNK is walking through the hallway, as Jim Ross informs us that we’re going to hear from the Intercontinental Champion – NEXT~!!








Commercial Break












**VIDEO PACKAGE**



WWE Production theme; “Triumphant Return” plays as the word flashes on screen-


~ TRADITION ~


Clips of RIC FLAIR getting an elaborate entrance, wearing the big gold belt … DUSTY RHODES raising his arms … GREG VALENTINE and RODDY PIPER staring one another down in the Dog Collar Match.



~ HISTORY ~


The smoking entrance for VADER … RIC FLAIR and STING ready to lock up … the ROAD WARRIORS walking to the ring … MAGNUM T.A battling TULLY BLANCHARD.



~ GLORY ~


HOLLYWOOD ’HULK HOGAN playing the WCW title on his way to the ring … RICKY STEAMBOAT & JAY YOUNGBLOOD winning the tag team titles … RIC FLAIR being hoisted onto the shoulders of his peers.



~ CELEBRATION ~


Jubilant scenes of STING winning the title in 1997 … DUSTY RHODES holding the NWA title in 1985 … RODDY PIPER defeating Hogan in 1996.



~ IS BACK!!


And now, shots of the stars of Monday Night Raw; PAUL LONDON … MISTER KENNEDY … SHAWN MICHAELS … BETH PHOENIX … NICK NEMETH … THE MASTER CRAFTSMEN … CM PUNK.



~ AFTER EIGHT YEARS ~


Clips of cheering fans, and fireworks going off at previous STARRCADE events.


~ STARRCADE ~



And the STARRCADE logo flashes across the screen-


~ RETURNS ~



WWE STARRCADE | DECEMBER 28 | GREENSBORO NC

ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW

END PACKAGE

***
{Banner Credit: Hug Life}








__________________________________________________







Back into the arena…


**THIS FIRE BURNS**



And, as promised on the other side of the break, CM PUNK enters the arena, dressed casually tonight with no match to compete in. J.R and Coach again going back to discussing last weeks main event, along with Punks seven month long reign as I.C Champion – with both commentators agreeing he’s going to be remembered as one of the great I.C Champions of all time at this rate.



Punk reaches the ring, taking a mic, and takes his time, before finally beginning to speak, with the Intercontinental Champion sitting proudly over his shoulder…

CM Punk: Today marks two hundred and nineteen days since I won this championship. It makes me the longest reigning champion in all the WWE right now. I haven’t had it easy either … and I wouldn’t have it any other way.

That’s what makes him the greatest, J.R!!” ~Coach fanboys for Punk.

CM Punk: And thanks to MY hard work … thanks to MY endeavour as a proud and fighting champion … this championship has surpassed the big gold belt around here. The Intercontinental Championship is now the crown jewel of Monday Night Raw … and by extension, the WWE as a whole.

Punk takes exception to a few rumbles in the audience.

CM Punk: Oh- what?? You don’t believe me?? You think I’m blowing my own trumpet?? Is that what you people think?? Well explain to me how two guys that came calling for the Intercontinental title and FAILED … are now setting their sights on the secondary title around here?? Unless now, people are allowed to fail upwards on Raw…

Punk looks around for an answer from the audience.

CM Punk: If Paul London and Shawn Michaels getting a shot at the World Title after coming up short in tryin to take this from me doesn’t illustrate my point, I dunno what will.

He makes a helluva point if you ask me!!” ~Coach continues to champion Punk.

CM Punk: But now … I’ve ran into a little problem. See … being a champion for as long as I have, with title defences as frequently as I’ve been made to make ‘em, it means that I’ve cleaned out the entire roster of worthy challengers. I have exhausted the list of guys that are credible enough to come try and take this title.

Well … I don’t know about that.” ~J.R throws doubt, but fails to offer any names.

CM Punk: So I’m left with no other choice … but to outsource for the next guy to come try and take this away from me. And since there seems to be a thirst for nostalgia around here, and the powers that be are bringing back Starrcade as a Pay Per View … I had an idea. See, my next title defence isn’t due until then. And as I already stated … I don’t exactly have a long list of people lining up to take a shot right now … so how about this…

Punk pauses for a moment, with a smirk on his face.

CM Punk: I’m issuing an open challenge to any former Intercontinental Champion that wants one more crack at reliving their glory days.

There’s a pop, but nothing mind blowing.

CM Punk: Because that seems to be what’s en vogue. That’s why I got left off the Survivor Series, after all. So our oh so wonderful, humble leader could have one last dance in the spotlight.

He’s talkin about Ricky Steamboat, folks.” ~J.R makes sure everyone can keep up.

CM Punk: Completely selfless, of course. No ego there. It’s not like the hottest star in this business today was offering his services to ya, was it??

With that last statement dripping in sarcasm, Punk takes a look around the arena, then points to himself, indicating (as if they needed to know) that he was talking about himself at the end.

CM Punk: So if it’s wheelin’ out the names of the past that people seem to want, I say let’s do it!! Because there’s nothin that entertains me more than some fat, outta shape has been … hobblin down that ramp for one last pay day!!

Mimicking a limp around the ring, Punk draws a few laughs, before straightening up.

CM Punk: Who wants to see CM Punk versus Pat Patterson at Starrcade!?

There’s not an overwhelming response – and indeed, some laughs at the thought of it.

CM Punk: Huh!? How about it!? The first ever Intercontinental Champion, versus the current and GREATEST Intercontinental Champion of all time!?

Nope. There’s a muted – at best – reaction to that potential match.

CM Punk: No?? Well, it could be anyone else. Tito Santana, Greg Valentine … and there’s plenty of former Intercontinental Champions that are still active in this company today too. William Regal, Goldust … hell, it could even be … Ricky Steamboat himself.

Now THAT elicits a more favourable reaction. Punk pauses for a second, acknowledging that pop too, before continuing on.

CM Punk: And even though he said the Survivor Series was a one off, one time deal, I know FOR A FACT that Steamboat would love another chance to bask in the spotlight. And with a chance to hold THIS title?? I think a little push from YOU PEOPLE might just do the trick.

With a sinister grin on his face, Punk pauses again, before announcing to the fans;

CM Punk: Do you people wanna see Ricky Steamboat try and roll back the years, one more time, and try to win this championship again??

With Punk specifically wanting the fans reaction this time, there’s a stronger pop for the suggestion. Punk nods, and steps to face the ramp.

CM Punk: Well there’s no need to be coy … I’m throwin out the challenge. Ricky Steamboat!? Why don't you dig out those tights, one more time … to meet me at Starrcade for the richest prize in the game!!?? How about it??

Punk knows Ricky Steamboat ain’t interested!! He’s the damn General Manager!!” ~J.R isn’t happy at this stunt.

CM Punk: These people want it!! And you wanna please the people, right, Rick??

He’s pushing the line here!!” ~J.R is getting angrier on commentary.

CM Punk: Or would you people rather see The Mountie show up on December 28??

Heat for such a lame suggestion.

CM Punk: Marc Mero maybe?? How about Dean Douglas?? I hear he needs a few bucks thrown his way.

Purposely, Punk is picking out some less than stellar options, actively searching for negative fan responses. With boos ringing out, the smirking Punk leans his forearms onto the ropes, facing the ramp.

CM Punk: I think the people have spoken, Ricky. I think the people here want YOU to answer my challenge.

Pushing off the ropes, Punk takes a step back, seemingly inviting the General Manager out here … but Ricky Steamboat ISN’T forthcoming to answer the challenge.

CM Punk looks around, still smiling, still waiting for a response when…

**THIS FIRE BURNS**

Punks music starts to play again!! After a moment of confusion, Punk starts to realise what’s going on … he’s being given a cue to leave!! On commentary, J.R starts plugging the World Tag Team Title match which is UP NEXT. We’re moving on!!

In the ring, Punk starts to chuckle, and tries to speak over his music on the microphone … but it becomes apparent that his mic has been cut too!! He shakes his head, then looks to the fans, offering a shrug … as Raw goes to an abrupt commercial break.








Commercial Break











Raw returns with WILLIAM REGAL and GOLDUST in the ring already, no time being wasted, as they get their long awaited shot at the tag team titles…



**RENAISSANCE MUSIC**



Reunited with Fifi{!!}, RENÉ DUPRÉE is joined by DAMIEN SANDOW (bringing his own dog, Edison) as the World Tag Team Champions gear up for a title defence against their rather long time rivals. Despite this issue dating back to August, it’s the first time Regal and Goldust have (together) had a chance to get their hands on Sandow … and because of that-


THE CHALLENGERS AREN’T WAITING!!!



Goldust and Regal leave the ring, meeting the champions on the floor, taking the fight to La Renaissance!!! It’s noted by J.R that this is very unlike the usually cerebral pair of veterans, but it shows how badly they want to get their hands on the champions!! Regal and Goldust beat the tar out of Duprée and Sandow on the outside, with Regal eventually tossing Duprée into the ring to officially get us underway!!!



Match 2 | WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH:
La Renaissance {Damien Sandow & René Duprée} vs. The Knuckle Dusters {William Regal & Goldust}
And the challengers aren’t hanging around in the ring either!! Regal roughs up the Frenchman, then looks for the KNEE TREMBLER … BUT SANDOW PULLS HIS PARTNER FROM THE RING!!!!! The champions try to recover from the early onslaught … but Goldust isn’t letting them get away with it!! The Bizarre One rams both their heads together and tosses René back inside!!!!! Regal looks for the Knee Trembler – but pulls up just short, as DUPREE DRAGS THE REFEREE IN FRONT OF HIMSELF!!!!!



Regal gets the official out of his path … but the momentary distraction allows Duprée to LOW BLOW the Englishman!!! He rolls Regal up – WITH A HANDFUL OF TIGHTS!!!! 1...2...KICK OUT BY REGAL!!!!! Duprée almost stole it, but even blatant cheating can’t get the job done here!!! Shaking his head, the Frenchman offers a tag to his partner, and Sandow looks to take over, with the action settling down briefly. Sandow slows it down with a chin lock, but as Regal wriggles out, Sandow is forced to slam Regal back down and tag René back in.



Together, the champions work in unison to put Regal down again … and elect to pose, with Duprée performing the French Tickler dance whilst Sandow goes through the motions for the ELBOW OF DISDAIN- BUT MISSES!!!!! Regal moved, and Duprée is completely unaware – back turned – which allows Regal to sneak up behind the Frenchman … 1...2...NO!!!! René escapes, then swings a wild clothesline that Regal avoids … AND TAGS IN GOLDUST!!!!



Goldust comes in all guns blazing, knocking down Duprée, then Sandow, then Duprée again, before sending Sandow out of the ring with a dropkick!! Getting back up, Goldust gets cut off by the Frenchman, and sent off the ropes … but René ducks for the return, allowing Goldust to drop down and deliver an uppercut instead!!! Goldust now looks for the CURTAIN CALL … BUT SANDOW COMES STORMING BACK INTO THE RING – RUNNING RIGHT INTO A SNAP POWERSLAM FROM GOLDUST!!!!!



Sandow is taken out of the equation for good now!! Meanwhile, Duprée stumbles to the corner, and Goldust follows in, setting the legs on the ropes – HE’S WANTING SHATTERED DREAMS!!!!! And Regal – knowing what’s coming – elects to cause a distraction for the official … ALLOWING GOLDUST TO NAIL DUPRÉE BETWEEN THE LEGS!!!!! The Bizarre One turns to his partner now, giving Regal the chance to bring it home, and makes the tag!!! But as the challengers tag … SANDOW DRAGS DUPRÉE FROM THE RING AGAIN … THEY’RE WALKING OUT!!!!!



Stumbling over one another as they escape up the ramp, Duprée and Sandow drag their poor dogs too, with Regal and Goldust both livid in the ring at what they’re seeing … but they decide not to let the champions get away!!! The Knuckle Dusters give chase up the ramp … but stop short of attacking due to the dogs being in the way – they don’t want to potentially harm the animals!!! La Renaissance pick their up Eskimo Dog and Poodle respectively, putting even more of a barrier between them and challengers … frustrating Regal and Goldust … as the bell rings – it’s a double count out!!!

Winners: Double Count Out @ 04:25 – La Renaissance retain the World Tag Team Championships

Bullshit chants can be heard as the smiling, relieved champions escape through the curtain, leaving the challengers frustrated on the stage. Regal and Goldust look to one another, both shaking their heads … though comically, Goldust tells Regal he knew giving back FiFi was a bad idea last week.

On commentary, J.R is beside himself at the fact that Duprée and Sandow would stoop so low to protect themselves with innocent animals, calling them a pair of chickens with the way they just saved the tag team titles, fully believing we were about to crown new champions. Still furious, J.R says this one is far from over, as the champions can’t run forever.

J.R then plugs JOHN CENA vs. SHELTON BENJAMIN next up on Raw … but before that, Tiffany is standing by backstage…






__________________________________________________







Heading backstage, TIFFANY is standing by…

Tiffany: An unexpected conclusion to the tag team title match, but for Brent Albright later tonight, he won’t have the luxury of getting himself counted out to retain the World Heavyweight Championship when he defends against both Shawn Michaels and Paul London in a triple threat match. I’m outside the Master Craftsmen’s locker room, hoping to get a brief word with the champion, after that bombshell announcement earlier in the night…

She knocks the door, and after a few seconds, CHARLIE HAAS opens it.

Charlie Haas: What do you want, Barbie??

Tiffany: Uhm, I just uh, was hoping to get a few moments with Brent Albright ahead-

Charlie Haas: Champs busy. In case you didn’t see it earlier, he just got thrown into a late notice title defence tonight. So uh, why don’t you run along-

Albright then swings the door open, face full of thunder as he glares at Tiffany, before speaking to Haas.

Brent Albright: It’s fine. I got this.

Haas nods, and backs off, with Albright standing at the doorway.

Brent Albright: I mean, honestly, I’m amazed you knew where to find us. Because despite being the World Heavyweight Champion, I’m the forgotten man around here!! You coulda came here any time for an interview these past six months. But you chose now. And it’s too late. So I’m not gonna give you an interview. I’m gonna talk, and you’re gonna listen and nod your head.

Tiffany says nothing, seemingly too afraid to speak up to even agree.

Brent Albright: See, it’s not enough for Ricky Steamboat that I’ve already beaten Shawn Michaels and Paul London one on one. I heard CM Punk earlier talk about running out of challengers. Well, don’t worry about it, Punk … Steamboat has the answer; he’ll start recycling the same challengers over again – just two at a time instead.

Albright wags his finger.

Brent Albright: I’ve got a lot more to say about Punk by the way, but that can wait for another time. Tonight, my anger is fixed on three people. I get to take my anger out on two of ‘em, and by doing that, I’ll piss off the other one anyway. From the day and hour Steamboat took his position, he’s wanted me to lose this. He’s tried everything, and everything has failed. So will this.

Tiffany: Uhm, wouldn’t you agree you brought this match on yourself-

Brent Albright: I told you to listen and nod your head, didn’t I??

Sheepishly, Tiffany pipes down, under the glare of the World Champion.

Brent Albright: What I did earlier was a protest. A protest at having to prove myself over and over again against the same people. A protest against the crappy job our General Manager is doin at running this show. And a protest over the lack of attention and appreciation that’s comin my way!! Because I’ve got NONE.

Tiffany nods – still too afraid to do anything else.

Brent Albright: A year ago, everyone was fallin over themselves to say how great a World Champion Christian was. They talked about the Murderers Row of challengers he saw off. What about my recognition!? Where is it!? Because all I see, and all I hear is people jumping to praise Paul London for never giving up. People jumping to praise Shawn Michaels for what he did at the Survivor Series like he was some kind of hero.

Albright shakes his head, muttering with a ‘pfft’.

Brent Albright: You know why people never talk about me never giving up?? Because I never fail!! I never HAVE to keep coming back. And Shawn Michaels didn’t do anything heroic at the Survivor Series. He stabbed me and JBL in the back. Yet those are the two people everyone wants to talk about. Not the champion. Because I don’t matter. So I don’t want to matter any more. I’ll just keep my belt, and keep doing what I do.

Brent points off to the distance.

Brent Albright: So go flutter your eyelashes at Shawn Michaels, or go flirt with Paul London. Give THEM your attention, not me. Because I don’t want it. I don’t want you comin here for quotes. I don’t want anyone to bother me again.

Tiffany gulps in fear of the champion.

Brent Albright: Go take the attention, take the spotlight, take the cameras … and you go find Shawn Michaels and Paul London. You go talk to them. Let them be the focus … and I’ll be the guy that’s walking out as champion.

With that, Albright SLAMS the door shut, giving Tiffany no doubt over what he thought…








Commercial Break











Back into the arena…



**AIN’T NO STOPPIN ME**



SHELTON BENJAMIN strides out onto the stage, with a massive opportunity to score a win over John Cena tonight. Puffing his cheeks, Benjamin looks fully focused on his way to the ring, as J.R sets the table, explaining that Cena attacked Rey Mysterio (Benjamins tag partner over the last few months) but also, that early in the summer, Shelton Benjamin was chasing John Cena while Cena was World Champion, without ever getting the singles match he craved; but he has it tonight.



**HATE ME NOW**


To that now familiar refrain, JOHN CENA emerges onto the stage; head down, hood up as always. The Man In Black trudges down the ramp, ignoring everything around him, as J.R reminds the audience that Cena is barred from challenging for the World Title until the end of 2008, and has been on a warpath to destroy all the fans favourites, including recently – Rey Mysterio.


Match 3:

Shelton Benjamin vs. John Cena

And as soon as the bell rings, Shelton is after Cena!! The Man In Black has to cover up early, not expecting Shelton to come out all guns blazing, and the official is forced to back Shelton up out of the corner … allowing Cena to take advantage and level Benjamin with a clothesline!!! Getting on Shelton quickly, Cena puts the boots to his opponent, and tosses him through the ropes to the floor, following to the outside. And out there, Cena continues to punish, ramming The Black Diamond into the guardrail, and sending him crashing into the steps!!!



Cena rolls in and out of the ring to break the count, electing to continue the beating on the floor, slamming Sheltons face off the announce desk … then hip tosses Shelton onto the paper thin mats!!! It soon becomes clear that Cena isn’t all that interested in winning the match, so much as wanting to cause pain and suffering instead as he PEELS the mats away, setting up for the dreaded PILEDRIVER on the floor!!! Cena ignores the calls from the official not to do it … BUT SHELTON BACK DROPS OUT OF TROUBLE!!!!



Benjamin avoids the Piledriver, and Cena SPLATS off the floor!!! And Benjamin isn’t stopping there, turnabout is fair play, and the Black Diamond CATAPULTS Cena – FACE FIRST – into the ring post!!!!! Charles Robinson is having to let a got here, and J.R notes that the official is using some discretion in not calling for a DQ either way thus far, with Shelton following up diving off the steps with a clothesline to Cena on the floor!!! Back inside, Benjamin goes for the cover, 1...2...NO!!!



Shelton isn’t hanging around, dragging Cena up, sending him to the corner, and following in behind – STINGER SPLASH!!!!! The Black Diamond slams Cena down, buying himself added time to head up top … LOOKING FOR THE BLOCKBUSTER … BUT CENA AVOIDS IT!!!!! Cena dodged out of the way, Shelton lands on the mat, and the Man In Black leaps into action – THROWBACK TO SHELTON!!!!! Cena covers, 1...2...NO!!! Quickly, Cena locks on a chinlock from the kick out, as J.R transitions to a commercial…








Commercial Break











We return with Shelton Benjamin in the midst of a comeback, too quick for Cena with repeated clotheslines putting John down, with J.R framing this as a back and forth battle, as clips from the commercial show Shelton tossing Cena from the ring and diving off the top with a splash to the floor, but Cena elbowed out of a T-Bone attempt back inside, and briefly had the STFU applied, but Shelton was too close to the ropes. And once Cena went for the FU, Shelton landed on his feet, bringing us to this point now.



Shelton is firing up, his quickness too much for Cena to handle, but when he attempts the Frost Kick, Cena DUCKS, then hangs up Benjamin throat first on the ropes!! Cena runs through Shelton now with a series of running shoulder tackles – moves that elicit boos from the fans, before the Man In Black sets up for his now signature delayed vertical suplex. Cena shows off his strength, holding a 240 pound man in the air, letting the blood run to his head … BUT BENJAMIN LANDS BEHIND CENA ON THE WAY DOWN – NECKBREAKER!!!!!



That buys Benjamin time, as both men struggle back to their feet, and start trading blows as they get up; BOO’s each time Cena strikes Shelton, YAY’s each time Shelton strikes Cena, but the bigger of the two; Cena wins the fist fight, much to the dismay of the fans. He beats Shelton into the ropes, sending him off, but misses a clothesline!! Shelton goes for a kick – caught by Cena – DRAGON WHIP FROM BENJAMIN!!! Cena is on spaghetti legs as he gets back up … walking right into the T-BONE EXPLODER!!!!! 1...2...NO!!!!!


Benjamin slams his fists off the mat in frustration, but puts it aside, and stalks Cena, waiting for the Man In Black to get up … and goes for PAYDIRT – TOSSED ASIDE BY CENA!!!! Cena catches Shelton getting back up, powering him up with a GUTWRENCH SUPLEX!!!! Cover gets two, but Cena doesn’t hang around after that – he heads for the top rope!! A rare sight since his heel turn, Cena looks somewhat uncomfortable up there, setting himself for the TOP ROPE LEG DROP-



BUT BENJAMIN LEAPS UP … AND SPRINGS TO THE TOP ROPE – ARM DRAG FROM THE TOP TO CENA!!!!!



Shelton lands the high risk move, and drapes an arm over Cena … 1...2...NO!!!!! J.R puts over the endeavour of Shelton, pushing Cena to his limit, grabbing this opportunity with both hands tonight, with Shelton waiting and watching as Cena pulls himself up in the corner … AND COMES RUSHING IN FOR A SECOND STINGER SPLASH … NO ONE HOME!!!!! Shelton collides with the turnbuckles!!! And Cena catches him coming back … FU CONNECTS!!!!!! 1...2...FOOT ON THE ROPE!!!!!



The official informs Cena, and the Man In Black shakes his head as he sees the foot on the rope from Shelton. He has a wry smile on his face, then mutters “too stubborn, kid. It’s gonna cost ya.” Cena brings Shelton back to his feet … with The Black Diamond unable to mount anything to hold Cena off … as the Man In Black effortlessly gets Benjamin into position … FOR THE DREADED PILEDRIVER!!!!! Cena can even afford to take his time; he knows Shelton isn’t surviving the Piledriver … before covering; 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: John Cena @ 11:57



Despite Shelton pushing Cena to the limit, he had no answer for the Piledriver that Cena has successfully incorporated into his move set with deadly effect over the last few months. But for Cena, winning isn’t all he’s came for tonight, and once he gets his hand raised, he reminds the audience exactly what motivates him right now…



As he goes for Shelton again!!! Benjamin is still selling the effects of the Piledriver, laying on the mat, as Cena puts the boots to the Black Diamond, before aggressively tossing Benjamin out through the ropes to the outside!!! Cena follows out, and slams his hands on the announce table top, before picking up the cover of the table.



Despite calls from J.R to “STOP IT GOD DAMN IT!!” Cena WHACKS Benjamin with the covering, before he DEMANDS Jim Ross and Coach to “MOVE!!” And even though J.R doesn’t want to move, the announcer isn’t going to stand in Cena’s way – not in this mood. The announcers take cover, as Cena strips down the announce table, and throws Shelton on top.



Climbing onto the table himself, John Cena announces (without a microphone) to the audience that he “warned everyone”, as J.R puts the pieces together, reminding the fans at home that Cena was going to systematically destroy everyone the people get behind while he waits to get back into the title picture … AS CENA SETS UP FOR THE PILEDRIVER ON THE ANNOUNCE TABLE-



**BOOYAKA 619**


BUT HERE COMES REY MYSTERIO!!!!!



The tag team partner of Shelton Benjamin comes racing out from the back in casual clothing (as it’s noted by J.R that “WE DIDN’T THINK REY WAS HERE T’NIGHT!!”) and on the announce table, Cena smirks, tossing Shelton aside, as he turns his attention to Rey instead. Cena climbs down, and beckons Rey on for a fight, with Mysterio pausing momentarily…



Cena smirks, knowing he’ll have a distinct upper hand against Rey in a fist fight … but the smirks fades … AS REY PRODUCES A LEAD PIPE FROM THE BACK OF HIS JEANS!!!! Cena suddenly starts to back off, not wanting a fight with a weaponized Rey … much to the chagrin of the fans, who wanted to see a fight here.


Rey calls out after Cena, but the Man In Black isn’t taking the risk of ending up on the wrong end of the pipe, instead backing off, telling Rey “you’re in way over your head! I’ll see ya around” as he departs. At ringside, Rey – confident that Cena isn’t coming back – finally gets to check on his friend and partner, who is still suffering the effects of the earlier Piledriver, favouring his neck.



Cena continues to back off up the ramp, continuing to mouth threats in the direction of Mysterio, with J.R talking about Cena catching a case of the limber tail tonight … though Coach makes the point that he was facing up to a man holding a deadly weapon, turning the argument around on Rey needing a weapon to fight.



J.R doesn’t have a good comeback, simply explaining it away as “well, for the things he’s done, Cena damn well deserves it!!” One thing is for sure though according to J.R – this issue is far from finished. Rey climbs into the ring now that Shelton is getting treatment from medical staff, pointing to the ramp, as he and Cena trash talk from afar…









Commercial Break






Raw returns, on the sight of SHAWN MICHAELS warming up for the main event tonight, with J.R informing the fans that it’s almost three years to the day that The Showstopper last held the World Heavyweight Title…






__________________________________________________









Elsewhere, EVE TORRES is standing by with VICTORIA and her protégé, KELLY KELLY…

Eve Torres: Victoria, last week, despite a huge effort on your part in pushing the Beth Phoenix to the limit … you found yourself unable to overcome the Womens Champion, and came up short in your challenge for the title. Where do you go from here??

Victoria: I’m not going anywhere. Yeah, last week I did put in a huge effort. I put everything into trying to get the better of Beth Phoenix. But, you know what?? I lost to the better woman. It’s as simple as that. All I have to do … is push MYSELF harder. I have to find a way to put in even more effort. I’ve never had to say that before, and I’ve been around a long time. I’ve battled the likes of Lita, Jazz and even Trish Stratus in the past.

Victoria pauses, taking a moment to think, before sighing.

Victoria: But right now, Beth Phoenix?? She’s on another level. For me to beat her, I have to get better. And I will. You saw how close I was last week. But I can still be better. And I think that if I get a second shot at the Glamazon … it’ll be a whole different story.

Eve Torres: Well … I’m interested to hear then what you think about the word that’s just been released from Ricky Steamboats office on a #1 Contenders Match next week, with the winner heading to Starrcade to challenge Beth Phoenix. And it’ll be-

Victoria: That’s news to me. But it’s music to my ears, Eve. Like I said, if I get a second shot at Beth, I won’t make the same mistakes again. I wont put a foot wrong. So if I’ve got to win a Number One Contenders match next week to get that shot?? So be it. Bring it on.

Eve pulls a face, clearly feeling awkward at the moment, as she speaks up again.

Eve Torres: Uhm … actually … I really should apologise, but … I didn’t get to finish …

Victoria looks confused.

Eve Torres: Uhh … you … aren’t part of that match.

Victoria: I’m not!? Why!? Who is!?

Sensing the rising anger from the veteran, Eve sheepishly responds.

Eve Torres: Michelle McCool … Layla …

Eve slowly points toward Kelly.

Eve Torres: … and, uh … Kelly Kelly, in a triple threat match.

Kelly looks genuinely surprised at the news, but is beaming with pride at being thrust into a contenders match. Victoria meanwhile, has her mouth agape (not comically so) and can’t bring herself to look at Kelly, as Eve transitions.

Eve Torres: Kelly, it’ll be your first ever opportunity to earn a Womens Title shot. You must be overjoyed right now!?

Kelly Kelly: Oh. My. God. Really?? Is this real?

Eve Torres: (Looking genuinely happy for Kelly) Yes!!

Kelly still looks stunned at the news, as she searches for an answer.

Kelly Kelly: I’m just- I’m just excited, I think!! I’ve worked sooo hard this year, but I wouldn’t be anywhere near this kind of chance if it wasn’t for Victoria. She’s helped me so, so much. Oh my God.

Kelly puts a hand on the shoulder of her mentor, who still hasn’t even cracked a smile for her student, let alone looked her in the eye.

Kelly Kelly: Victoria … thank you for everything you’ve done for me these last six months. I’m gonna give it my all next week, and I’m gonna do it for you. I wanna make you proud of me.

Victoria: Yeah, sure, sure. I’m uh, I’m already proud of you, Kelly … you … deserve this.

A half hearted response from the veteran, but Kelly is too oblivious at the moment due to her unbridled joy, as she questions Eve again.

Kelly Kelly: Is this real?? I mean, this is definitely happening right??

Eve Torres: Yes!! Absolutely. Congratulations!!

Kelly Kelly: And- wow, I’m sorry, Eve … I’m just- I’m all over the place right now with that news. I’ve totally forgotten who it is I’m against next week…

Eve chuckles, before letting Kelly know.

Eve Torres: Michelle McCool and Layla in a triple threat match.

And realisation sets in for Kelly Kelly.

Kelly Kelly: Ohhh. Oh Jeez. Both of them at once?? What do you think, Vics??

Victoria: {Again, half heartedly} You’ll be fine. I’ll make sure of it.

Victoria then walks off the set, and Kelly looks somewhat perplexed by her mentor just walking away…

Kelly Kelly: Damn … I’m a horrible friend, Eve.

Eve Torres: {Confused} Why!?

Kelly Kelly: I mean, Victoria really desperately wanted another shot at Beth Phoenix. She done so well last week. She was so close. She should really be in this Number One Contenders match too, right??

Eve sighs, and puts a hand on Kellys shoulder, looking her dead in the eye for a pep talk.

Eve Torres: Look – this is YOUR shot. Okay?? Be happy. Victoria will be happy for you too. It’s just a little raw at the minute for her. She’s your friend though. Don’t worry about it.

Kelly nods as we fade out…






__________________________________________________






Elsewhere, WILLIAM REGAL and GOLDUST stomp through the halls, arriving at the office of RICKY STEAMBOAT, and burst through the door – both irate at how their tag team title match finished up earlier tonight.

In the office, Steamboat does his best to calm the pair down, explaining that he saw what happened earlier, and he’s as frustrated about it as they are … and as a result, he’s signing off on a REMATCH, NEXT WEEK on Raw between the two teams …

But this time, Ricky tells the pair that if La Renaissance decide to walk out, The Knuckle Dusters should NOT give chase … as he’s adding the caveat that if the champions get themselves counted out or disqualified, then the titles will change hands!!! Regal accepts the decision, thanking Steamboat … but Goldust isn’t finished.

The Bizarre One starts talking to Steamboat about the champions mistreating their dogs, telling Steamboat to do something about that too … resulting in Regal dragging his partner away, happy to have gotten the favourable rematch next week.







Commercial Break








Match 4:

Gail Kim & Natalya vs. LayCool
During the entrances, J.R reminds everyone that Gail Kim has had her issues with LayCool in recent weeks, and helped Nattie last week against the pairs antics, leading to this match tonight … while also noting LayCool will be forced to battle each other next week in the triple threat #1 Contenders match … but Coach says he’s got it on good authority that McCool and Layla have a plan for them BOTH to win and head to Starrcade together.



The action is basic, but decent, as McCool and El work over Nattie, keeping Gail from getting into the ring for the most part, frustrating the former Womens Champion, using their greater team work to great effect. In the end though, Natalya DOES make that all important tag, and from there, it’s ALL Gail. She blasts through McCool and Layla with her lightning quick offence, causing the opponents all kinds of problems, and locks on the FLYING DRAGON ON LAYLA … but she gets saved by McCool!!!



Natalya comes back in at this point, looking to take care of Michelle, as they fight to the floor, whilst Gail knocks Layla back down, and heads to the top rope. Setting herself, Gail is ready to fly off at Layla … WHEN MICHELLE SHOVES HER OFF FROM BEHIND!!! Gail falls off, crashing onto the ropes!!! McCool gets back to battling with Nattie … whilst Layla picks up the pieces on Gail … LAYOUT TO GAIL KIM!!!!! Natalya tries to climb back in and make the save … but McCool holds her back on the outside!!! 1...2...3!!!!!

Winners: LayCool @ 04:12

Once again, Michelle McCool and Layla steal one!! Their superior teaming ability wins them this match, and it’s discussed on commentary if this could be a sign of things to come for next week on Raw when Kelly Kelly has to face McCool and Layla in a Triple Threat Match.

In the ring, Natalya tends to Gail Kim, apologising for letting her down tonight, but Gail – still struggling from the LayOut – waves it off, telling Nattie that they’ll get them back eventually. But for now, it’s all smiles for Layla and Michelle, as J.R wonders what these two could have in mind for Kelly Kelly next week with a title shot at stake.








Commercial Break









Back from the commercial, a smirking CM PUNK is seen leaving the arena. Heading toward the parking lot, the Intercontinental Champion saunters, and ACKNOWLEDGES the camera in front of him …



CM Punk: You guys film everything, huh?? What’s this for?? Some stupid feature for dot com?? Or are you tryin to get me heat for leavin early??


Hey, Punk!!”


And Punk turns … to be confronted by the Raw General Manager, RICKY STEAMBOAT. Steamboat breaks into a light jog to catch up to Punk.

CM Punk: I was askin for you earlier.

Ricky Steamboat: Yeah, I know. That’s why I wanted to speak.

Steamboat acknowledges the camera, waving them off…

Ricky Steamboat: Guys- not now.

It looks as if the camera man takes the order … but as the camera shot changes, it becomes obvious that he’s still recording.

Ricky Steamboat: Look … the reason I didn’t respond to your little show out there earlier is real simple. I don’t want to start giving people the wrong idea. This??

Steamboat points between himself and Punk.

Ricky Steamboat: It’s not gonna happen. And I’d appreciate it if you knocked all of this on the head. Okay??

Punk chuckles, but Steamboat doesn’t respond to it.

Ricky Steamboat: You can still have your … invitational at Starrcade. I’ll see to it that we find a good challenger … but let me make myself clear; it won’t be me.

Punk flat out laughs this time.

CM Punk: Who are you tryin to kid?? I saw the look in your eyes at the Survivor Series, Rick. You loved being out there. You loved being part of it again. You … got that bug again.

Steamboat shakes his head.

CM Punk: And I’m offerin you a once in a lifetime opportunity here. One shot at this.

Punk raises the title slightly off his shoulder.

Ricky Steamboat: The Survivor Series … was a once in a lifetime opportunity. That was a one time deal.

CM Punk: Yeah … and you had the chance to step back and let me take the slack. Remember?? You let your ego get the better of ya then … and I think while your lips say no … your eyes, Ricky?? They’re sayin yes.

Steamboat doesn’t immediately respond, and instead, glares at Punk, who eventually takes a step back.

CM Punk: This is it, Ricky. You got one chance here to relive your glory days once again. Starrcade … it’s now … or never.

Ricky Steamboat: It’s never. I wont wrestle you, Punk. So please … drop it.

Steamboat turns, walking off … leaving Punk to watch … still smirking.






__________________________________________________








Back into the arena…


**SEXY BOY**



And it’s main event time – for real this time!! SHAWN MICHAELS is fired up, with a shot at winning the World Title just moments away. J.R reminds us what unfolded earlier in the night, leading to a hastily arranged World Title match, and Coach lets rip with his thoughts on the matter; he’s not happy.



**STAY IN SHADOW**


The second of the two challengers, PAUL LONDON makes his way to the ring, and as he does, it’s another chance for J.R to highlight the journey London has been on, and his quest to prove BOTH opponents tonight wrong in their assessment that he isn’t ready to be World Champion … and that he never will be. Tonight is his chance to change that.


**MEET YOUR MASTER**


BRENT ALBRIGHT makes the walk alone, as it’s revealed on commentary that Ricky Steamboat has ordered Dinsmore and Haas OUT of the building!! Having been seen hobbling earlier in the night, Albright stalls for a while at the top of the ramp, as Raw heads to a commercial, with J.R hyping the World Title match as coming up NEXT!!!









Commercial Break









And when Raw returns, all three men are in the ring, raring to go…

Main Event | WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP | TRIPLE THREAT MATCH:
Brent Albright vs. Shawn Michaels vs. Paul London
And as soon as the bell rings … Albright DUCKS OUT OF THE RING!!! Boos ring out as the champion gets out, and he motions for London and Michaels to fight it out – something The Coach says “is the right thing – this is the way it was supposed to go down!!” … and after a moment or two of staring one another down … Michaels and London get on the same page and BOTH BASEBALL SLIDE ALBRIGHT!!!

London and Michaels both slide out to the floor, but just as it seems like they’re about to continue the attack on Albright … WHEN MICHAELS GRIPS LONDON FROM BEHIND AND TOSSES HIM OVER THE BARRIER!!! Shawn quickly tosses Albright back into the ring, taking the opportunity to go to work on the champion, slamming him multiple times … AND GOES UP TOP FOR THE FLYING ELBOW-

MISSES!!!

Albright rolled out of the way, and Michaels crashes and burns!!! London is quickly back in, dropping a leg on Albright for the first near fall of the match, and after the champion kicks out, he rolls out of the ring again. It leaves London to go after Michaels – still suffering from his missed elbow – and London lights Shawn up, chopping a long time mentor of his in the corner, over and over before sending Shawn across the ring with an Irish Whip – as Michaels goes his upside down flip in the corner upon impact!!!

Before London can follow up though, Albright trips him from the floor, dragging him out and sending him crashing into the post!!! The champion struggles back into the ring, picking up the scraps on Michaels, and executes a PAIR of German Suplexes!!! 1...2...NO!!! Albright – clearly struggling with an injury – drags Shawn back up, sending him off the ropes and ducking down for the return … SWINGING NECKBREAKER FROM MICHAELS!!!

That buys Michaels time, and getting back up, Shawn sees London getting back up onto the apron – and dropkicks him back off!! It leaves Michaels alone with Albright again, and he stomps the champion, drops a knee, then backs him into the corner with knife edge chops before mounting him in the corner with ten unanswered punches!!! Climbing back down, Michaels looks to send Brent across the ring – REVERSED by Albright – and Michaels hits the corner, but bounces back out and clotheslines the champion down!!!

But Shawn turns around-

INTO A SPRINGBOARD LARIAT FROM LONDON!!!

Paul London gets back up, bringing Michaels with him, when Albright clobbers London from behind!! The champion looks to get Michaels up, but HBK elbows him away, then looks for SWEET CHIN MUSIC – CAUGHT BY ALBRIGHT!!! Albright spins Michaels around, grips him – HALF NELSON SUPLEX!!!!! But before he can follow up, Albright – on all fours on the mat – is used by London to launch himself for a SHOOTING STAR onto Michaels!!! 1...2...ALBRIGHT YANKS LONDON OFF!!!

AND LOCKS ON THE CROWBAR!!!!! London is trapped in the middle of the ring, unable to escape, unable to counter, unable to reach the ropes and unable to call on Michaels for the save!!! London struggles, reaching desperately out of hope, as Albright cranks on … whilst London doesn’t want to quit … he may have no choice … UNTIL MICHAELS FINALLY RECOVERS TO BREAK THE SUBMISSION!!!!

Albright is furious, and stomps both men on the mat, before picking London up and tossing him out to leave Michaels alone. But, as Albright turns back around, Michaels is on him with a clothesline over the top taking them both over … BUT MICHAELS SKINS THE CAT!!!!! Albright and London are both down on the floor outside, and Shawn – ever the daredevil – climbs onto the apron … ASAI MOONSAULT TO BOTH MEN WHEN THEY GET UP!!!!! All three are down on the outside, as J.R sends us to the final commercial of the night…








Commercial Break







Back live, it’s Michaels in charge, working over London, whilst Albright is downed on the floor as clips from during the break shows London and Michaels briefly aligning to double suplex Albright on the outside. In the ring, Michaels sends London across the ring to the opposite corner, but London pushes himself up, catching Shawn coming in – and HEADSCISSORS OUT OF THE CORNER!!! Michaels staggers up, but London runs through him with a forearm smash, and another and a third!!!!


Michaels is on spaghetti legs, and London charges off toward the ropes for one more big shot at speed … WHEN ALBRIGHT LOWERS THE ROPES!!! London crashes to the floor, as Albright gets back in, looking to pick up the pieces and finish off Michaels … BUT WALKS RIGHT INTO AN INVERTED ATOMIC DROP!!! And three more!!! A chop knocks Albright down, and a knee drop keeps him there!!! Shawn climbs to the top again, looking for the second time to hit his elbow-

BUT LONDON IS BACK!!!

Before HBK can fly, London cuts him off, hammering Shawn in the gut before climbing toward the top, looking for a SUPERPLEX!!! The two men trade blows, with Michaels desperate not to suffer a big impact move … and the two spend long enough that Albright is back up, and he clubs the back of London, then rakes it, as London ends up in the TREE OF WOE!!! Albright now climbs up, looking to finish the job on Shawn, looking for the SUPERPLEX-

BUT LONDON SITS UP FROM THE TREE OF WOE … AND WRAPS HIS ARMS AROUND THE WAIST OF THE CHAMPION-

AND GERMANS ALBRIGHT-

JUST AS ALBRIGHT SUPERPLEXES MICHAELS!!!!!

AND THE FANS GO WILD FOR THAT MODIFIED TOWER OF DOOM!!!!!

All three men are down, but it’s London that (obviously) stirs first, and slowly makes his way toward the corner, wanting to go up top … whilst both Michaels and Albright ROLL OUT OF THE RING!!! There’s boos, and London shakes his head … but he isn’t too downbeat … AS HE INSTEAD HITS A SOMERSAULT PLANCHA TO THE FLOOR ONTO BOTH MEN!!!!! “PAUL LONDON IS LAYIN IT ALL ON THE LINE HERE T’NIGHT!!!” is the call from J.R, as the fans chant Londons name for his risk taking style!!!

London struggles back to his feet, and tosses ALBRIGHT back into the ring – HE WANTS THE CHAMPION!!! London climbs to the top rope now … taking a brief look around whilst on the verge of history … 450 SPLASH TO BRENT ALBRIGHT!!!!! 1...2...MICHAELS DRAGS LONDON OUT OF THE RING!!!!! Michaels stops London from becoming champion, and RAMS London into the ring apron!!! HBK rolls back into the ring, looking to take the glory … 1...2...ALBRIGHT KICKS OUT!!!!!

But right after the kick out, London is back in the ring, and on Michaels!!! The two men start to trade blows back and forth, but it’s the will of London that wins out!! He hammers Michaels with short forearms, then sends Shawn off the ropes … MICHAELS COMES BACK WITH A FLYING FOREARM … BUT LONDON STEPS ASIDE … AND SHAWN NAILS ALBRIGHT INSTEAD!!!!! Michaels gets back up-

DROPSAULT FROM LONDON TO MICHAELS – AND LONDON MOONSAULTS ONTO ALBRIGHT AT THE SAME TIME!!!!! 1...2...KICK OUT BY ALBRIGHT!!!!!

Head in hands, London can’t believe it – he thought he’d done it there!! Still in search of that maiden title victory, London grits his teeth, and gets back up, going after Shawn again, beating him into the corner. London attempts the whip across the ring, but Shawn reverses, sending London in instead, and chases in – FOOT UP!!! London knocks Shawn back, and perches himself onto the top rope, waiting for HBK to come back at him, and Mushroom stomps the back of Michaels, sending him into the corner!! Shawn staggers out – RIGHT INTO A HEEL KICK!!!! 1...2...ALBRIGHT DRAGS LONDON OFF-

AND ROLLS LONDON UP – WITH A HANDFUL OF TIGHTS … 1...2...NO!!!!! London just squeezes a shoulder up!!! Both men get up, and London ducks a shot from Albright, trapping the champion; DRAGON SUPLEX – BRIDGING FOR THE PIN; 1...2...BROKEN BY MICHAELS!!!! Briefly, following that, Michaels and London trade blows again, with Shawn on top this time, sending London off the ropes, ducking down – SUNSET FLIP BY LONDON … BUT MICHAELS DROPS DOWN INSTEAD, PINNING LONDON … 1...2...NO!!!!!

Both men race to their feet … BUT GET WIPED OUT BY ALBRIGHT WITH A DOUBLE CLOTHESLINE!!!!! The champion bursts into life, and picks London up – that’s who he’s most confident of finishing off – and NAILS HIM WITH THE ACE IN THE HOLE!!!!! Cover, 1...2...MICHAELS BREAK THE COUNT!!!!! It’s Albright and Michaels now, with London out of the equation momentarily, but Albright is in charge, scoring a near fall off a Belly to Belly, then looks for the ACE IN THE HOLE on Shawn … but Michaels elbows out!!!

Michaels then ducks a shot, coming off the ropes, and takes Albright down with a LOU THESZ PRESS!!!!! Shawn hammers Brent on the canvas, then gets up, and knocks a returning London back off the apron, leaving it still at just Shawn and Brent. Michaels starts to tune up the band … but as he goes to strike, Albright ducks!!! The champion then looks to get Shawn up again, but HBK slips off, ducking a clothesline … AND DRILLS THE CHAMPION WITH A DDT!!!!

AND THEN KIPS UP!!!!

BUT TURNS RIGHT INTO A SUPERKICK FROM PAUL LONDON!!!!!

Michaels gets flattened with a Shawn Michaels esque Superkick!!! “IS THIS THE MOMENT!?” shrieks J.R, as Paul London looks around … BEFORE HEADING TO THE TOP ROPE AGAIN!!! “THIS IS YOUR CHANCE, KID!!” London has his choice here – both men are down, both are there for the taking seemingly, with Albright down longer than Michaels, and Michaels closer than Albright … but London sets his sights on the champion; the man he’s chased for six long months-

450 SPLASH TO ALBRIGHT FOR THE SECOND TIME IN THE MATCH!!!!!!

London rolls around, clutching his chest, selling the effects of the second 450 on his own body as J.R yells on commentary that we’re gonna crown a new champion here!!! London is on his knees, ready to crawl over to cover the prone champion… (Low) SWEET CHIN MUSIC FROM MICHAELS!!!!! London gets his lights switched off!!!! He faceplants the mat, and Michaels falls onto Albright … London; glassy eyed, can only watch, and make a WEAK movement with his arm – but is nowhere even close to break the count … 1...2...3!!!!!!!!!!
Winner: And NEW World Heavyweight Champion – Shawn Michaels @ 19:20

It's pandemonium in Newark; a NEW CHAMPION is crowned and Shawn Michaels has done it!!!!! The fans don’t seem to know quite HOW to react; on one hand, they’re elated to see a title change, elated to see the reign of Albright over, and some are even elated that Michaels is back on top of the world … but there’s a strong contingent that felt it was Londons night, and his time…

But it’s not; it’s Shawn Michaels, back on top of world after THREE years, and back on top (somehow) after a frankly ROTTEN last five months of his life!! The Showstopper sits on his knees, akin to WrestleMania 12, as he gets presented with the World Heavyweight Title … whilst Paul London has his head buried in the canvas, coming up short AGAIN.

Meanwhile, it becomes obvious that Brent Albright really has been suffering throughout the match with an injury, as trainers are already pulling him from the ring, tending to the now FORMER champion, just in the corner of the shot … with the focus on Shawn Michaels, and commentary pointing out how tonight it was only supposed to be a #1 Contenders Match … yet by the end of the night, there’s a NEW champion on Raw!!!

Coach repeatedly states that this wasn’t fair, and it’s not right that THIS is how Brent Albrights “amazing” reign has come to an end … but it has. And while J.R is full of praise and congratulations for Michaels, he makes a point to sympathize with Paul London on yet ANOTHER failed attempt at capturing that elusive World Title.

As Michaels holds the title aloft, Albright shuffles up the ramp – helped by trainers – and London has left the ring too, slumped against the steel steps, head in his hands … before looking up to the titan tron, seeing Shawn Michaels with the title belt he so desperately craves. After months and months of chasing Brent Albright, desperate to be the one that brought Albright down … London has to accept the reality; Shawn Michaels beat him to it.

Jim Ross: And y’gotta wonder … y’gotta wonder, just what will this do to Paul London!? He’ll never give in, he’ll never throw in the towel … but at what point does Paul London start to wonder … at what point does London ask himself; ‘will I EVER be ready?’ … is Paul London simply not MEANT to ever hold the World Heavyweight title?? How much more can one man take and keep comin back!?

But the show closes, on one final shot at Shawn Michaels, himself looking surprised to be in this spot; World Heavyweight Champion again … whilst it’s another heartbreaking loss for Paul London…


END OF SHOW




From PWTorch.com






From PWTorch.com


Brent Albright suffers injury at November 30 house show in Reading PA.


Per a report from a PWTorch subscriber that attended the Raw live event in person, the World Heavyweight Championship match between Albright and Paul London was cut short at around the eight minute mark, with Albright landing awkwardly from a bump that took him off the ring apron and to the floor.


Albright was immediately counted out, as senior official Mike Chioda made the gesture for urgent medical assistance. While Albright was able to leave with the help of two referees, it became clear very quickly that it wasn’t part of the show, and didn’t appear to be an angle.


Shortly after Albright was led to the back, John Cena made an appearance (having defeated Shelton Benjamin earlier in the night) and an impromptu match between Cena and London was arranged, seemingly in an attempt to give the audience a main event. While a notch below their PPV outing in October (perfectly acceptable given the hasty circumstances that match came about), Cena and London still put on an entertaining match that went about ten minutes before London caught Cena with a Small Package for the victory.


A further report from a correspondent that contacted the site also stated they witnessed Albright leave the arena on crutches.


It should be interesting to see how serious the injury is, with Monday Night Raw less than 24 hours away.



{Explanation for the random title switch}




Brent Albright suffers injury at November 30 house show in Reading PA.


Per a report from a PWTorch subscriber that attended the Raw live event in person, the World Heavyweight Championship match between Albright and Paul London was cut short at around the eight minute mark, with Albright landing awkwardly from a bump that took him off the ring apron and to the floor.


Albright was immediately counted out, as senior official Mike Chioda made the gesture for urgent medical assistance. While Albright was able to leave with the help of two referees, it became clear very quickly that it wasn’t part of the show, and didn’t appear to be an angle.


Shortly after Albright was led to the back, John Cena made an appearance (having defeated Shelton Benjamin earlier in the night) and an impromptu match between Cena and London was arranged, seemingly in an attempt to give the audience a main event. While a notch below their PPV outing in October (perfectly acceptable given the hasty circumstances that match came about), Cena and London still put on an entertaining match that went about ten minutes before London caught Cena with a Small Package for the victory.


A further report from a correspondent that contacted the site also stated they witnessed Albright leave the arena on crutches.


It should be interesting to see how serious the injury is, with Monday Night Raw less than 24 hours away.


{Explanation for the random title switch}


 
#3,749 ·









WWE Superstars | December 3 2008


EPISODE
82





As always, our hosts Todd Grisham and Matt Striker open the show, excited as ever to be presenting the C Show. Tonight, we’ll only get TWO matches; one each from Raw and Smackdown, as they promise footage from the main event of this past Monday, AND special announcements ahead of the two PPV events coming up this month to close out 2008…



And we kick off with action from the womens division on Raw. VICTORIA (who was frozen out of the #1 Contenders Match next week) heads to the ring with Kelly Kelly (who wasn’t) to take on the French speaking bombshell; MARYSE. The veteran is ultra aggressive early on, clearly taking out her frustrations, and is very nearly disqualified for her actions, forcing Kelly to try and calm her mentor down.



But that provides an opening for Maryse, and the devious blonde grabs the chance with both hands, going on the attack. Maryse does all she can to try and score the big win over a former champion, bending the rules at will … but when she puts her feet on the ropes for leverage, the cheating is pointed out by Kelly, and proves to be the downfall for Maryse. She argues with the referee, allowing Victoria to recover, and soon get a comeback, resulting in the WIDOWS PEAK @ 05:19 to score the win.



_______________________________________________



~ THIS FRIDAY ON SMACKDOWN ~



A HUGE TAG TEAM MAIN EVENT; WWE CHAMPION & #1 CONTENDER TEAM UP!!
- Chris Jericho teams with Umaga ahead of their Armageddon showdown, to face Paul Heyman’s top clients; Kurt Angle and Randy Orton!!



NON-TITLE TAG TEAM ACTION!!
- Carlito and Kofi Kingston have separate wins over Wade Barrett and Elijah Burke, but now, The Caribbean Connection take on The Fight Factory in tag team action, with the chance to book themselves a shot at the tag team gold!!


OPEN CHALLENGE ISSUED!!

- Jeff Hardy – who meets Christian at Armageddon in a #1 Contenders Match – has challenged anyone on the Smackdown roster that doesn’t believe he deserves his golden opportunity. Who will step up!?
_______________________________________________




Next up, Grisham and Striker – as promised – lead the audience into the next segment, with big announcements to come in regard to Armageddon and Starrcade later this month from Smackdown and Raw respectively. They transition to a pre-taped promo from Smackdown GM Finlay, who speaks about how a number of issues are in need of being resolved on Smackdown right now surrounding Edge and Batista. Notably, Finlay does NOT mention Matt Hardy in this segment, focusing solely on the feud between Edge and Batista over the last number of months, stating that it MUST end at Armgeddon, confirming that Edge and Batista will meet one on one at that PPV!!

In addition, Finlay announces a championship match, pitting KURT ANGLE against MARK HENRY - undefeated since moving to Smackdown in the draft - for the United States Championship!! Finlay frames it as looking to challenge Henry with one of the greatest of all time, but given the developments on Smackdown, it may well be a punishment from Finlay for Henry no-showing Smackdown the last two weeks, with Paul Heyman getting his client a title shot in the process.




---



Back at ringside, Grisham and Striker react to that announcement, and immediately, Striker makes a point that Matt Hardy especially won’t be happy with that, reminding Todd that Hardy has been vocal as of late about wanting a match with Edge … but now, that won’t be happening.



Grisham agrees, but argues that Edge and Batista need to settle their score, and once the dust settles there, Edge and Matt can settle their differences too … even if Matt isn’t going to see it that way. Moving on though, Grisham reminds the audience that it wasn’t just Smackdown that had an announcement tonight, but Raw too…



Before that “announcement” though, there’s a video recap of the events from this past Monday, which began with a #1 Contenders Match … but wound up with a World Title match by the end of the night, contested under triple threat rules … and resulted in a NEW World Champion being crowned, as Shawn Michaels won a SEVENTH World Title.



---



And following the video package, we open up into the office of Ricky Steamboat. The Raw General Manager discusses the main event on Raw, and discloses that the now former champion, Brent Albright, suffered a knee injury during the match (not true; it happened the night before) and will require surgery that could keep him out of action for anything between 2 and 4 months. As a result, with only three and a half weeks until Starrcade, he is making an executive decision and foregoing an obligatory #1 Contenders match to determine the World Title challenge, and that the main event of that PPV will see Shawn Michaels defend the World Title against the third man in that equation this past Monday; Paul London.



---



Back to ringside again, and our commentators are both excited for that Starrcade main event, which will see Shawn Michaels take on one of his own students from the past; Paul London!! Striker comments that it may be the last chance London gets after numerous failed challenges over the last four months, and with Shawn Michaels having only just won the title, the Showstopper won’t want to be a short term champion!!



_______________________________________________



NEXT MONDAY ON RAW…



THE CONTRACT SIGNING!!

- Fresh off the Starrcade Main Event announcement, Ricky Steamboat will preside over the contract signing between the NEW World Champion Shawn Michaels and his challenger, Paul London.



MYSTERIO CALLS OUT CENA!!
- Rey returned to Raw last week after being taken out of action by the Man In Black the night after the Survivor Series. This coming Monday, Mysterio has promised to call Cena out for a face to face showdown!!



WORLD TAG TEAM TITLES ON THE LINE!!

- After the champions saved the championships last week, they’re right back in the fire with an immediate rematch granted to the KnuckleDusters, with the added stipulation that the titles will change hands on a count out!!


_______________________________________________





Then, in the main event of the show, Vickie Guerrero – after weeks of watching the San Juan Express in action – appears to be in league with Epico and Primo as she accompanies the SAN JUAN EXPRESS to the ring!! Their opponents are familiar faces too for long time fans, as TOO COOL make a surprise, one night only appearance, with the announcers explaining that Finlay has afforded the former champions an opportunity to impress tonight.



Scotty and Grand Master Sexay get the crowd onside early on with their antics, but Epico and Primo soon take over, with the guidance of Vickie Guerrero proving to be of great use to the pair. As Primo and Epico work over Scotty, the announcers recap how Vickie has been scouting the pair for the last few months – despite already being a manager of Los Latinos – and now, she’s struck a deal to lead the pair.



Too Cool make a spirited comeback late in the match when Scotty makes a hot tag to GMS, and as the action breaks down, Scotty returns and pops the crowd by nailing Primo with the WORM!! That’s not enough to get the job done though, and Vickie gets the word to her new team, and they regroup to finally see off the nostalgia act and get the win @ 06:46.



After the match, Vickie joins Epico and Primo in the ring, raising their arms in victory, looking pleased to have the pair under her wing now … but two people who aren’t happy are CHAVO GUERRERO AND SUPER CRAZY; Vickies current clients!! They hit the ring, asking Vickie what’s going on …



And Vickie – after instructing Epico and Primo to ‘leave’ (which they initially do) explains to Chavo and Super Crazy that it’s time for a change. Chavo talks to her about him being the one to bring her in to the company, talking about them being family – to which Vickie agrees, thanking Chavo for all he's done ... but says “but this is business… ” AS EPICO AND PRIMO RETURN … AND ATTACK LOS LATINOS FROM BEHIND!!!



The San Juan Express put a beating on Chavo and Super Crazy, with Vickie Guerrero watching on, smirking at the whole thing, whilst Striker is full of compliments for her, calling her ruthless – something Los Latinos failed to be while she was managing them, and now she’s cut them off!! Primo and Epico finish off the attack with a pair of BACKSTABBERS that leave Los Latinos laying … as they have their arms raised by Vickie in the ring…



END OF SHOW
 
#3,750 ·












Friday Night Smackdown | December 5 2008 | East Rutherford NJ




Opening Video


Pyro


Michael Cole: Friday Night Smackdown is on the air, from the shadows of New York in East Rutherford New Jersey!! I’m Michael Cole, joined as always at ringside by Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler, and King, what a main event we’ve got in store tonight!!!

Jerry Lawler: Finlay has pulled out ALL the stops for this one!! Paul Heymans A-List clients; Kurt Angle and Randy Orton teaming up to take on the WWE Champion Chris Jericho, and his Samoan Bulldozer – who is ALSO set to challenge Jericho at Armageddon – Umaga!!

Michael Cole: An explosive tag team main event set for later tonight, but before we get-

Cole trails off, seemingly distracted by something happening off camera, then points toward whatever it is that’s caught his attention.

Michael Cole: Wait a second, King- why’s Matt Hardy…

He trails off again, as Lawler also looks confused, and Cole starts shuffling papers, looking at his format.

Jerry Lawler: He’s not supposed to be out here, is he??

Michael Cole: No!! We’re supposed to be kicking off with a non-title tag team match between the Fight Factory and the Caribbean Connection!!

And for the first time, we see MATT HARDY in the ring, demanding a microphone from Tony Chimmel, and ordering the ring announcer out of the ring.

Jerry Lawler: Matt looks angry, Michael!!

Michael Cole: Well, we found out this past Wednesday on Superstars that Edge – the man Matt WANTED to face at Armageddon – will go one on one with Batista at that event in nine days time, leaving Hardy in the cold. But I-

Matt Hardy: IS THIS ON!?

Completely cutting in over the announcers, Matt looks around for a reaction, getting one from the fans, confirming they can hear him.

Matt Hardy: Yeah?? Good!! I’ve got stuff I wanna say!!

Matt paces around, gathering his thoughts.

Matt Hardy: I’m guessin you all heard that news that at Armageddon, it’ll be Edge versus Batista??

Indeed it will, folks – that was made official on Superstars two nights ago!” ~Cole fills in the blanks.

Matt Hardy: So once again, I’m ignored!! I’ve made it obvious to anyone that’ll listen that I want Edge. So there’s one of two things happening. I’m either being punished by Finlay for makin one mistake a couple months ago after he got attacked … or Edge is doin this!!

Edge!? How could it be his doing!?” ~Cole asks the question that many at home will be asking.

Matt Hardy: Everyone here knows that Edge gets everything he wants on Smackdown. He’s had the General Manager in his back pocket all year!! And I’m sick and tired of being a second class citizen here!!

The grumbles from the fans show they’re tiring of Matts complaints.

Matt Hardy: I’ve given my blood, sweat and tears to the WWE over the last ten years, man!! I put my body on the line just as much as Edge has. Just as much as Christian. I’ve sacrificed just as much as Jeff did!! But I’m given NOTHING!!!

Grumbles turn to boos now, as Matt continues to play the ‘woe is me’ card.

Matt Hardy: All those years, all those ladder matches, TLC matches … I allowed Jeff to be the one that got all the attention and take all the headlines, while I was brains of the operation. I steered the ship. But if I’d taken just a pinch of the glory … if I’d taken the spotlight as much as I should’ve, I’d be WWE Champion, it’d be ME headlining WrestleMania, and it would be ME getting favours around here!!

Talk about a cry baby!” ~Even Lawler fails to have pity for Matt.

Matt Hardy: A year ago… {shakes his head and sports a wry smirk} a year ago, I was on the cusp of something special. I was the Intercontinental Champion over on Raw. I earned that. I didn’t get a hand up. I didn’t get any hand out’s either … I worked my butt off to win that title. And I was ready to take the step up to the next level too …

Bowing his head, Matt pauses for a moment, then lifts it, and shakes his head.

Matt Hardy: An’ then I got drafted to this show!!

The mood continues to grow against Matt inside the arena.

Matt Hardy: And because of Finlay, because of EDGE … everything I was building towards has fallen apart. Finlay hasn’t capitalised on the talent at his disposal, and with Edge no doubt in his ear, he’s made sure I haven’t had ANY kind of opportunity here.

Unbeknownst to Matt, Jeff starts walking out – sans music, looking concerned for his brother, who continues to go on.

Matt Hardy: I’m positive that Edge has tried to make sure I’ve been cast aside here on Smackdown. That’s why I’m not getting the match at Armageddon. That’s why I-

Matt finally spots Jeff as he arrives at ringside.

Matt Hardy: Get outta here, Jeff. You’re my brother, and I love you, man … but this has nothin to do with you.

Shaking his head, Jeff refuses to leave, and instead climbs into the ring, asking for a mic from ringside, before turning back around to speak to Matt.

Jeff Hardy: Matt, settle down, dude.

I think this is for the best. Matt needs to calm down.” ~Cole chips in on commentary.

Jeff Hardy: I’m not leavin. Not when you’re out here like this.

Matt shakes his head, pointing to the back, speaking off the microphone to Jeff, and seemingly insisting he leaves, but Jeff refuses.

Jeff Hardy: Look, you wanna do this in public?? That’s cool. Because you’ve been on edge these last few months, and I really think you need to take a few steps back. Take a few weeks off, man – get your head straight!!

Wow. Jeff Hardy telling someone they need to get their head on straight… the irony.

Matt Hardy: I know what this is, Jeff. You’re not tryin to help me – you just don’t want me to rock the boat for you because you just got handed the chance of a lifetime at Armageddon by Finlay!!

Ohhhh” ~Instant reaction from the fans for a rather cutting line from Matt – but one that was probably too close to the bone, and probably came from the heart. Jeff looks hurt by the comment,but Matt quickly tries to recover

Matt Hardy: Jeff- Jeff- I’m sorry, man. That was wrong of me to say. I shouldn’t be takin this out on you. You’re not to blame for any of this. Finlay is usin you to get at me.

Jeff shakes his head. Notably, Matt doesn’t take back what he said; just that it was wrong to say.

Jeff Hardy: Look man, I don’t know what the deal is. But I know you’re not happy with the way things are, so I’m not gonna take anything personally. We’re brothers, man. We’re blood. A few words here and there ain’t gonna change that. But I wanna say somethin that I mean from the bottom of my heart…

The younger sibling takes a moment, gathering his thoughts, before putting a hand on Matts shoulder.

Jeff Hardy: I know things haven’t gone the way you wanted it to here on Smackdown. I know you’ve got hopes and dreams, the same as mine. And I believe that you CAN reach those heights you wanna reach. But brother to brother?? You gotta knock this crap on the head, man. Get focused. Get back on track.

Matt thinks it over, as a few respectful cheers are heard in support of Jeffs sentiment. After taking a moment, Matt looks back up-

Matt Hardy: You threw out an open challenge tonight, right??

Jeff shrugs and nods, thinking nothing of the question – but the fans are smarter, and they see where this is going, as a rumble starts amongst the audience…

Matt Hardy: Then let me be the one the answer it.

You gotta be kiddin me!!” ~Cole can’t believe his ears. Matt just pretty much ignored the advice from Jeff!!

Jeff Hardy: What??

Matt Hardy: C’mon, brother. You wanna prove yourself, right?? And you want me to get back on track too, right??

Jeff Hardy: But not like this, Matt. C’mon man. Think this through.

Matt Hardy: Why not?? You worried I’ll beat you, Jeff?? You worried that I’ll take your spot in that number one contenders match??

Jeff shakes his head.

Jeff Hardy: It’s not like that, bro. You’re not in the right frame of mind, man. C’mon.

But Matt SHOVES Jeff – not overly aggressively, but enough.

Matt Hardy: I’m challenging you, Jeff!! Fight me!!

Jeff puts his head down, and brings the mic up-

WHEN MATT STRIKES HIM WITH A RIGHT HAND!!!!!

MATT PUTS HIS BROTHER ON HIS ASS!!!!!

Jeff holds his mouth, looking for blood potentially, with Matt standing over him, shouting at Jeff to give him his chance. Jeff looks up at his brother, shaking his head, before getting on the mic again;

Jeff Hardy: Damn it, Matt!! You wanna do this!? … Fine. Get a ref out here!!

Big pop from the fans; Matt versus Jeff unadvertised, impromptu!! Matt nods, as Jeff continues to shake his head, getting back to his feet.

Michael Cole: Well, folks … this is hugely unexpected. We knew Jeff Hardy had issued a challenge tonight – an open challenge. But we certainly didn’t expect his own brother to answer that challenge!!

Jerry Lawler: This is wild, Michael!!

Michael Cole: A wild start to Friday Night Smackdown, and King – we’re about to see brother versus brother here on the other side of this break!!

Jerry Lawler: And there won’t be any love lost either!! Did you see that right hand that Matt threw at Jeff!?

Indeed, a referee HAS made his way out – Matt Hardy WILL be the one to answer his brothers challenge!!

Michael Cole: Ladies and Gentlemen, you don’t want to miss this!! Don’t go anywhere; it’s Matt Hardy versus Jeff Hardy; NEXT on Smackdown!!








Commercial Break










Match 1:

Matt Hardy vs. Jeff Hardy

And the action has already begun as Smackdown returns. Despite facing his brother, Matt is ultra aggressive, showing little restraint in throwing bombs at Jeff, pounding him into the corner after Jeff misses a dropkick. Matt appears to have his brother well scouted (go figure) as he also side steps a Whisper In The Wind attempt from Jeff too, and that allows him to take full control of proceedings in the early going, but grows impatient as Jeff refuses to stay down for the count, even after a SIDE EFFECT.



That frustration, coupled with the quickness of Jeff, sees the tide turn against Matt, as the younger Hardy nearly stuns his brother with a school boy, then an inside cradle – both for near falls, and his front suplex is good for a two count too. Jeff sends Matt off the ropes, but a rough shoulder block return from Matt sees the elder brother re-establish control. Again, he shows no compassion for his sibling, laying into him with fierce right hands in the corner, even having to be scalded by the official for his punches.



But Jeff comes roaring back, seemingly spurred on by Matt’s ultra aggressive tactics tonight, looking to prove to the doubters that he’s a worthy candidate for a #1 Contender match, fighting out of the corner, fighting fire with fire, putting Matt down with a succession of running clotheslines!!! Jeff sends Matt into the corner, and hits his signature corner dropkick spot too, then sets up for Matt’s own TWIST OF FATE … but Matt counters and TOSSES Jeff over the top rope!!! Jeff hangs on, looking to skin the cat-



BUT MATT KNOCKS HIM OFF THE APRON WITH A BRUTAL RUNNING KNEE TO THE BACK!!!!!


Jeff crashes onto the floor below, rolling around in pain, clutching at his back. The official leaves the ring to check on him, and Matt does too. Both look concerned for Jeff, and for the time being, Matt appears to have settled down, showing he hasn’t completely went over the edge tonight … but as Jeff struggles up and nods his head to confirm to the referee that he CAN continue … Matt rushes him into the post – BACK FIRST!!!!! Jeff winces and crumbles onto the floor, as Cole sends us to a commercial, as Matt shows NO mercy to his brother!!!









Commercial Break











And back from the break, Matt is all over the back, with Cole informing the audience it’s been ALL Matt during the last few minutes, with his focus ALL on the back. He applies a Bow and Arrow lock, and only releases when he loses his own grip on it. Matt begins to really pour it on, hitting his corner clothesline, followed by the Bulldog out of the corner, but that can’t finish off Jeff either!! Matt slams Jeff down repeatedly, softening him up for the big LEG DROP off the middle rope … BUT JEFF MOVES!!!!



That buys Jeff time to recover, and despite the back issues, he struggles to his feet, blocking shots from Matt and firing off shots of his own in response, putting Matt on the back foot, then ducks a big discus shot from Matt, and catches his older brother with a JAWBREAKER!!! Followed by a RUSSIAN LEG SWEEP!!! 1...2...NO!!!! Both men struggle back up, but Jeff beats Matt to the punch again, and drops his brother with a NECKBREAKER this time!!! 1...2...KICK OUT!!!!



Matt kicks out again, forcing Jeff to go back to the well, and Jeff connects with a flurry of rights and lefts to back Matt into the corner, but when he attempts to shoot him across the ring to the opposite corner, Matt reverses- and Jeff hits the corner – HARD, BACK FIRST!!! He stumbles out, into the path of Matt; BACKBREAKER!!! 1...2...JEFF KICKS OUT!!! Jeff just survives, but Matt thinks he’s done enough … HE’S GOING FOR THE TWIST OF FATE; NO!!! JEFF COUNTERS … INTO A BACKSLIDE … 1...2...MATT WRIGGLES FREE!!!!



AND PLOUGHS THROUGH JEFF WITH A CLOTHESLINE AS THEY GET UP!!!!! Jeff is knocked loopy from the clothesline, and Matt takes a moment to figure out his next move, knowing his brother has the Twist of Fate scouted – very nearly pulling off the win from the counter – and decides to think outside the box. He drags Jeff up, propping him onto the top turnbuckle, climbing up too, looking for a SUPERPLEX – NO!!! Blocked by Jeff … and Jeff pushes Matt off to the canvas!!! Jeff doesn’t have time to think – he acts; SWANTON BOMB!!!! 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: Jeff Hardy @ 15:16


Jeff Hardy sees off a spirited performance from his brother, coming through a stern test, especially with his back playing a significant role in proceedings … but he overcame it, and got the hard fought win he was looking for, as he gains steam for Armageddon in little over a week.



Obviously, Michael Cole goes into hyperbole mode, saying that Jeff has surely silenced many of his detractors with this win tonight, under a number of factors that were less than ideal (fighting his own brother, hampered with a back injury), coming through the test.



Cole also lavishes praise on Matt for “perhaps” the best performance Matt has put in since being drafted to Smackdown in the Spring … but makes mention of the worryingly aggressive attitude displayed by Matt throughout this match with his own flesh and blood.



Matt and Jeff are both looking beat up and worse for wear after this bruising contest, but as the music starts to die down, the pair come face to face in the middle of the ring. There’s a few stern words, Matt is visibly frustrated to have come up short, and Jeff is still favouring his bad back, but ultimately, Jeff offers a hand to Matt …



And it’s accepted from the elder Hardy. There’s a few shrill cheers from the audience, as Matt and Jeff bury the hatchet after a far from “friendly” match up tonight, but Matt elects NOT to leave with his brother, telling Jeff he’ll catch up, as he instead hangs back in the ring … seemingly STILL simmering with angst…









Commercial Break










**VIDEO PACKAGE**



The video opens in what appears to be a quiet home, lights mostly off, decorated for Christmas … before the light comes on, and what appears to be Santa sits down on his couch, taking a long, deep breath after a hard nights work.



“‘Twas the night after Christmas, when all through the house,
Every creature was stirring, much louder than a mouse.”



And suddenly, the action picks up, as kids come rushing into the room, leaping onto the couch, in between shots of a plethora of Smackdown superstars in action.


Because live on Sci-Fi, they brought Friday Night Smackdown,

And for your viewing pleasure, The Undertaker rode into town.”



~GONG~



Clips of The Undertaker sitting up, delivering a Tombstone, a Chokeslam, Old School, and even the Deadman Tope.



The children were nestled, all snug in front of the T.V,
Watching as a WWE Championship Match unfolded for free.”



Instead of showing any individual, there’s simply a long shot of the WWE Championship belt, followed by excited looking fans, cheering fans in arenas and fireworks.


When what to my wondering eyes did appear,

But a Texas Rattlesnake, drinking a beer.”



Shots of Steve Austin through the years, downing beers.


With a pick up truck so big and so bold
I knew in a moment it must be Stone Cold!”


And driving into arena’s in a Pick Up Truck, including the Stunner on D’Lo on the hood in 1997.


But I heard him exclaim, ere he drove out of sight;

Happy Christmas to all, and to all-”


**GLASS SHATTERS**


We cut back to the home, where the camera zooms in on Santa … and STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN rips off the beard, and the hat from the Santa suit to reveal himself.



Gimme a HELL YEAH!!!”


FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN | DECEMBER 26 | MILWAUKEE WI

LIVE!! THE NIGHT AFTER CHRISTMAS
END PACKAGE
***









______________________________









Back from the break, the chyron reads “EARLIER TODAY” and the arrival of JOHN MORRISON into the arena – one week removed from his shock return when he screwed over Randy Orton – from the parking lot as JOSH MATHEWS seemingly awaits his arrival…

Josh Mathews: John Morrison; it’s great to see you back here on Smackdown, and you had the world abuzz a week ago when you returned for a measure of revenge against Randy Orton, who not only put you on the shelf for a period of time, but your former partner too.

Morrison drops his bag down.

John Morrison: And that’s exactly what it was, Josh. A measure … of revenge. Last week, was only the beginning. Randy Orton started this when he took out Joey for no reason… he made it worse when he took me out.

Now taking a step back, and smiling, Morrison holds open his coat to show off his six pack. What a babyface…

John Morrison: But as you can see … I’m fully recovered … I’m better than ever … and it’s time for payback.

Turning his smile to a scowl, Morrison takes off his sunglasses to show a steely determination.

John Morrison: And unlike Randy … I have plenty of reason to do what I intend on doing. Randy Orton is gonna be seeing a lot of me.

Naturally not a good promo, Morrison tries his best, and picks up his bag, heading off…






______________________________









Back into the arena;


During the entrances for the match, Cole and Lawler explain the recent developments between the FIGHT FACTORY and the CARIBBEAN CONNECTION, with Kofi and Carlito holding wins over Barrett and Burke – but not in a straight up tag match. They get that chance tonight, with the carrot dangling of a potential title shot if they win…



Match 2 | NON-TITLE MATCH:
The Fight Factory w/Melina vs. The Caribbean Connection
Burke and Barrett are all business, clearly fired up by Melina tonight, and the potential challengers are forced onto the back foot in the early going to survive the storm from the champions. Despite the aggressive nature of the champs, Kofi is able to use his speed and trickery to eventually get an upper hand on Burke, and get a tag to Carlito.

Carlito hits the ring, all guns blazing, and when Barrett tries to get involved, Kofi returns to help his partner, and allow Carlito to nail Elijah with the BACKCRACKER!!!!! 1...2...BARRETT DRAGS BURKE FROM THE RING!!! The champions survive the scare, and Melina has to step in front of her team to stop Carlito and Kofi from diving to the floor, frustrating the challengers, allowing the Fight Factory to recover, heading into a commercial break.








Commercial Break









On the other side of the break, Barrett is on top of Carlito, as clips from during the commercial show Melina being a deciding factor in the Fight Factory regaining control with some well timed distractions. Whilst Barrett works over the Cool One, Lawler is adamant that Melina is difference – and the reason why Carlito and Kofi won’t win this match. Barrett tags Elijah back in, and the champions attempt a double team … but Carlito backflips out … AND LANDS IN HIS CORNER – TAG TO KINGSTON!!!!



And Kingston leaps into action with a springboard splash to BOTH of the champions taking them both off their feet!!! Knockdown to Burke, dropkick to Barrett follows, hip toss on Eli, and the S.O.S on Wade!!! Barrett rolls out of the ring upon impact, leaving Kofi and Burke alone, as Kingston hits the Koronco Buster, then puts Eli down, allowing himself to deliver the BOOM DROP!!! 1...2...BROKEN BY BARRETT!!!



Carlito hits the ring again after the interference from Wade, taking the Englishman back out of the ring … as Kofi resets, lining up Elijah for TROUBLE IN PARADISE … BUT MELINA GRABS KINGSTON BY THE BOOT FROM THE FLOOR!!!!! The official sees it, and ORDERS MELINA TO THE BACK!!!!! She got desperate and she got sloppy!!! Kofi smirks, waving goodbye to Melina as she protests whilst being ordered to the back…



BUT M.V.P APPEARS IN THE RING!!!!!



M.V.P – the man forced to work for the DiBiases – has snuck into the ring, and with Melina still protesting, it’s the perfect distraction to attack while the referees back is turned … AND HE NAILS KOFI WITH A BIG BOOT!!!!! Quickly, Porter follows up, dragging Kingston up, and shakes his head before … PLAY OF THE DAY!!!!! Looking disgusted with himself, Montel sneaks back out of the ring, hopping the guardrail … whilst Burke covers Kofi, and Wade stops Carlito from getting back inside… 1...2...3!!!!!

Winners: The Fight Factory @ 08:02


The champions steal one!!! Michael Cole is at his indignant best, talking about the Caribbean Connection having had the match won until the run in from M.V.P – which leads King to question WHY Montel Vontavious Porter would even be out here!?



But the reason perhaps becomes clear … as Melina – smiling wickedly on the stage – is now joined by none other than The MILLION DOLLAR MAN!! The pair exchange glances, and Cole puts the pieces together; Melina wanted the Caribbean Connection out of the picture, and DiBiase wanted his sons team IN the picture, surmising that they made a deal, “and it wouldn’t surprise me if there was a promise of a title shot for Filthy Rich for this one!!!”



Carlito is livid as he gets back in the ring, kicking at the ropes in frustration, whilst Burke and Barrett escape – they’ve avoided a title defence against perhaps the team that would be their toughest test!! Melina and DiBiase shake hands, before he leaves, and she pumps her fists, as she meets her champions … having gotten her way in the end.









Commercial Break










After the commercial, there’s clips of the prior match, and the controversial finish, with Michael Cole still in a rage over the injustice Carlito and Kofi Kingston have had to endure tonight…



**PALE RIDER**



So with Cole already on his soapbox, the arrival of the Cruiserweight Champion isn’t going to calm him down, especially when JUSTIN GABRIEL and LOW-KI join CHRISTOPHER DANIELS on the stage. Clips air of the double reveal last week on Smackdown, with Gabriel and Ki helping to lay Bryan Danielson laying.



Once in the ring, Daniels takes centre stage, whilst Justin and Low Ki stand either side, with Gabriel all smiles, but Low Ki all business with a stone face. The champ takes a look at the two men, grinning wide, before speaking…


Christopher Daniels: I’d pat myself on the back tonight for what I pulled off last week on Smackdown… but I got two friends now that can pat my back for me!!

Gabriel quickly takes the cue and pats the back of the Fallen Angel, but Ki remains stoic. Daniels looks over at Low-Ki, noticing him not patting his back, but waves it off.

Christopher Daniels: Now that pat on the back … now that I come to think of it … it’s for more than just last week. Because let’s be honest, people … I have played Bryan Danielson like a fiddle for months!!

Boos from the audience.

Christopher Daniels: He has given me EVERYTHING I wanted … and MORE!! For the best part of a year, he ran this Cruiserweight division with honour. Dignity. Respect. You had to truly EARN your shot in this division, or you had to put up some serious collateral in exchange for a title opportunity.

Mockingly, Gabriel applauds that vision of Danielsons. The Fallen Angel looks around, then points at himself…

Christopher Daniels: Me??

Daniels shrugs, and lets out a laugh, whilst Gabriel shakes his head … but Low Ki remains stoic.

Christopher Daniels: Nope.

Fixing the title belt on his shoulder, Daniels takes a step forward, leaning on the top rope.

Christopher Daniels: I arrived on Smackdown, and I made Bryan Danielson tear up his precious little rule book!! I FORCED Bryan Danielson to meet me on MY terms. I tore down the ideal world Bryan Danielson built here for the Cruiserweight division … and now?? I’m rebuilding it in MY image.

To the detriment of everyone else!!” ~Michael Cole lets his feelings be known.

Daniels turns back from the ropes, walking to Gabriel, and putting an arm around the South African…

Christopher Daniels: And a big part of that is down to this man right here. Justin Gabriel.

There’s heat for Justin Gabriel – who smiles the whole time (probably just happy to finally get a reaction) as Daniels wags his finger, stepping forward again.

Christopher Daniels: Justin is a good kid, now, come on!! He doesn’t deserve that kind of treatment!! The same way he didn’t deserve to be patronised by Bryan Danielson. With me, I’ll be honest with this kid. I won’t build him up and make him think he’s better than he is … because right now, he’s not.

Slightly surprising comment from Daniels, seemingly knocking his new buddy … but the Fallen Angel explains it to the South African.

Christopher Daniels: You’re not on my level, Justin. Not yet at least. But coming under my wing?? You will be. One day. Bryan Danielson?? He didn’t want you to aspire to be better. He wanted you to stay on the level you’re at. Beneath him. In his shadow.

Is this kid really buying this!?” ~Cole obviously isn’t. Gabriel is then handed the mic from Daniels, as Low Ki remains straight faced; emotionless.

Justin Gabriel: Thank you, Chris.

Gabriel takes a step forward now, and chuckles as he listens to the boos, before turning to talk to the CW champ.

Justin Gabriel: You’re right … and I want to say thank you again … thank you, for being honest with me. Thank you for making me see the light, and see that by listening to Bryan Danielson, I’d simply be forever in his shadow. A nameless, background player.

That’s not true!!” ~Cole defends Danielson again.

Justin Gabriel: Ever since I got here on Smackdown, Bryan Danielson tried to be like a big brother to me. He treated me like a kid. I’m NOT a kid. I’m a MAN!! I don’t need a big brother because I can stand on my own two feet …

Gabriel turns back around again, pointing to the Fallen Angel.

Justin Gabriel: And I choose to stand with Christopher Daniels.

Heat. Also, an ironic comment from Gabriel, considering he’s basically chosen NOT to stand on his own two feet. He hands the microphone back to his leader, who pats the back of the South African…

Christopher Daniels: And you made a wise choice, son.

Daniels takes a moment, pacing around the ring, before looking at the seemingly statuesque Low Ki.

Christopher Daniels: Now … as for this man; Low Ki … he and I go … waaaay back. Ain’t that right??

Low Ki doesn’t speak. Instead, he offers a mere solitary nod. Daniels doesn’t dwell on it, knowing Ki too well.

Christopher Daniels: And my friend here also goes waaaay back … with Bryan Danielson. And just like Justin Gabriel … he holds a grudge against Mr. Danielson … and he’s been waiting for a long time to make good on that grudge.

And it all benefited the Fallen Angel!” ~Cole is still bitter.

Christopher Daniels: See … Bryan has been avoiding my friend here for quite some time. Mister Danielson promised Low Ki that he’d do everything in his power to speak to the people that matter and give this man his chance to earn a contract in the WWE.

Daniels shakes his head.

Christopher Daniels: But Low Ki didn’t get that chance. He didn’t get ANY chance … until I went to bat for him. Until I knocked on doors and told people that they HAD to look at this stone cold KILLER.

Daniels prods Low-Ki’s chest with each of the last three words, with Ki not reacting at all. The Fallen Angel then catches himself, and acts as if the penny just dropped.

Christopher Daniels: Oh … hold on … maybe that’s why Bryan Danielson didn’t try to do an old friend a favour. Maybe Bryan Danielson didn’t really want the competition he was championing in this division. At least … not THIS kind of competition, huh??

The camera gets a close up of Low Ki, who remains intense, but hasn’t moved a muscle. Meanwhile, Daniels stares straight into the hard camera, directly speaking to Danielson now.

Christopher Daniels: No … you were comfortable with the competition you could control, right, Bryan?? Old fossils like Jerry Lynn, a young kid like Justin Gabriel – that’s the level of competition you wanted. Not me. Not Low Ki. Certainly not before you had me run the gamut just to earn a shot, right?? That’s what you wanted, right?? For me to wear myself out, proving myself and earning my shot … so that you could pick the bones of what was left. A perfect little world you had.

Laughing into the microphone, the Fallen Angel gets the ire of the crowd.

Christopher Daniels: Well, Bryan, my friend … all good things … come to an end. And your stranglehold over his title, and this division HAS come to an end. The cruiserweight division no longer revolves around Bryan Danielson. I am now the centre of the cruiserweight universe … the cruiserweight division is about US.

Daniels stands between his two partners, making a circular motion with his free hand to signify the three of them together.

Christopher Daniels: And this Trinity is challenging YOU, Bryan Danielson to go out and find yourself a couple of friends. The Trinity wants you, and anyone else from this division you can rabble together, to face us at Armageddon … so we can finally remove you from the Cruiserweight picture once and for all …

Heat. Daniels has that shit eating grin on his face … for the closing line…

Christopher Daniels: And that … is the gospel according to the Fallen Angel. The Gospel … according to the Trinity.

Daniels drops the mic, and smiles … as he opens his arms up, looking to either side of himself, and (rightfully) looks confident, with back up in the form of Low Ki and Justin Gabriel now, and a new faction on Smackdown, with Michael Cole calling this a potentially dark day for the Cruiserweight division on Smackdown if Daniels is going to get a stranglehold on the title with this new group of his…







Commercial Break











Match 3:

Jack Swagger w/Paul Heyman vs. Rob Eckos

Eckos looks the part (he’ll be better known as Robbie E in TNA further down the line) but the New Jersey native isn’t a match for the wrestling prodigy that is Jack Swagger. Swagger has his way with Eckos on the mat, like a cat toying with a mouse before putting it out of it’s misery. Showing off all his amateur skills, Swagger ties the poor guy up in knots, whilst Cole and Lawler talk about Heyman unearthing a gem in the Oklahoman, especially if he’s able to learn from Kurt Angle and Randy Orton.


Naturally, that leads to a brief discussion about the tribulations Angle has been suffering through as of late, with the chance to rectify that at Armageddon with his U.S Title shot, but questions remain over the direction of Angles career even since linking up with Heyman, and Orton too – who lost a big match last week despite having Heyman ringside for it. Finally, Swagger finishes the pummelling, using Angles Ankle Lock to score a rapid submission from the jobber.

Winner: Jack Swagger @ 02:04


Heyman joins his client in the ring after the match, looking as pleased as punch with the progress his prodigy is making on Smackdown, whilst Cole and Lawler do their best to put him over as a future star in the WWE … before transitioning to Heymans (main?) client, KURT ANGLE and his AWOL opponent at Armageddon – the United States Champion, Mark Henry … as THEODORE LONG is standing by backstage…







______________________________








Busy tonight, JOSH MATHEWS nods, as he gets his cue, standing by with a toe tapping THEODORE LONG, who is clearly wanting to get something off his chest…

Josh Mathews: That’s right, Michael, I’m here with the manager of the United States Champion. Theodore Long, welcome back to Smackdown … but uh, conspicuous by his absence is Mark Henry, who we haven’t seen since the Survivor Series. Where is the Worlds Strongest Man??

Theodore Long: None of y’bidness, playa. Mark Henry goes wherever he wants to, whenever he wants to, y’feel me?? And as of this moment, The Worrrrls Strongest Man ain’t feelin the love here on Smackdown, and he ain’t feelin like showin up for work right about now. And truth be told, playa, I ain’t feelin like it much either …

Josh Mathews: But, Teddy, with all due respect, he-

Theodore Long: You’ll call me Theodore or Mister Long if y’wanna show me respect, dawg.

Mathews nods immediately.

Josh Mathews: Apologies. Mister Long … with all due respect, Mark Henry has responsibilities here on Smackdown as the United States Champion. He’s obligated to be here, week after week. From the information I’ve received, Mark Henry didn’t ask for a vacation, he just-

Theodore Long: An’ you’d be correct. He din’t ask for permission. Look at him, playa!! Mark Henry don’t need to ask no man for permission to do anything. Ya feel me?? But he ain’t tired. He ain’t hurt – not physically anyway. See, the Worrrls Strongest Man has been Absent without Leave because he’s fed up – just like I am – of the haterizing goin on here.

Long pauses, almost as if he was waiting on Josh to say something – which he doesn’t.

Theodore Long: Errybody keeps bringin up the fact that Mark Henry hasn’t lost since bein drafted to Smackdown in April. But the one man that ain’t takin a lick a’notice of what my man Mark Henry has done around here is the man in charge!!

Teddy calms himself down for a second, hands on hips, shaking his head.

Theodore Long: Nah nah nah … instead of appreciating the dominance of Mark Henry these last seven months, Finlay decided to reward Umaga with a WWE Title shot at Armageddon. For what!? For ONE good night!?

There’s a pause, and Josh is about to speak to answer the (rhetorical) question, but Long jumps in first.

Theodore Long: And then, playa, then, he has the audacity- THE AUDACITY – to gift- GIFT playa, GIFT Jeff Hardy with a Number One Contenders match at Armageddon!! You ain’t slow, playa, are ya?? You see the pattern here, right??

Josh shrugs. Long rolls his eyes.

Theodore Long: My man, the United States Champion, BEAT Umaga at SummerSlam. There’s only two other men that can make that claim, playa. And WHO did Mark Henry beat to win that U.S Title!?

Josh Mathews: Uhh … Jeff Hardy…

Theodore Long: Jeff Hardy.

Mathews nods. Long scratches his bald little head, trying to work it all out, before losing his cool.

Theodore Long: So maybe now, y’can see why Mark Henry is angry, playa. Y’can understand why the Worrls Strongest Man’s feelings have been hurt, and maybe y’can see why we feel there’s an agenda around here. For all his hard work, all his dominance, he’s still overlooked when it comes to the biggest prize.

Long lets out a “Ha!” as he remembers his next point.

Theodore Long: And now … we been told Mark Henry is defendin his U.S Title against Kurt Angle at Armageddon!? Kurt Angle!? Explain that to me, playa.

Mathews stammers.

Josh Mathews: Well … Kurt Angle was the reason Mark Henry was counted out at the Survivor Series, wa-

Theodore Long: Don’t talk again, playa!! Spoutin nonsense!! Get on outta here and lemme take care of bidness!!

Long holds his hand out, demanding the microphone, which Josh gives over, and shuffles off the set. Long shakes his head at the interviewer, then looks at the camera.

Theodore Long: Now, you, Kurt Angle … lemme holla at ya, playa. I’ll give ya credit … you’ve done it all in tha WWE … and beyond. You’re an Olympic Champion. An’ that’s all well and good too. But despite the respect I got for ya playa, and all the respect Mark Henry has for everythin you’ve achieved … it’s time to call a spade a spade and say what erry’body else around here been sayin behind y’back …

Long clears his throat.

Theodore Long: Playa, you’re finished!! Y’been done for a long time, and it’s only outta respect that I haven’t set the Worrls Strongest Man on ya sooner!! But now that y’got y’eyes on Mark Henry’s gold, y’leave me and y’leave the Worrls Strongest Man no choice in the matter, playa. He’s gonna make Olympic mincemeat outta your sorry behind!!

Pausing for a second, Long composes himself.

Theodore Long: I got no idea what Paul Heyman is thinkin by feedin you to the sharks, playa, but that’s exactly what he’s doin!! He’s either settin y’up, or he’s lookin to cash out. Because he ain’t dumb, and he knows – like I know – that you don’t have a chance!! Mark Henry is gonna prove to the entire world that you, Kurt Angle, have no bidness, getting in our bidness, ya dig?? And Kurt Angle, you don’t belong in a ring with Mark Henry anymore either. It ain’t gonna be pretty, Angle. It ain’t gonna be quick either. Mark Henry is ready to take out a whole LOTTA frustration … and you gonna be in the wrong place at the wrong time at Armageddon playa.

Long holds up a finger, as if to suggest he has one more thing to say.

Theodore Long: And once Mark Henry gets done with Kurt Angle, it’s onto the Royal Rumble in January, playa. Because erry’body knows the Worrls Strongest Man is getting overlooked again for a WWE Title shot. But there ain’t gonna be any single one of the twenty nine other men that’ll overlook Mark Henry when he hits that ring at the Royal Rumble … and ain’t anyone gonna be able to stop my man from headin to WrestleMania.

Tossing the microphone to someone off camera, Long leaves it at that, and storms off the set…







Commercial Break









Match 4:

Manu w/Sim Snuka vs. Evan Bourne
During the entrances, we get clips of Manu’s debut two weeks ago in assisting Sim Snuka against Evan Bourne, and last weeks promo of Sim Snuka promising a “Tour of the Islands” for Smackdown now he had “fellow royalty” by his side. Bourne makes a mistake right out of the gate by trying to lock up with the much bigger and imposing figure, who instantly shoves the smaller man across the ring. That forces Bourne to use his quickness, and it comes to good use against the slower, lumbering Samoan, who has to take a powder to the floor after a series of dropkicks!!!



On the outside, Snuka has a word with his fellow ‘ wrestling royalty’, refocusing the big man, and despite not being able to match Evan’s speed, he eventually catches him with a thunderous clothesline back inside, turning Bourne inside out. From there, Manu proceeds to work over Bourne, roughing him up in the corner, throwing the smaller man around and wearing him down. Manu manhandles Bourne, but when he charges into the corner, Evan gets his feet up!!! Manu stumbles back in – but Bourne leaps up and over, then catches Manu with a headscissors … and follows with a STEP UP ENZIGURI!!! 1...2...MANU POWERS OFF!!!!!



Bourne lands dropkicks to the knees of Manu to keep the bigger man down, then heads up top … but changes course and leaps off – TO SIM SNUKA ON THE FLOOR – DOUBLE KNEES TO SNUKA!!!!! Bourne takes out the outside force, and heads back into the ring – WALKING RIGHT INTO A BODY BLOCK FROM MANU!!!!! 1...2...NO!!! He gets Bourne onto his shoulder, but Evan slips off, shoving Manu into the corner, then lands with a spin kick!!! Bourne rushes off the ropes … RIGHT INTO A POP-UP SAMOAN DROP FROM MANU!!! 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: Manu @ 04:22


The Samoan sees off Bourne, picking up a win in his debut – but in a competitive match up. He gets his arm raised as Sim Snuka returns to the ring … and Snuka goes after Bourne!! Clearly not taking kindly to the double knees from Evan during the match, Snuka makes the most of the downed opponent, laying in blows, before instructing Manu to get Bourne up …



So Sim can deliver the LEAPING HOOK KICK to Evan Bourne!!! Bourne is left downed and beaten by Snuka and Manu, as Cole notes that it might be time to start treating Sim Snuka as a threat on Smackdown, as these two look set to take the competition on a “Tour of the Islands”…








______________________________







Cutting backstage, MELINA – all smiles after her plan came together earlier – walks the halls, heading for the office of FINLAY … who just conveniently exits his office as she approaches.

Melina: Oh! Great!! I was just coming to see you!!

Finlay: Lucky me.

Melina, trying to butter up the Irishman is overly flirty with her manner.

Melina: Indeed. So … unfortunately, things didn’t quite pan out for the Caribbean Connection tonight.

Finlay: So I saw.

Melina: I mean, we gave them the chance and they failed. So, obviously, it makes your job harder in finding opponents for Eli and Wade at Armageddon.

The GM ponders, stroking his chin.

Finlay: That’s true.

Overly smiley, Melina speaks up again.

Melina: But I have a solution.

Finlay: Ah, sounds wonderful. What’s that then??

Melina: Sooo, I spoke with the boys, and they’re willing to make a voluntary title defence at Armageddon … say, against … Filthy Rich??

Melina is all smiles with the suggestion, trying to use her feminine ways to get her way.

Finlay: Filthy Rich, huh??

Melina nods, and Finlay, after a few seconds, shrugs.

Finlay: Well, there’s no one else, I guess. And it is a voluntary defence…

Melina: Exactly. I think they’ve earned the shot, and it poses a new threat to my boys.

Finlay nods.

Finlay: I agree. I’m actually just on my way out to the ring now to make a few further announcements for Armageddon, so I’ll make it official. Fight Factory defending the tag team titles at Armageddon against Filthy Rich.

Melina: Tremendous.

She playfully punches the arm of Finlay.

Melina: You’re the best.

She walks off … as a smirk begins to emerge on the face of Finlay…








Commercial Break








**VIDEO PACKAGE**


{The Killers ‘Goodnight, Travel Well’}

{00:23-00:30}



The scene opens a midst desolation and a destitute environment, filled with fires, burning buildings and no signs of life – like a nuclear explosion had hit the planet – interspersed with flashing shots of EDGE in agony in the ring, KURT ANGLE in pain, RANDY ORTON falling down at No Mercy.



{3:15-3:46}



Shots of crying mothers, lost looking children, casualties being carried in others arms … as explosions go off in the distance. Interspersed this time, JEFF HARDY falling from a ladder at the Great American Bash, BATISTA wincing in pain and MATT HARDY crashing through a table.



THERE’S NOTHING I CAN SAY”



Panning upward, the shot shows the dark skies above…



THERE’S NOTHING I CAN DO NOW.”


And the picture continues to lift higher into the sky … high into the atmosphere…



UP.”



Then shows a finger pressing down on a red button.


A-BOVE.”



THE.”



Panning to show the figure pressing the button-


WORLD.”



SO.”


To be CHRIS JERICHO.



HIIIIIGH.”



Jericho has a sick smirk on his face … as the camera pans to show his view … of a world below in chaos, ravaged by flames and explosions…



WWE ARMAGEDDON | DECEMBER 14 | BOSTON MA
ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW
END PACKAGE
***








______________________________








Smackdown then returns … with FINLAY already in the ring, and his music fading off in the background…

Finlay: I’ll not take up a lot of your time tonight, New Jersey…

Small cheap pop from some fans for the mention of their home state.

Finlay: But here on Smackdown, we’re coming up close on Armageddon on Pay-Per-View. Nine days to be exact. Now, as you probably already know, Chris Jericho will defend the WWE Championship against Umaga… Kurt Angle is gonna challenge Mark Henry for the United States Championship. Along with those title matches, Jeff Hardy has the chance of a lifetime against Christian in a Number One Contenders match, Edge and Batista are finally settling their differences … and then, there’s my match against Brian Kendrick … or should I say fight.

Finlay nods.

Finlay: Because that’s what I’m coming to Armageddon for. I’ve already said it’ll be Kendricks last night as a Smackdown superstar. He can rot in hell after next Sunday for all I care. But at Armageddon, I intend on beating the snot outta that punk in the Belfast Brawl.

Decent pop from the fans for that.

Finlay: Right now though, I’ve a couple of announcements to make. Earlier, you all heard Christopher Daniels and his cronies send out a challenge to Bryan Danielson. Well, even though he couldn’t be here tonight, Bryan Danielson has been in contact with me, and he has accepted that challenge – so the six man tag is on!!

Muted response from the fans – it’s not happening tonight, and they’ll have to pay for it on PPV, so…

Finlay: Danielson will have to find himself two partners, but he seems pretty confident he’ll do just that. On top of that match, there’s another grudge that I wanna see settled here … and that’s between John Morrison and Randy Orton.

Few girly pops for the mention of Morrison, and some boos for Orton.

Finlay: Johnny, I’ll give ya this, kid, you’ve got guts to go after a guy like Orton. After what he did to you, and to your former partner … most guys would keep their distance. But not you. First chance y’got, y’went right after him. So if you want Orton?? You’ve got him!!

Oh my!! What an opportunity for John Morrison at Armageddon!! One on one with the former WWE Champion!!” ~Cole.

Finlay: And there’s one more match I wanna make official. As you saw earlier, Carlito and Kofi Kingston fell short against the tag team champions.

Not without controversy!! They were screwed!!” ~Cole again with the insight.

Finlay: Now, we all know what the deal was; Kofi and Carlito had to win to earn their shot at the titles, even though they already hold wins over Elijah Burke and Wade Barrett in separate matches.

So why aren’t they getting the title shot!?” ~Cole once more.

Finlay: But luckily, the Fight Factory are graciously willing to make a voluntary title defence at Armageddon … against Filthy Rich.

Oh come on!! Can’t Finlay see what’s going on here under his nose!? The whole thing was a set up!!” ~Cole really has something up his butt tonight regarding the tag title situation.

Finlay: And that’s fine with me. I commend the champions for being such fighting champs.

There’s a smattering of boos for Finlay, but the Irishman cracks a smile, putting a hand up.

Finlay: Okay, okay … I’ll cut the crap.

Finlay paces the ring, putting a hand back in his pocket.

Finlay: I’ve been a little bit uhh … naughty, actually. After the last few months I’ve had, I’ve needed something to cheer myself up with … and the last few weeks, letting Melina think she’s got me wrapped around her finger has given me plenty of laughs.

The GM shakes his head.

Finlay: Really though, all I’ve done is give the wee girl enough rope to hang herself. I’m not blind, and I’m not stupid either. It’s clear to me that there’s been a deal cut between Melina and DiBiase. But like I say, that’s fine. Melina wants Filthy Rich to get a title shot at her boys, then let’s do it.

Before the boos can start, Finlay puts a hand up again.

Finlay: But as a result … there’s two other teams that are owed some favours. Cryme Tyme got the rough end of the deal last week with Filthy Rich … and the Caribbean Connection have been messed around too. So the Fight Factory can gear up to defend their belts against Filthy Rich at Armageddon…

Finlay starts to smirk again.

Finlay: Along with Cryme Tyme … and the Caribbean Connection in a Four Corners Elimination Match!!

Cheers for justice being served for the Caribbean Connection (and Cryme Tyme, Zoom).

Finlay: Now that’s all to come at Armageddon … but there’s still a big main event to come right here tonight!! And it’ll see-

THE BRIAN KENDRICK JUMPS FINLAY!!!!!

Kendrick isn’t supposed to be here – but he is – and he’s tearing away at the Smackdown General Manager!!! Kendrick hammers blows all over Finlay, then puts the boots to him, not allowing the Irishman to get up, before taking off his jacket CHOKING Finlay with it!!!

Finlay claws at Kendrick, trying to force the bald maniac off him, then grabs at the jacket, trying to create space and stop the choking, eventually managing to fight Kendrick off. But as he tosses the jacket away, Finlay leaves himself open – AS KENDRICK HAS THE SHILLELAGH … AND WAFFLES THE IRISHMAN WITH IT!!!!!

Kendrick then looks to choke Finlay again, using the Shillelagh, whilst Cole talks about the choke hold Kendrick debuted at the Survivor Series, using a version of it here – assisted with the wooden weapon – before officials quickly rush to the ring and put a stop to the assault, restraining Kendrick.

They drag Kendrick from the ring, with the wild eyed, crazed ‘monster’ physically tries to pull away from them … as Finlay is shown trying to regain his footing, with a cut opened up on his forehead. Finlay looks a little unsteady as he stands, but makes a point of grabbing the Shillelagh from the mat, and holds it, whilst watching Kendrick get dragged up the ramp.

Finlay grunts in the ring, motioning to Kendrick by swinging the Shillelagh, and intimating that he’ll be getting payback in just over a weeks time at Armageddon … but Kendrick doesn’t look concerned, or threatened – he has a wild look in his eyes, seemingly WANTING the fight from Finlay … as he is hauled through the curtain, to undoubtedly be led out of the building.






Commercial Break










A promo then airs – hyping the EDGE VERSUS BATISTA match at Armageddon – with brief clips of what started the issue; Batista costing Edge the WWE Championship two months ago. There’s comments from talking heads, such as Michael Cole, Jerry Lawler, Matt Striker and Josh Mathews, as the showdown is built up as a clash of epic proportions, with Striker noting that neither man has lost a scheduled 1 on 1 match on PPV in 2008 (Jericho’s MITB cash in wasn’t scheduled ahead of time) and something has to give at Armageddon.



There’s snippets of comments then from both Edge and Batista, each talking about the other, both men determined to be the victor of this saga – and both for similar reasons; as Edge wants back in the WWE Title hunt, and Batista wants his first WWE Championship victory … and both men think the road to their goal leads through defeating the other man. Edge mentions having his focus on a number of different people as of late, but at Armageddon, he has to be 100% focused on Batista, whilst The Animal remains steadfast in his assertion that Edge is an obstacle on his way to the WWE Title.



Back to the talking heads, and again, they hype up the year both men have had; Edge winning the Rumble, headlining WrestleMania, six months as WWE Champion before being screwed out of the gold … whilst Batista has been U.S Champion, dominated Smackdown for months with his former (unnamed here) partner, defeating the Brothers of Destruction on PPV, The Hardys in a TLC match and The Undertaker – clean as a whistle – at No Mercy … but only ONE of the two men can end 2008 on a high…







______________________________









Back into the arena, and our commentary team go into hype mode for Armageddon, discussing the matches already signed, and the additions made by Finlay moments ago.


They then discuss what’s to come NEXT WEEK on Smackdown – just 2 nights before Armageddon – including the return of THE KINGS COURT, which will see CHRISTIAN and JEFF HARDY come face to face before battling for a title shot at the PPV … AND; Matt Hardy will get his wish (kind of) as he teams with Jeff to face EDGE and Christian next week too!! The Hardys vs. Edge & Christian; NEXT WEEK!!! A huge main event!!!





**VOICES**


RANDY ORTON is first out for the main event, as it appears Paul Heyman will be waiting to join Kurt Angle when he enters instead. Orton stalks toward the ring, with Cole hyping his match with John Morrison in nine days time-



WHEN MORRISON ATTACKS ORTON FROM BEHIND ON THE RAMP!!!!!



Just as he promised earlier in the night!! John Morrison has zero fear of Randy Orton and is bringing the fight to the former WWE Champion!!! Lawler is in uproar, saying this show has just gone nuts over the last ten minutes, with Morrison beating the crap out of Orton down to ringside, sending him crashing into the barrier!!!



**MEDAL**


AND HERE COMES KURT ANGLE!!!



Paul Heyman waddles behind, as Angle is forced into a brisk jog down the ramp to make the save for his stable-mate … but John Morrison isn’t hanging around for a potential 2 on 1 attack. Morrison hops the barrier, and makes his way through the crowd, pointing back, shouting in Ortons direction that he’ll see him “real soon”.



Orton tries to collect himself at ringside, as Angle checks on him, along with the arriving Paul Heyman, who shakes his head in the direction of Morrison, furious at the attack from behind. Lawler trashes Morrison too for hightailing it, but Cole defends that action from Morrison, saying his problem is with Orton – not Angle – and he’s not stupid enough to leave himself in a 2 on 1 predicament.



**BREAK THE WALLS DOWN**



But wasting little time, the WWE Champion CHRIS JERICHO leads out his partner (and Armageddon opponent) UMAGA, as they appear to want to take advantage of the attack on Orton by getting this match started early. Armando Estrada brings up the rear, as Cole recalls the Survivor Series when Umaga dispatched Orton and Angle on his own – but tonight, has Jericho with him.



Meanwhile, Orton and Angle will be determined to make up for that stunning defeat three weeks ago, and making cases for themselves to be thrust into consideration for future title opportunities by beating the champion tonight. As Jericho and Umaga arrive at ringside though, Cole sends us to some “uncovered” footage from earlier in the evening, as Josh Mathews waited for the arrival of John Morrison…




~EARLIER TONIGHT~


Josh Mathews is standing around, with the camera crew getting ready, as he asks if anyone has seen or heard from Morrison, and whether they expect him to show up… as in the corner of the picture, CHRIS JERICHO is arriving to the arena, with ARMANDO ESTRADA as UMAGA lags behind.



“… and you’re sure he understands everything!?”



Estrada stops in his tracks, taking off his sunglasses.



Of course!! Everything I say, Umaga does. De message is crystal clear – even for him to understand. He knows exactly what he has to do tonight-”



And he knows exactly what is expected of him at Armageddon??”



Armando smirks, putting a reassuring hand on the shoulder of Jericho, before looking back at the Bulldozer.


Chris … don’t worry about what happened last week with de title belt. Okay?? This big dummy only does what I tell him to.”



And … what’s to stop you telling him …”


Jericho trails off, looking over his own shoulder now at Umaga, who is stood right behind him.



To what? Double cross ju at Armageddon!?”


Estrada laughs at the thought, then shakes his head, before holding the door for the building open for Jericho, who steps inside.


Trust me, Chris … I’ve been burned by de Samoan Bulldozer one too many times. Even if I thought about double crossing ju, I wouldn’t trust him to get it right. Together, ju and I accomplished more in one night than I did with dis lump, an I won’t forget it. It was his failures that brought us together in de first place!! Umaga serves JU now.”



Estrada prods the chest of Jericho as he says that – all as Umaga stands within earshot, hearing everything.



That’s good. I appreciate your loyalty, Armando. And I’ll appreciate Umaga’s too.”



Jericho takes another look behind at Umaga, as Estrada nods.



Of course. And trust me, ju don’t need to worry about Umaga. If dere’s one thing he can be counted on … it’s his loyalty. Like a DOG.”



Looking right at Umaga, Estrada continues.


And like a dog … de Samoan Bulldozer follows orders.”



Estrada lets out his trademark laugh, demeaning the Samoan Bulldozer right in front of him, as they turn around the corner, and out of eyeshot and out of earshot for the camera.








Back in the arena, Jericho and Umaga are set for action, with Jericho instructing Umaga to lead the way by competing first, whilst Angle elects to start out for his team, giving Orton longer to recover…



Main Event:
Randy Orton & Kurt Angle w/Paul Heyman vs. WWE Champion Chris Jericho & Umaga w/Armando Estrada
Angle looks to try and wrestle the Bulldozer to the mat … but not with much success. Umaga is too big, and is too dominant as of late to be overpowered by Angle. That forces Orton to take action sooner than he would’ve liked, tagging in off the back of Angle, and trying to surprise Umaga with an attack from behind. Umaga swats Orton away, but Angle lunges in with a GERMAN SUPLEX ON UMAGA!!!!! An impressive feat from Angle, as Cole says if Kurt can do that to Umaga, he should be able to do it to Henry at Armageddon too!!



That move from Angle gives Orton a foot up, getting a chance to put the boots to Umaga, keeping the Bulldozer grounded with the Garvin Stomp, and the dreaded Chinlock of DOOM~!! Umaga fights it though, pushing back up to his feet and powers Orton off, before dropping him with the huge wheel kick!!! Umaga then looks for a tag … but Jericho SHAKES HIS HEAD!!?? He points for Umaga to keep going, and Estrada does the same!! Umaga looks confused somewhat, and the delay allows Orton to tag back out to Angle and go after Umaga as we go to the last commercial of the night.









Commercial Break











Back from the break, Chris Jericho is now ON COMMENTARY, having left his position on the apron and leaving Umaga to fend for himself!! The WWE Champion explains to Cole and Lawler that he tweaked his knee during a warm up, and having seen what happened to the champion on Raw this past Monday, coupled with his own injuries over the last few months, he isn’t taking the risk. Meanwhile, in the ring, Orton and Angle are looking like a well oiled machine, tagging in and out as they work over the hard to kill, Samoan Bulldozer.



Cole spends most of the time on commentary grilling Jericho about the title match at Armageddon and if he will really demand – and expect – Umaga to simply lay down for him … to which, Jericho says he will. Jericho frames it as Finlay making the mistake of trying to put two “friends” against one another, and that the GM will probably lose his job for putting together such a disastrous main event on PPV. Cole then notes that Umaga may not even make it to Armageddon in one piece as he’s being left to deal with 2 on 1 odds tonight.



Jericho fires back that Umaga defied THREE on one odds at the Survivor Series, though Cole argues that Angle, Orton (and Carlito) weren’t fresh like Orton and Angle are tonight. As this happens, Angle looks for the ANKLELOCK … BUT UMAGA POWERS OUT!!! That sparks the comeback for the Bulldozer, catching an incoming Orton with a SAMOAN DROP, then instantly gets up and hits the RUNNING BUTT SPLASH to Angle in the corner!!! A superkick gets Orton out of the ring, allowing Umaga to nail Angle with the SPINNING POWERSLAM!!! 1...2...NO!!!



Angle kicks out, but Umaga is in control now, and heads to the ropes, wanting a big SPLASH off the middle turnbuckle – BUT ORTON STOPS HIM!!! Orton is back on the apron, throwing shots at Umaga, but a headbutt from the Bulldozer sends Randy to the floor again … JUST AS ANGLE SHOOTS TO THE MIDDLE ROPE – ANGLE SLAM TO UMAGA FROM THE MIDDLE ROPE!!!!! Angle covers … 1...2...SHOULDER UP!!!!! Angle is in disbelief at the kick out – as is Jericho, still somewhat anxious it seems over Umaga co-operating at Armageddon.



Orton – not the legal man – re-enters the ring, looking to size up Umaga for a fatal RKO … BUT UMAGA SHOVES HIM OFF!!! Before he can go after Randy though, Umaga is tripped down … ANKLELOCK BY ANGLE!!! Umaga manages to use his leg power to force Angle off again, but as he turns over to get up, the Bulldozer leaves himself in a vulnerable position … AS ORTON RACES IN TO PUNT HIM (and Jericho let’s out a telling “Yes” on commentary)- BUT UMAGA CATCHES ORTON COMING IN – SAMOAN DROP!!!!!



Randy rolls out of the ring, but Angle is after the Bulldozer again, looking for an ANGLE SLAM AGAIN – NO!! Umaga lands on his feet, and grips Angle as he turns around … SAMOAN SPIKE TO KURT ANGLE!!!!! Jericho falls silent on commentary, Estrada’s mouth is agape on the outside … as Umaga covers … and as Orton attempts to climb back inside to break the count- JOHN MORRISON IS BACK!! Morrison LEAPS off the barricade and onto Orton, taking him down, WAILING AT HIM ON THE FLOOR as the count goes down; 1...2...3!!!!!

Winners: Umaga & Chris Jericho @ 11:18


And Michael Cole goes into overdrive on commentary; he puts over this recent run Umaga has been on – Sole Survivor at the Survivor Series, beating Kane last week, and overcoming Angle and Orton in essentially a handicap match tonight!!! “That’s the kind of momentum you’d expect of a World Champion!!!”



We see Jericho fire a dirty look in Cole’s direction at the last comment, before throwing his headset down, and standing up from the desk to watch as Umaga has his arm raised in victory. Outside on the other side of the ring, Morrison makes another escape from Orton as JACK SWAGGER returns to ringside to help his cohort, but isn’t quite quick enough to get his hands on Morrison, who frustrates Heyman again!!



Speaking of Heyman, it’s ALL gone wrong again for him and his clients tonight in the main event. Last week, Orton fell to Christian (thanks to Morrison) and tonight, his clients have lost what was essentially a 2 on 1 match … and Cole states that at some point, questions have to be asked about HEYMANS ability to lead his clients, as opposed to their own shortcomings.



But the focus to close the show is on Jericho and Estrada on the floor. The WWE Champion continues to be given assurances from Estrada … but he continues to look more concerned at the threat Umaga could pose if he doesn’t follow orders at Armageddon. And in the ring, Umaga stands tall, a winner again tonight … with Cole CERTAIN that if Umaga stands on his own two feet at Armageddon he’ll walk out as WWE Champion…




END OF SHOW







Official Card for WWE Armageddon:

December 14 2008 | TD Banknorth Garden, Boston MA

Theme Music; ‘Goodnight, Travel Well’ by The Killers





WWE Championship Match:

Chris Jericho vs. Umaga



WWE United States Championship Match:

Mark Henry w/Theodore Long vs. Kurt Angle w/Paul Heyman



WWE Tag Team Championships:
!! FOUR CORNERS ELIMINATION MATCH !!

The Fight Factory w/Melina vs. The Caribbean Connection vs. Filthy Rich w/The Million Dollar Man & M.V.P vs. Cryme Tyme



#1 CONTENDERS MATCH:

Jeff Hardy vs. Christian
~ Winner Challenges WWE Champion on Dec. 26 LIVE edition of Smackdown ~



BELFAST BRAWL:

The Brian Kendrick vs. Finlay



The Final Showdown:

Edge vs. Batista



Grudge Match:

Randy Orton w/Paul Heyman vs. John Morrison



Six Man Tag Team Match:
Christopher Daniels, Low Ki & Justin Gabriel vs. Bryan Danielson & 2 Partners TBC
 
#3,754 ·









Friday Night Smackdown | December 12 2008 | Des Moines IA




We open – not in the arena – but backstage, and CHRIS JERICHO walking through the halls, with his WWE Championship over his shoulder. Strolling casually, Jericho is brought to a stop … as he comes face to face with BATISTA!!



Initially looking a little worried about being caught alone with Batista, Jericho backs up a step, which draws a smirk from The Animal.


You can relax, Jericho … as much as I wanna … I’m not gonna kick your ass.”



Noticeably, Jericho’s demeanour changes, looking suddenly more relaxed after being put at ease … but Batista isn’t finished speaking…



You’ve done a helluva job duckin me … but after Sunday?? You won’t need to worry about me coming after YOUR title.”


Jericho smugly grins.


Oh yeah??”


Batista takes a step forward, bearing down on Jericho, and takes his sunglasses off to look Jericho in the eye.



Because you WONT be champion.”



Batista then barges past Jericho, with the title belt slipping off the shoulder of the Canadian. He quickly fixes it, trying to salvage some credibility as a tough guy … and laughs off the suggestion that he won’t be holding the title much longer … and continues to walk on in the opposite direction.



_________________________________





Opening Video


We head into the arena, minus pyro and straight into-

**MEDAL**

As KURT ANGLE heads to the ring, two nights away from challenging (the AWOL) Mark Henry for the United States Championship!! Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler sound excited for this go-home edition of Smackdown, hyping the main event to come tonight, plus Michael Cole will host an in ring interview with two of the four men involved in the tag team main event later; Jeff Hardy and Christian.



**AIN’T NO MAKE BELIEVE**



But first, it’s Angle vs Morrison, with Angle most likely being sent to soften Morrison up before Orton gets him on PPV this Sunday. JOHN MORRISON enters (not to slow motion, gtfo with that shit) but shows no fear of taking on the legendary Kurt Angle, heading straight for the ring, and getting right to it!!

Match 1:
Kurt Angle w/Paul Heyman vs. John Morrison
It’s a fist fight to begin, with Morrison clearly coming in with a gameplan not to wrestle the Olympian and make it a slugfest instead. Angle obliges, with Heyman parroting from the floor, telling Angle to punish Morrison. But despite Angle getting the better of the brawl, Morrison returns from an Irish Whip by ducking a shot, then springing off the ropes with a cross body to take Angle down!!! Morrison keeps the pace up, showing off his ability … until he is caught with a BELLY TO BELLY from Angle!!!

And that shift allows Angle to slow the action down and look to wear Morrison down … but it’s clear that this isn’t going long, as Morrison quickly gets back into it, and into his comeback, with a CHUCK KICK keeping Angle down for two. Angle then catches the ankle, looking to apply the famous submission, but Morrison battles to pain to get back to (one) foot … AND ENZIGURIS ANGLE!!! Both men are down, as Angle tries to shake off the cobwebs, being growled at from ringside by Heyman to get up, but it’s Morrison on his feet first-

WHEN ORTON SLIDES INTO THE RING, AND SPINS MORRISON AROUND – RKO!!!!! Instant DQ!!!
Winner: Via DQ – John Morrison @ 05:14

Orton starts licking his lips with Morrison downed … but Angle is livid!! Kurt SHOVES Randy, getting at Orton for costing him the match; “And I took this match to do YOU a favour in the first place!!” Orton backs off from Angle, hands up, apologising, telling Kurt he meant no offence … “but it wasn’t lookin good for ya anyway”

That doesn’t do much to appease Angle, and it’s Heyman – the representative of both men – that has to step onto the apron and soothe the tension, telling both men to think of Sunday … before mentioning “but we could make Sunday a lot easier by taking care of ONE problem right here, right now…”

Orton nods … but Angle – even if taking Morrison out of the equation means they could also focus on his attempt to wrestle the U.S Title away from Mark Henry – wants no part of it. He motions to Orton that he can do whatever he wants, but signals he’s heading to the back. He turns to leave-

**SOMEBODIES GONNA GET IT**

And for the first time since the Survivor Series, MARK HENRY is on Smackdown … and he looks PISSED. The U.S Champion has Theodore Long by his side, as Angle looks around … and sees Orton pointing to Morrison, shrugging, and LEAVING!!! Angle wouldn’t help Orton with Morrison – now Orton won’t help Angle with Henry – he’s backing out of the ring, and heading back from where he came; through the crowd!!!

Heyman cuts a frustrated figure on the floor, seeing Orton desert Angle, and not wanting Kurt to feel the wrath of a pissed off Henry, gestures for Angle to leave the ring too. And even though he’s got plenty time to do so … Angle is too headstrong!!! He’s staying in the ring to confront Mark Henry, and leaves Heyman to look forlorn on the outside!!!

Long leads Henry to ringside, smiling at Heyman with glee, as the U.S Champion climbs onto the apron – AS ANGLE ATTACKS!!! Angle pounds at Henry before he can even make it into the ring, but The Worlds Strongest Man PIE FACES Angle down!!! He climbs into the ring, with Angle rushing back up, firing at Henry again; PIE FACED AGAIN!!! Angle shoot up one more time – BUT GETS BLASTED WITH A CLOTHESLINE FROM HENRY!!!!!

Morrison has now rolled out of the ring, still feeling the effects of the RKO, as the focus shifts entirely to Henry and Angle, with Heyman shown at ringside with his head buried in his hands, and Long hollering at Heyman that this is just the preview. Henry meanwhile, SPLASHES Angle in the middle of the ring … THEN SCOOPS HIM UP-

WORLDS STRONGEST SLAM!!!

A powerful and decisive message sent tonight by Mark Henry!! The Worlds Strongest Man stands tall, growling down the lens of the camera on the hard camera side, before pounding his chest. On commentary, Cole puts it over as a stark warning for Kurt Angle ahead of Armageddon this Sunday, and a reality check for Heyman, that while it sounded like a good idea on paper, his client clearly has his work cut out for him against THIS version of Mark Henry.

Lawler adds that Heyman did the worst thing he could’ve; piss off Mark Henry, but what Angle did tonight (holding his ground) was even more stupid. Theodore Long – with the United States Title safely over his shoulder – strides around ringside, yelling at Cole and Lawler “I TOLD YA!!” before passing by Heyman, patronisingly patting his shoulder and telling his opposite number; “See ya Sunday, playa!!” before waving for Henry to the leave the ring – damage done.








Commercial Break










In the catering area, CHRIS JERICHO looks at what’s on display … and turns his nose up at it. He turns to walk away-



And turns right into EDGE.



The current WWE Champion takes a frightened step back, as the former WWE Champion smirks, after getting the champion to flinch.

Chris Jericho: What’re you doing?? You can’t touch me, remember?? You shouldn’t even be near me- last time-

Edge laughs, which cuts Jericho off.

Edge: Hmm … Restraining order?? Don’t worry about it. I’m here for that.

Edge points at the championship belt over the shoulder of Jericho.

Edge: And don’t flatter yourself either. Despite your games and the way you screwed me over … I’ve only ever wanted to get my hands on you … for that.

Feeling superior to Jericho, Edge stands over him, making the champion uncomfortable.

Edge: And after Sunday … I won’t have any reason to want to go anywhere near you … because you won’t have it.

Chris Jericho: I wouldn’t be so sure.

Edge: Oh, I am. I saw the way he looked at that title last week. And I know you did too.

Walking on by, Edge leaves that with Jericho to think about, and after trying to stay emotionless, there’s a flicker of worry on the face of the champion…






______________________________








A brief video then plays, recapping the history between THE BRIAN KENDRICK and the Smackdown General Manager FINLAY over the last year. Beginning with the two butting heads due to Kendricks cocky and delusional attitude clashing with the no nonsense style of the Irishman, which led to Finlay locking Kendrick out of the running for the WrestleMania Money in the Bank Ladder Match.



Despite that, Kendrick still went into business for himself, trying to win that match at WrestleMania despite not being an official entrant. As punishment, Finlay made Kendrick undertake menial tasks for a number of weeks until Kendrick had enough. The two met at Judgment Day with the stakes attached that if Kendrick won he’d run Smackdown for 30 days, but if he lost, he’d have to shut his mouth. He won.



As a result, Kendrick turned the tables on Finlay for the entire month, yet still the Irishman foiled Kendricks attempt to steal the WWE Championship on his last night in charge. Things escalated after that when Finlay made Kendrick put his much loved hair on the line at SummerSlam for a shot at the Cruiserweight title. Kendrick lost, and lost his hair … and seemingly, all sense of reality.



For weeks, during a period of being AWOL from Smackdown, Kendrick talked about becoming a monster, going as far as to KEEP shaving his head and remain bald … whilst Finlay was mysteriously assaulted on Smackdown and taken out of action for weeks … an attack Kendrick would eventually take credit for.



And when Finlay returned at the Survivor Series, the GM had no hesitation in booking the Belfast Brawl, while also determining it would be Kendricks final night on Smackdown. Last week, Kendrick jumped Finlay while the Irishman was conducting business in the ring, getting one last shot in on his hated foe before the inevitable showdown this coming Sunday.







______________________________









And watching this video is FINLAY. The Smackdown GM is in his office, shown balling up his fist, as JOSH MATHEWS is shown also in the office, waiting for a comment…


Josh Mathews: Finlay, thank you for allowing me this period of time. As we’ve just watched a brief hi-

Finlay: I know what I just watched, son.

Feeling the tension, Josh nods, and moves on.

Josh Mathews: Well, you’ve made it clear that after Armageddon, you’ll cut The Brian Kendrick from the Smackdown roster. Do you intend on following through with that threat, win, lose or draw??

Finlay: I’m not in the business of making idle threats. What y’see with me, is what y’get … and Armageddon will be Kendricks last night as a Smackdown superstar. Once it’s done, he can go wherever the hell he wants – if Steamboat wants him on Raw, he’s welcome to him…

And for the first time, Finlay cracks a smirk.

Finlay: But uh … there mightn’t be a whole lot of Brian Kendrick left once I’m finished with ‘em.

Josh nods. Finlay scratches at his cheek before cutting back in.

Finlay: Y’know, I got to be completely honest … dealing with Kendrick this last year?? It was fun … to a point. But the fun stopped a long time ago, Josh. And there was nothin fun about what he did to me in October.

Picking up the Shillelagh from his desk, Finlay wraps it off the desk three times.

Finlay: And I promise ye, there’s not gonna be anything fun about what happens on Sunday.








Commercial Break







**VIDEO PACKAGE**



The video opens in what appears to be a quiet home, lights mostly off, decorated for Christmas … before the light comes on, and what appears to be Santa sits down on his couch, taking a long, deep breath after a hard nights work.



“‘Twas the night after Christmas, when all through the house,
Every creature was stirring, much louder than a mouse.”


And suddenly, the action picks up, as kids come rushing into the room, leaping onto the couch, in between shots of a plethora of Smackdown superstars in action.



Because live on Sci-Fi, they brought Friday Night Smackdown,
And for your viewing pleasure, The Undertaker rode into town.”


~GONG~


Clips of The Undertaker sitting up, delivering a Tombstone, a Chokeslam, Old School, and even the Deadman Tope.


The children were nestled, all snug in front of the T.V,
Watching as a WWE Championship Match unfolded for free.”



Instead of showing any individual, there’s simply a long shot of the WWE Championship belt, followed by excited looking fans, cheering fans in arenas and fireworks.


When what to my wondering eyes did appear,
But a Texas Rattlesnake, drinking a beer.”



Shots of Steve Austin through the years, downing beers.


With a pick up truck so big and so bold
I knew in a moment it must be Stone Cold!”



And driving into arena’s in a Pick Up Truck, including the Stunner on D’Lo on the hood in 1997.


But I heard him exclaim, ere he drove out of sight;
Happy Christmas to all, and to all-”



**GLASS SHATTERS**


We cut back to the home, where the camera zooms in on Santa … and STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN rips off the beard, and the hat from the Santa suit to reveal himself.



Gimme a HELL YEAH!!!”


FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN | DECEMBER 26 | MILWAUKEE WI
LIVE!! THE NIGHT AFTER CHRISTMAS

END PACKAGE

***






______________________________







Straight back to the ring, and MICHAEL COLE stands alone…


Michael Cole: Ladies and Gentlemen, in forty eight hours, one of two men will become the challenger for the WWE Championship on what promises to be an historic edition of Friday Night Smackdown on December Twenty Sixth. These two men are by no means strangers to one another. In fact, they’ve been linked from pretty much the beginning of their rise to stardom. However, whilst one of these two men went on to realise his potential and achieve his dreams of World Championships … the other … is still waiting for that same level of glory. On Sunday, either Christian will move a step closer to a familiar feeling … or Jeff Hardy will be within touching distance of his first WWE Championship.

I can’t wait! Sunday, at Armageddon!!” ~Lawler.

Michael Cole: Without any further adieu, allow me to introduce, first … Jeff Hardy!!

**NO MORE WORDS**

JEFF HARDY gets a strong reaction upon his entry, with shrill cheers from the ladies in attendance. Still in his regular attire, despite a match later tonight, Jeff walks to the ring in his jeans and shirt, slapping hands with fans as he makes an understated entry to the ring for this segment.

Michael Cole: And the man that stands between Jeff and his dream … Christian.

**JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES**

The Waterproof Blonde theme fills the arena, as CHRISTIAN – who IS dressed to compete, but wearing a t-shirt – makes his way to the ring, and once inside, offers Jeff a nod, before they give each other a fairly low key handshake before getting down to business, with both guys standing either side of Cole.

Michael Cole: Well gentlemen, I want to start off with your past. Obviously, there’s two men key to both of your pasts; that being Edge and Matt. As a matter of fact, we’ll see that classic rivalry renewed for at least one night only later here on Smackdown, when Christian, you team up with Edge against Jeff and Jeff’s brother Matt. But almost all of your prior run-ins came in tag team affairs. This Sunday it’s one on one. What can you take out of your history from those famous matches ahead of the #1 Contender Match at Armageddon??

Christian: Not a whole lot, Michael. Whether it’s a tag match, whether there’s ladders involved or any other kind of object, it’s no secret that Jeff here is willing to put his body on the line without any hesitation. He’s going to throw himself at me at Armageddon, he’s going to be coming from all angles, and I probably won’t get a moment to rest … and if there’s one thing I know about Jeff, somewhere along the way he’s going to make a mistake. A mistake that’s gonna prove to be fatal.

That gets a few rumbles from the fans, whilst Jeff stays silent, nodding his head and acknowledging the answer.

Michael Cole: Jeff?? Your response??

Jeff Hardy: He’s changed a lot since those days, Michael, and I’m not just talkin about his hair cut.

Christian: You should try cutting yours too.

Jeff cracks a smile, but carries on with his answer to Cole.

Jeff Hardy: I’m not lookin that far back to be honest, I’m just lookin forward. And from what I hear, it sounds like Christian isn’t doin the same. And if he’s waitin on me makin a mistake at Armageddon?? … He’s makin a big mistake of his own.

Christian: Thanks for the advice.

No problem, man” ~Is what Jeff mouths back at Christian.

Michael Cole: Christian, this situation you’re in right now – another number one contenders match, in the mix for the richest prize in the game – it’s something that’s become second nature to you over the last couple of years … whereas Jeff doesn’t have that same amount of experience to fall back on, and certainly none in the recent past. Is that an advantage for you, do you think??

Christian thinks over his answer, then shrugs.

Christian: Honestly, Michael … that’s not something I think too much about. Not now, or ever, really. If someone’s good enough?? Experience in these positions doesn’t count for much. But if it’s taken a guy six and half years to get back into position for a title shot … and to be just handed the opportunity … it tells me that maybe – and no offence, Jeff – he doesn’t belong in that spot.

Jeff shakes his head, but doesn’t give anything back verbally, as Cole turns on his heels to address Hardy.

Michael Cole: Jeff … it’s been a long road to get here. I think you’d be the first to admit that at times, through the years, you’ve been your own worst enemy. And a lot has been made of this opportunity that’s been, perhaps, gifted to you in the eyes of many. You’ve recognized that fact and owned it. But can you tell us, just what this opportunity at Armageddon means to you – and your career.

Jeff Hardy: Sure. Man, it’s everything for me. Like you said, Michael, a lot’s been said about how I was handed this shot … but I’ve still got to go to Armageddon and beat HIM.

Jeff points his finger at Christian, who nods. Jeff keeps his eyes on Christian as he talks through his response with Cole.

Jeff Hardy: This guy, over the last three, four years, has done it all. He’s been the measuring stick … so whether or not I deserve to be in this match on Sunday or whether there’s guys that should be in this match instead doesn’t matter to me. Because I AM in it … and I know that to get that WWE Title match, I WILL have to EARN it the hard way. And if I can beat him, then I know I AM good enough to challenge for the title.

The Hardy fans offer a round of cheers to get behind Jeff.

Jeff Hardy: The road to get here has been long man. It’s been hard. And yeah, I made it hard on myself along the way. But all those bumps in the road?? All the bad choices I made?? They made me stronger, they made me tougher and they SHAPED the man I am TODAY!!

Pop.

Jeff Hardy: Those bad choices allowed me to be able to make better ones. And those choices have brought me to this point in time, in this position … one win away from challenging for the WWE Title!!!

Another brief pop. Christian stands back, listening to everything.

Jeff Hardy: And you can tell how much I want this, Michael, right??

Michael Cole: Yeah, absolutely.

Jeff Hardy: You can tell by the look in my eyes. You can tell by the way I talk about it…

And again, Jeff points at Christian.

Jeff Hardy: … Then look at him.

That perks Christian up a little more, and he stands a little straighter with Jeff walking closer to him to speak to Christian directly.

Jeff Hardy: You don’t want it as much as I do anymore, Christian. This is just another opportunity for you. But this is my ONLY shot. It’s everything for me … and it looks like it means NOTHING to you!!

Full of passion, Jeff strains with those last words, stepping closer to Christian, who remains unmoved.

Jeff Hardy: You?? You’ve got stuck in neutral, man. Ever since Summerslam, it’s like this doesn’t even matter anymore. You’ve got comfortable, you’ve lost your passion, your drive …

Jeff now steps right into Christians face.

Jeff Hardy: And that PISSES me off!!

Pop from the fans. Still, Christian has the poker face on, not reacting to anything.

Jeff Hardy: I’ve worked my ENTIRE career to be where you are!! I’ve sacrificed my body, my mind and damn near lost my soul for the chance to have what you have … and I never got that chance. But now I have it, and I’m not letting it pass me by. I CAN’T let it pass me by.

There’s a strong showing of support for Jeff, as he settles somewhat and takes a step back, whilst Christian looks to the crowd, listening to their chants, as Cole steps forward again.

Michael Cole: And Christian, what do you say to that??

Christian takes a moment to consider his reply, then looks to Cole and shrugs.

Christian: Where do I start?? There’s a lot to drink in. Y’know, it’s hard for me to disagree with much of what you just said, Jeff. Ever since Summerslam … ever since Hell in a Cell … I have struggled to find that same drive. I blew my shot at the World Title back before I got traded here, and it didn’t exactly break my heart.

That’s an alarm bell for anyone!!” ~King adds his pennies worth from ringside.

Christian: Coming to Smackdown, I thought that might be the thing to snap me out of it, and give me some fresh scenery, fresh challenges … but sometimes … I feel like I’m still just goin through the motions.

There’s a few catcalls, and Christian turns to acknowledge them with a nod.

Christian: I don’t know if I’m just in a funk right now, or if I just don’t feel like I’ve anything left to accomplish around here … and I don’t think I’m gonna get the answers I’m looking for on Sunday, either.

What does that mean?” ~Jeff mouths, but doesn’t get an answer.

Christian: Which is why-

Christian stops himself for a moment first.

Christian: Look, I don’t wanna sound like I’m patronizing you, Jeff … but honestly, standing out here, face to face with you and hearing the passion in your voice and seeing the fire in your eyes … it makes me feel sorry for ya.

Jeff Hardy: Oh yeah??

Christian: Yeah … I mean, I can see how much you want this. I can see how much it’d mean for you to challenge for the WWE Title- WIN the WWE title … you want this more than anything right now.

Jeff nods in agreement, as Cole cuts in.

Michael Cole: But Christian, you said you felt sorry for Jeff-

Christian: I do. Like I said, I can see how much he wants it … he wants it more than I do right now … but here’s some advice of my own to you, Jeff…

Jeff Hardy: I’m listenin man, spill it…

Hardy asks pretty aggressively, and Christian nods.

Christian: Just wanting something badly?? That’s never gonna be enough to make it happen. When I was growin up, I really wanted to be an Astronaut … but I never walked on the moon. I really wanted to date the hottest girl in high school … but I couldn’t talk her into it. And just because you really want to challenge for the WWE Championship … doesn’t mean it’s gonna happen.

Christian shrugs.

Christian: And the reason I feel sorry for you Jeff … is that at Armageddon, as much as you want to win … no matter what you do, you wont … because I will.

And dropping the mic, Christian appears to be deciding that this interview is over. He climbs out of the ring, and doesn’t turn back – much to the chagrin of Jeff Hardy, and the confusion of Cole.

Jeff gestures to Cole that he wasn’t done, and the announcer appears to suggest the same, showing Hardy his cards he was holding … but Christian gets the last word tonight, somewhat ‘big brothering’ Jeff by being the one to decide when they were done… and Jeff doesn’t appreciate it at all…








Commercial Break









Back from the break, and already in the ring are SIM SNUKA and MANU, with Snuka dressed to compete tonight…



**BOURNE TO WIN**



And hitting the stage, pumped and full of energy and vigour, EVAN BOURNE salutes the fans … before eyeing the ring, and turning serious. Clips air of his issues with Sim and Manu in recent weeks, including Snuka getting a win thanks to the arrival of Manu three weeks ago, and Sim attacking Bourne after Manu defeated Evan last week.



Match 2:
Sim Snuka w/Manu vs. Evan Bourne

Bourne starts out fast, coming out of the gate with a running dropkick!! Bourne continues to impress from there with his innovative offence and high flying hijinx, bringing the fight to Sim, who tries to beg off – from little Evan Bourne!! Bourne doesn’t buy the begging, and hammers into Sim in the corner until the referee forces him back out. Snuka then buys himself time, keeping the official occupied … as Manu climbs up onto the apron, causing a distraction for Bourne, which allows Snuka to attack from behind!!!



Manu is ordered down from the apron by the official, but his work is done, allowing his partner to gain the upper hand and work over Bourne with some boring rest holds. As Evan tries to fight back, Sim powers him into the corner, driving the wind out of him with shoulders to the gut. That allows Snuka to set up his leaping kick finish – but Bourne ducks – and catches Snuka with a roundhouse kick of his own!!



Evan now climbs up top, setting himself for his patented double knees … but Sim grabs onto the referee, distracting him again … AS MANU YANKS THE LEG OF BOURNE – AND BOURNE CROTCHES HIMSELF ON THE TOP!!! Manu quickly drops back down, allowing Sim to take over … WITH THE LEAPING KICK TO BOURNE!!! Evan tumbles from the top, laying in a heap on the canvas … as Snuka makes the cover … 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: Sim Snuka @ 04:02

Again, Cole is irate on commentary that the Snuka has stolen ANOTHER win from Evan Bourne. He celebrates heartily – more than he should, really – and has a few additional words as he stands over his writhing, defeated opponent before departing the ring, and high fiving his partner.

In the ring, Bourne tries to pick himself up, but holds his head, selling the effects of the kick from Snuka, and looks furious at what went down tonight. On commentary, Lawler has advice for Evan; just drop it!! And he may have a point, as for the third time in a row, the Tour of the Islands have left him laying…






______________________________







Heading backstage, the group of FILTHY RICH (The DiBiases, Jamie Noble, and an uninterested M.V.P) are in conversation with MELINA (the manager of the tag team champions, who Filthy Rich challenge on Sunday as part of the 4 way) … though specifically, it’s The Million Dollar Man doing the talking with his counterpart as Ted Junior listens intently, as Noble side eyes Melina, trying not to ogle her.


Melina: And our arrangement can stay the same. Finlay only thinks he got one over on us last week … but really, he gave us what we wanted.

The Million Dollar Man: Just as long as your men hold up their end of the bargain, darlin.

Melina initially scowls at the ‘darlin’, but forces a smile.

Melina: Oh, they will. You don’t need to worry about that. Elijah and Wade have proven themselves and their capabilities more than enough. It’s your little … posse … that concerns me, sweetie.

The Million Dollar Man: Now explain that to me…

Melina: Well…

She peers over at M.V.P, who is sat down, taping his wrists, paying no attention. DiBiase waves off the suggestion.

The Million Dollar Man: Don’t worry about Mr. Porter there, my dear. Didn’t he complete his objective last week??

Melina: He’s still a concern.

DiBiase puts his hands on Melinas shoulders.

The Million Dollar Man: You let him be my concern, honey. {Melina sighs and rolls her eyes this time, as she pulls away from DiBiase} So long as your men remember the arrangement and work with mine tonight, and again on Sunday until it’s our two teams left standing … we’ll all be happy. Right??

Melina offers a nod, then turns her head in M.V.P’s direction, and starts snapping her fingers at him to gain his attention.

Melina: And you?? You know what’s expected of you tonight!? We don’t care if you win or lose. We want you to leave Kofi Kingston with a target … or better yet, we want you to leave Kofi Kingston out of commission. Got it??

M.V.P stands up angrily to confront her, but DiBiase Senior steps in with a laugh to break the tension, putting a hand on the chest of M.V.P and patting him to calm him down, before turning to Melina.

The Million Dollar Man: He’s got it.

Melina thinks for a moment, watching M.V.P, before eventually accepting the words from the Million Dollar Man, and leaves without saying goodbye. Ted Senior motions for his son and Noble to leave him with M.V.P, and turns to speak with M.V.P again.

M.V.P: Don’t. It’s bad enough I gotta be takin orders from you … but I ain’t gonna be her punchin bag too. I know what I gotta do, kay??

The Million Dollar Man: Yes, yes. Understood. Look, don’t worry about her. Just think of the look on her face when you help take away the tag team championships from her team this Sunday.

DiBiase has a big smile on his face now.

The Million Dollar Man: And once you deliver the those tag team championships to Teddy and Jamie … your work is done.

M.V.P: I’m countin on it. As long as I get paid, I’ll do as I’m told … but I’ll be damn well glad when this is over.

M.V.P brushes past DiBiase, and out of the room … as DiBiase exhales, and his own usual calm, relaxed demeanour drains…








Commercial Break










Match 3:

Carlito vs. Jamie Noble vs. JTG vs. Wade Barrett

Noted on commentary is that there’s NO ringside presence allowed in this one, meaning the partners have to stay in the back, as do the managers!! It’s a fast paced affair, serving as something of a (half) preview of Sundays title match, though here, all four are in the match at the same time, whereas that wont be the case at Armageddon. After the initial period of the match, it quickly descends into more of a Strange Bedfellows Tornado Tag match as Barrett and Noble join forces – due to the agreement between DiBiase and Melina – which forces Carlito and JTG to do the same.



Carlito shines here too, sparking the comeback for himself and JTG with a springboard moonsault to Noble AND Barrett, then follows that with a springboard Senton to Noble, before launching himself over the top with a cross body to the retreating Brit!! That leaves Noble and JTG in the ring, with JTG wanting DA SHOUT OUT – NO!! Noble avoids it, and TRAPS JTG IN THE GUILLOTINE!!! Carlito is in to break it, saving JTG, and nails Noble with the APPLE CORE!!! JTG does his bit by knocking Barrett back off the apron, as he and Carlito look and nod at one another … THE CARLITO HITS THE BACK CRACKER ON JTG!!! Carlito shrugs at his own actions – it’s still every man for himself – and makes the cover … 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: Carlito @ 06:56

A big confidence boosting win for Carlito after last weeks screwy loss, as he again shrugs as he gets up, clearly having no issues with double crossing JTG tonight – and it’s something Cole points out as a sign of things to come on Sunday; it’s every team for themselves.

And Cole reiterates that point by noting the agreement between the Fight Factory and Filthy Rich didn’t do them much good tonight … though Lawler argues that Carlito shot himself in the foot here; he and Kofi could’ve had their own agreement with Cryme Tyme on Sunday, but there’s no chance of that happening now…

Carlito leaves the ring, looking happy with his work tonight, though Noble and Barrett are both bickering on the floor, seemingly blaming one another for their plan falling through, as JTG recovers in the ring, affording himself a chuckle almost, realising he got played by Carlito, and even seems to offer a light and brief clap, (because losing is fun?) before tapping his head, indicating he won’t forget/won’t fall for it again.








Commercial Break










Returning backstage, CHRIS JERICHO – seemingly growing more anxious as the night goes on – enters his own private locker room … where ARMANDO ESTRADA is sat waiting.

Chris Jericho: Where the hell have you been all night??

Armando Estrada: {Confused by Jericho’s tone} Huh?? What’s the matter!? We don’t have a match, do we?? That pendejo Finlay-

Chris Jericho: No. No, we don’t have a match tonight. I just want to know where you’ve been.

Estrada continues to look confused as to where this has come from from Jericho.

Armando Estrada: Chris- relax, okay?? We didn’t need to be here at all tonight, did we??

Chris Jericho: Where is he!?

Armando Estrada: Who?? Umaga??

Jericho glares at AAE.

Chris Jericho: Yes … Umaga.

Sensing an issue, Estrada stands up to approach Jericho.

Armando Estrada: I’ve got him locked away. Chris … ju’re scaring me. What’s goin on??

Chris Jericho: Is he going to do as he’s told on Sunday??

Estrada sighs.

Armando Estrada: Chris, c’mon. We’ve been over this already!! That big dummy does as I tell him to. And at Armageddon, he’s going to lie down and let you win. Jes??

Chris Jericho: And is that what you’re going to tell him to do.

Armando gets animated now, stressed out over the questioning.

Armando Estrada: What’s gotten into you!? Of course that’s what I’m tellin him!! Ju have NOTHING to worry about, amigo. Umaga has one purpose for ju and me … and dat is to SERVE JU!! Nothing more!! He had his chances to be champion and he failed me. I won’t make that mistake again.

Chris Jericho: Well … I wanna see it … tonight.

Estrada looks confused.

Chris Jericho: I’m gonna go out to that ring later, and I want to see you tell Umaga what he has to do at Armageddon … and I want to see him acknowledge it.

Armando throws his arms up in the air, done with the conversation.

Armando Estrada: Fine. Done.

Chris Jericho: Good.

Jericho continues to stare at his associate, clearly paranoid that he’s being double crossed.






______________________________








Back in the arena, we see a Vietnamese wrestler keyed as BAO NGUYEN ready for action…


**PALE RIDER**



As CHRISTOPHER DANIELS leads out his troops, Justin Gabriel and Low Ki, with the Cruiserweight Champion set for some non-title action tonight. Cole hypes the six man tag on Sunday with Bryan Danielson yet to announce his partners, which will see the in-ring debut of Low-Ki – something Cole puts over as a big time draw too – and the first time the Trinity will be in action as a trio.


Match 4 | NON-TITLE MATCH:

Cruiserweight Champ. Christopher Daniels w/Justin Gabriel & Low Ki vs. Bao Nguyen

No shocks or surprises here – it’s just a basic enough squash. Daniels gives Bao the slightest of openings at the mid point of the match, with Nguyen getting a few punches in for a brief moment of hope … but it’s soon cut off by Daniels. The Fallen Angel toys with the jobber for a bit, before eventually putting the poor guy out of his misery by applying the KOJI CLUTCH for an immediate submission win.

Winner: Christopher Daniels @ 02:02


Daniels has his arm raised … then calls his buddies into the ring, seemingly inviting them to get their hands on Bao Nguyen for their own jollies. However, as Gabriel and Low Ki enter the ring-



HERE COMES BRYAN DANIELSON!!!


AND HE’S COMING WITH JERRY LYNN!!!



The former champion and the veteran rush down the ramp, and it shows the cowardice of Daniels that he doesn’t even want to fight when he has a 3 on 2 advantage as he instructs Gabriel and Ki to leave the ring with him!! Low Ki is initially hesitant to do so … but eventually elects to exit the ring, as the Trinity stick together on the floor.



Danielson paces around the ring, calling for a mic, as Cole briefly touches on the Trinity having a helping hand in Justin Gabriels win over Jerry Lynn two nights ago on Superstars, inferring that is why he’s with Danielson. The Trinity back track toward the ramp, with the Fallen Angel having to hold Low Ki from heading back to the ring, before Danielson finally gets a mic…

Bryan Danielson: This.

Bryan points down at the poor Bao, who is sitting up, but holding his mouth, which is trickling with blood.

Bryan Danielson: This isn’t what I envisioned for the Cruiserweight division when I came into this company. I didn’t want it to be like everything else around here where champions pull power plays, politic their way out of legitimate title defences against top contenders while using impressionable rookies for their own gain, and calling in favours from bitter old friends.

Two pointed digs at Gabriel and Ki already.

Bryan Danielson: That’s not what I wanted!! I poured my heart and soul into making the Cruiserweight division mean something more. It was supposed to be about real competition. Where the cream rose to the top, and you had to EARN opportunities – not jump the line because you have a bigger reputation than others.

The Fallen Angel laughs on the ramp, which only infuriates Bryan more.

Bryan Danielson: Daniels, you’re tearing everything I built APART. You’re crapping all over everything this division was standing for!! I wanted to take this division forward … and you’re dragging it BACK. What did you prove tonight, huh!? Apart from boosting your own ego by beating on this guy. Nothing!!

Bao is shown again, still nursing his bloody mouth. Bryan then points out the ring at Low Ki.

Bryan Danielson: You, Low Ki … I’m embarrassed for you that you’re going along with this crap. Of anyone, I thought you had some dignity, some honour. And if you’re bitter that I didn’t go to bat for you to bring you to the WWE, you’re angry at the wrong guy. Be angry at yourself!! I bust my ass to get here. I didn’t call in any favours. I made it to the WWE on my own merit. But congratulations … you finally made it too … and you chose to be this idiots puppet.

Low Ki glares, breathing heavily, not enjoying being called out like that without responding, but the Fallen Angel pats his back, giving him some words in his ear.

Bryan Danielson: And you, Justin?? I’m not even mad at you. You’re just not strong enough to stand on your own two feet. So if you had to sell out to a guy that made your life miserable for months and ridiculed you?? Good for you. Hope it works out. But know this … you’re the fall guy. Because the moment things go south, and you’re no longer of any use to Christopher Daniels … he’s gonna toss you to the side …

And he makes sure to point at Low Ki again-

Bryan Danielson: Because he’d never the guts to try it with him!!

Ohhh” ~The fans. Danielson is already trying to drive a wedge in the group!! But Christopher Daniels again tries to laugh it off, and talks in the ear of the impressionable South African.

Bryan Danielson: And that moment might just be as soon as this Sunday. Because Jerry Lynn and myself are coming to Armageddon for a FIGHT!!!

Six man tag team action this Sunday on Pay Per View!!” ~Cole with the quick shill, and Bryan hands the microphone over to Lynn momentarily.

Jerry Lynn: Damn right we are, Bryan!! I’ve seen, first hand, just what Christopher Daniels vision is for the Cruiserweight division. And I’ve been around this business for too long to sit back and let it happen!! I want to be part of a Cruiserweight division I can be proud of … that’s WHY I came BACK here in the first place!! But I’m not proud to be part of THIS division right now!!

Bryan nods in agreement as he is handed the mic back from the veteran.

Bryan Danielson: And we’re not coming alone. We have a third man that can’t wait to meet up with us on Sunday and STICK IT to the three of you!!!

But who’s that gonna be!?” ~Cole with the intrigue!

Bryan Danielson: You hold that championship right now, Chris … but you haven’t taken over MY division just yet. Starting this Sunday, when we kick your asses, I’m taking BACK control of the Cruiserweight division!!!

On the ramp, Daniels has a hand on the shoulder of each of his partners, shaking his head … but Danielson has one final line.

Bryan Danielson: And THAT, Chris!? THAT is GOSPEL!!

Bryan tosses the mic, message sent, and the stage set for a six man tag on PPV…







Commercial Break









Smackdown returns to JOSH MATHEWS again backstage, standing by in the interview pit with RANDY ORTON…

Josh Mathews: Randy Orton, we saw earlier tonight you putting down a marker of sorts when you delivered the RKO to John Morrison. For the last two weeks, John Morrison had been the aggressor, and given his desire to avenge his best friend after you punted Joey Matthews a couple of months ago, you must be expecting a backlash this Sunday at Armageddon when you meet one on one??

Randy shakes his head.

Randy Orton: The only thing I expect on Sunday … is an RKO … and John Morrison to go away. Quite frankly, I’ve bigger and better things to be concentrating on … not some pissant that’s still mourning his friend not being here any more.

Josh Mathews: But Randy … wouldn’t your actions tonight indicate that you see Morrison as more of a threat than you’re letting on??

Orton cocks an eyebrow.

Randy Orton: You’ve seen my hitlist, right?? You’ve seen the names I’ve taken out. Most of them were just in the wrong place, at the wrong time – just like Morrisons buddy was. Just because I strike … it doesn’t mean I’m threatened or worried … it just means … I’ve a little extra aggression to take out. And unfortunately for John Morrison … he’s going to be the victim of that aggression-

IT’S MORRISON – AND HE RAMS INTO ORTON!!!

The interview set COLLAPSES as Morrison takes Orton down, and HAMMERS at him, with Randy forced to cover up!! Quickly, agents and referees are on the scene, pulling Morrison off, but Morrison continues to throw kicks at Orton as he is dragged up.

Morrison then looks to shrug off the personnel, wanting MORE of Orton … as Orton shows his own smarts scrambling away, waiting to have this fight on HIS terms, not Morrisons. Morrison continues to strain, wanting to go after the former WWE Champion … but is restrained … and forced to wait for Sunday.





______________________________








Moving on backstage, in the locker room, JEFF HARDY is lacing up his boots, when MATT HARDY enters, dropping his bag down next to his brother, opening it up and beginning to take his gear out.

Jeff Hardy: Hey man, what’s up!? Was wondering when you’d get here.

Matt Hardy: Yeah, running late.

Neither brother looks at the other, instead, sitting side by side, they’re busy getting ready, but continue their conversation.

Jeff Hardy: What’s goin on man?? Tried callin during the week … but your Cell’s been off.

Matt Hardy: I know, I know. I just uhh … had to get away for a few days, Jeff.

Jeff Hardy: Cool.

Matt drops his boots to the floor and exhales. Jeff stops what he’s doing, and the two shift slightly to make eye contact.

Matt Hardy: Look Jeff, I wanna say sorry about last week. That wasn’t right.

Jeff waves it off.

Jeff Hardy: It’s cool, bro. I understand. This ain’t been an easy time for ya, Matt. But thanks for apologising. Means a heck of a lot.

Jeff puts a hand on Matts shoulder, then turns back to get ready. Matt picks up his boots, fixing the laces.

Matt Hardy: Yeah … I’m just sorry I couldn’t give you my best out there last week.

Jeff raises his eyebrows, clearly confused.

Jeff Hardy: Huh??

Matt Hardy: With everything that’s been goin on man, I feel like you deserved a better test than that before Armageddon. I let ya down man. I let everything else that’s been goin on get on top of me, and well…

Matt trails off. Jeff just shakes his head at what he’s hearing.

Matt Hardy: And hey, I’ve been thinking a lot about what you said last week, Jeff. And I think you’re right. I think I need a few weeks away from all this to clear my head and get things in order. All this crap with Edge avoiding me, Finlay punishing me, I’ve allowed it to weigh me down. A few weeks of R and R over the Christmas period … I think that’s exactly what I need.

Jeff Hardy: Well … I’m glad to hear that. I think a few weeks away to get your head straight is a good idea.

Matt Hardy: But hey, I’m gonna give you my best tonight. I’ll lead us like the old days, and get you ready for Sunday. Let’s take it to Edge and Christian like we always used to, yeah??

Letting the “I’ll lead us” line to the side, Jeff smiles at the positivity from his brother, turning to him and offering a fist bump.

Jeff Hardy: Team Extreme, man, all the way.

Matt accepts the fist bump…

Matt Hardy: Just leave Edge to me, and you focus on Christian.

Closing his eyes, Jeff leans his head back, not liking that last line from Matt at all…





______________________________







Into the arena…


**I’M COMIN**


In an apparent concession from DiBiase, entering to his own music – but minus the entrance tunnel – M.V.P hits the stage to a muted response, bordering on heat from the audience. He nods at the lack of love coming his way, but seems to accept it, knowing his actions as of late – albeit under duress – have turned many against him … and the boos grow as The Million Dollar Man follows behind.



Cole and Lawler discuss the arrangement with the DiBiases, again reminding that The Million Dollar Man has promised to let M.V.P go out of his contract if he can help deliver the tag team titles to Filthy Rich this Sunday … and he has a chance tonight to make that job easier by doing a number on Kofi Kingston – a man he briefly teamed with in the summer – tonight … NEXT.









Commercial Break











Returning from the break, KOFI KINGSTON is already on his way to the ring, with Cole and Lawler talking about Kofi and Carlito apparently having a heated debate earlier today as to who would compete in which match tonight. Carlito had a long history with M.V.P early last year and wanted a piece of him, but Kofi won out in the end, after it was he that was betrayed last week…



Match 5:

M.V.P w/The Million Dollar Man vs. Kofi Kingston

There’s a brief discussion between the pair, with Kofi disappointed in M.V.P because of last week, but still wanting to give M.V.P the benefit of the doubt due to the friendship they formed when they briefly teamed in the summer, and because he knows the situation M.V.P is in. They shake hands … then Porter apologises … AS HE CHEAP SHOTS KOFI!!! Montel looks conflicted in himself, doing what he’s being ordered to, and on the outside, DiBiase looks pleased.



M.V.P has the upper hand due to the cheap shot, but his own reluctance to go to town on Kingston allows Kofi to battle back quickly. And Kofi is fired up as a result of that earlier cheap shot!! Kingston takes the fight to M.V.P, scoring a trio of near falls off a missile dropkick, a Koronco Buster and the S.O.S, but Porter clings on and kicks out each time. With M.V.P in dire straits, Kofi lines up for TROUBLE IN PARADISE … BUT M.V.P DODGES AND ESCAPES THROUGH THE ROPES!!!



Porter takes a walk on the outside, and has DiBiase in his ear, bellowing at him to do his job, which M.V.P most certainly doesn’t appreciate. Meanwhile, Kofi looks to jump off the top to the outside at both men – BUT M.V.P CATCHES HIM WITH A SHOT TO THE GUT!!! Kofi rolls around on the floor, as M.V.P takes out his frustrations with DiBiase on Kingston and HURLS him at the steel steps – knees first. And from there, it becomes obvious what the focus will be.


The rest of the match is simply Porter working over the knee of Kofi Kingston, which pleases DiBiase on the outside. M.V.P wraps the leg on the ropes, delivers a knee breaker, and wraps the knee around the ring post as he looks to carry out his instructions – still under duress – and soften up Kingston for Sunday. Applying a single leg crab, M.V.P torques on the leg, causing even further distress for Kofi … but the fighting underdog battles through the pain … AND MAKES IT TO THE ROPES!!!



BUT DIBIASE DEMANDS THAT M.V.P DOESN’T RELEASE THE HOLD!!! Boos ring out, and M.V.P shakes his head at DiBiase … but DOES as he’s instructed!!! And keeps the hold locked on, despite Kofi being at the ropes!!! The official gives Montel every chance … but reaches the count of five and is left with no alternative … BUT TO CALL FOR THE BELL AND DISQUALIFY M.V.P!!!!!

Winner: Via DQ – Kofi Kingston @ 06:51

And even AFTER the DQ is called, DiBiase still tells M.V.P to keep the hold applied on Kofi, doing all kinds of damage to the knee of Kofi Kingston … which forces M.VP TO COME RUSHING FROM THE BACK TO MAKE THE SAVE!!!

DiBiase quickly gives Porter the heads up, and M.V.P releases the hold and gets out of the ring before Carlito can get his hands on him!! Furious, Carlito grabs over the top of the ropes in a swipe at M.V.P, livid at what’s gone down tonight.

Backing up, M.V.P tries to apologise, but there’s no point, given the bad blood in the past between the two that already exists. Soon enough, Carlito changes his focus to his partner and his wellbeing, checking on Kofi’s knee.

DiBiase pats the back of M.V.P … but that doesn’t make Porter feel any better about his actions, putting his head down in shame, knowing he’s crossed the line tonight, and significantly reduced the chances that the Caribbean Connection have of winning the tag team titles on Sunday…

And in the ring, it doesn’t look good for Kingston. Clutching at his knee and shaking his head, Kofi looks in considerable pain as Carlito stands up, hands on his head in despair, and medical personnel swarm Kofi, asking him questions about his injury…







Commercial Break









**VIDEO PACKAGE**



{The Killers ‘Goodnight, Travel Well’}
{00:23-00:30}


The scene opens a midst desolation and a destitute environment, filled with fires, burning buildings and no signs of life – like a nuclear explosion had hit the planet – interspersed with flashing shots of EDGE in agony in the ring, KURT ANGLE in pain, RANDY ORTON falling down at No Mercy.



{3:15-3:46}


Shots of crying mothers, lost looking children, casualties being carried in others arms … as explosions go off in the distance. Interspersed this time, JEFF HARDY falling from a ladder at the Great American Bash, BATISTA wincing in pain and MATT HARDY crashing through a table.



THERE’S NOTHING I CAN SAY”


Panning upward, the shot shows the dark skies above…



THERE’S NOTHING I CAN DO NOW.”


And the picture continues to lift higher into the sky … high into the atmosphere…


UP.”


Then shows a finger pressing down on a red button.


A-BOVE.”


THE.”



Panning to show the figure pressing the button-


WORLD.”



SO.”



To be CHRIS JERICHO.


HIIIIIGH.”



Jericho has a sick smirk on his face … as the camera pans to show his view … of a world below in chaos, ravaged by flames and explosions…



WWE ARMAGEDDON | DECEMBER 14 | BOSTON MA

ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW

END PACKAGE

***








______________________________








LIMPING through the backstage area, showing signs of pain as he leaves the building, KURT ANGLE is met by PAUL HEYMAN, who was clearly waiting for Kurt at the exit doors…


Paul Heyman: You happy with how things turned out tonight??

Angle throws his bag down, looking exasperated by the question.

Kurt Angle: What the hell type of question is that, Paul!? Of course not!!

Paul Heyman: {Animated} Oh, well that’s good to know. Because neither am I!! I don’t really know what to do with you any more, Kurt. I’m trying my best here, and you’re giving me nothing in return.

Kurt Angle: Whoa. Hold up. I’ve gotta challenge Mark freakin Henry on Sunday. The guy hasn’t lost in I don’t know how long!!

Paul Heyman: And he left you in a heap tonight!!

Kurt Angle: Yeah, because Orton bailed!!

Paul Heyman: And that’s his fault!? It’s YOUR fault, Kurt!!

Angle cocks his head back, dumbfounded.

Kurt Angle: Come on, Paul!!

Paul Heyman: No!! You’re the reason Randy left you for dead. Because you haven’t embraced this arrangement one little bit. If you had’ve scratched his back and helped him eliminate this Morrison problem, he’d have helped you out with Mark Henry. But you wouldn’t. Because you’re selfish.

Awkward silence. Angle shakes his head, as Heyman settles down and speaks in a more measured, calm manner.

Paul Heyman: I’ve poured everything into my investment in you, Kurt. I recruited Jack Swagger to assist you, and I brought Randy Orton on board to make us stronger … but you?? You’ve given nothing back. Not one thank you, not ONE acknowledgement of what I’m doing for you.

Heyman shrugs.

Paul Heyman: And it makes me begin to wonder … did I make a bad investment??

Kurt Angle: What the hell, Paul!? You hounded me for weeks!! You begged ME to give YOU a chance!! You said you could guide me back to the WWE Title. Remember??

Heyman nods.

Kurt Angle: But I don’t see the title anywhere here, Paul. Do you??

Shrugging, Heyman has a half laugh, whilst not looking Kurt in the eye.

Paul Heyman: {Mutters} Well, you can take a horse to water…

Kurt Angle: Excuse me??

Paul now looks Kurt in the eye.

Paul Heyman: I laid it on a silver platter, Kurt. All you had to do was guide the team to victory at the Survivor Series. I gave YOU the tools to get the job done. And you BLEW it. You BLEW a three on one advantage!! YOU cost YOURSELF a WWE Title shot … and now, I’m left scrambling to find ANY route – however unlikely – to get you BACK in that hunt.

Angle looks away, not liking what he’s hearing … and Heyman digs the knife in further.

Paul Heyman: Just tell me this Kurt … do YOU even believe in yourself any more?? Do you honestly believe you’re still the “Wrestling Machine”? Huh!?

Kurt Angle: For God sake, Paul, of course I do!!

Paul Heyman: Oh really?? Then how about you show it on Sunday. Because trust me – trust me – if you don’t?? I’m gonna have to make some tough decisions about our relationship. That’s if there’s even anything left after Mark Henry eats you alive like he did tonight.

Angle grips Heyman by the jacket – he’s heard enough and he pushes Heyman up against the wall!!

Kurt Angle: No one talks to me like that. NO ONE!!

Heyman gulps.

Kurt Angle: I’m gonna show you plenty on Sunday, Paul. You won’t have to question whether or not I’m still the Wrestling Machine after I’m done with Mark Henry … because he’s gonna TAP … or I’m gonna rip off his freakin ankle!!

Seeing the intensity in Angles eyes, Heyman nods.

Kurt Angle: And don’t EVER question me or talk to me like that again!! Understand!?

Paul Heyman: Y- yes. YES!!

Angle lets go and picks up his bag before he storms off. Heyman, taking a few deep breathes, pats down his suit … then as he watches in the direction Angle left … he starts to smirk. Motivational ploy?





______________________________








Back into the arena…


**LIVE FOR THE MOMENT**


Entering first for tonights main event is the man that has nothing to do at Armageddon, but has been all over TV this past month, MATT HARDY. Having only arrived a short time ago, Matt is STILL taping up his hands as he walks out. Cole and Lawler talk about the mental state of Matt as of late, which led to him aggressively taking it to his brother – and partner tonight – Jeff.



**NO MORE WORDS**



JEFF HARDY is out next, having his usual seizure as he hits the stage, throwing his arms around, whilst Cole talks about the passion Jeff spoke with and the fire he personally saw in his eyes earlier tonight, reiterating how much it truly means to Jeff Hardy to be the #1 Contender for the December 26 title shot.



**JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES**


The reaction isn’t quite what it was for CHRISTIAN, but Captain Charisma still goes through the motions, pounding his chest as he walks to the ring. The discussion on commentary focuses on Christians blasé attitude toward such an important match on Sunday – the complete opposite to Jeff Hardy – and whether it’ll come back to haunt him at Armageddon.



**METALINGUS**



And rounding out the teams is EDGE!! Emerging through the smoke on stage, the Rated ‘R’ Superstar sets off his pyro … as we see Jeff having to hold Matt back in the ring, as it seems like Matt can barely wait for his chance to get his hands on Edge. Christian also gestures to Jeff to keep his brother under control, as Edge makes his way to the ring, and we get a plug on commentary for Edge vs Batista on Sunday too.



Main Event:
The Hardy Boys vs. Edge & Christian
Matt really wants to start with Edge, and Edge is all too happy to do so … but Jeff talks some sense into his brother, telling him to wait for his chance at Edge and allow him to lead the match off. As a result, Christian offers to start too, and we get a brief preview for the #1 Contender Match in forty eight hours time. They lock up, going through the motions, and it’s Christian – the naturally bigger of the two – that wins that exchange.



Soon, Christian has a side headlock applied and controls Jeff down to the mat, but Jeff scrambles out of trouble, beginning to pick up the pace and demand Christians respect, but a shoulder block sees Christian put Jeff down. Captain Charisma shrugs, then sends Jeff to the corner, rushing in – but eats feet!!! Jeff comes forward, and applies a side headlock of his own, taking Christian to the corner and tagging in Matt.



But Matt elects not to follow up!!! HE WANTS CHRISTIAN TO TAG OUT TO EDGE!!! Jeff is furious with his brother, willingly wanting to give up an advantage … and slaps Matts back to tag himself back in!!! Matt and Jeff have a few stern words for one another, but Christian rolls up Jeff during the distraction … 1...2...NO!!! Jeff is up, but gets put down with a heel kick from the former 3 time champion, as Smackdown heads to commercial…









Commercial Break











Edge is now the legal man, working over Jeff in the corner, with Jeff unable to make a tag throughout the commercial, as Matt gets tense on the apron, pacing back and forth. Edge and Christian tag in and out, seemingly not having missed a beat as a team, but the tables turn when Matt drives a knee into the back of Edge when he runs off the ropes!!! Edge stumbles forward … right into a JAWBREAKER from Jeff!!!



Jeff, who never saw the knee from his brother, starts to crawl to the corner … as Edge tries to do the same … with Christian and Matt both desperate to make the tag … and both men get there!!! Matt and Christian are legal, and Christian comes after Matt – as he DID see the sneaky knee – running through Hardy with a series of clotheslines, before dropkicking him through the ropes!!!



Matt lands on the floor, but Christian is forced to stay in the ring by the referee!! And, as Matt gets up, instead of returning straight into the ring, he sees his opening, and runs Edge into the ring post!!! Before he can do anything more, Matt is attacked by Christian and tossed back into the ring. For the next few moments, it’s Matt versus Christian only, until Christian drills Matt with the inverted backbreaker … 1...2...BROKEN BY JEFF!!!!!



And that sees EDGE return!!! Edge though, is ALL OVER MATT!!! All four men are now involved, with the referee losing all control … but he elects NOT to throw the match out and instead seemingly decides to let these four do whatever they want!! Edge and Matt brawl to the floor, leaving Jeff and Christian in the ring as Jeff looks to earn Christians respect, but as he charges into the corner, Christian swings out; SEESAW KICK to Jeff!!!



Christian then looks to hook up the UNPRETTIER … NO!!! Jeff struggles out of that predicament, shoving Christian off, but Christian returns with a knockdown!!! He sends Jeff off the ropes – as Matt swings the ring bell at Edge (and misses) on the floor – ducking for the return … but Jeff stops short, AND DELIVERS THE TWIST OF FATE INSTEAD!!!!! Jeff nails Christian, and now zeroes in on victory … whilst Edge sends Matt into the barrier outside!!!



Jeff climbs up top, looking for the SWANTON BOMB to record a HUGE win over Christian … BUT EDGE IS BACK IN … AND HE SHOVES JEFF FROM THE TOP – CRASHING ONTO THE FLOOR!!! Matt is back in though, and spins Edge around; SIDE EFFECT!!!!! Before he can do anything more though, Matt has to deal with Christian who is stirring … and looks to take Christian out with another TWIST OF FATE – NO!!! Christian shoves Matt off – RIGHT INTO A SPEAR FROM EDGE!!!!! Christian is the legal man, and makes the cover … 1...2...3!!!!!

Winners: Christian & Edge @ 11:14

Edge downs Matt, but it’s Christian that scores the pin as the legal man, going from being on the brink of losing, to picking up a win in the blink of an eye!! Christian nods at his partner, knowing he owes Edge for the latter stages of the match, whilst Jeff winces on the floor, showing the pain from his landing off the top. Matt has retreated to the floor too, clutching his ribs with one hand and pounding his fist on the floor with the other…

Michael Cole wonders if Jeff has made Christian think twice tonight about his earlier assertion that he’ll beat Jeff this Sunday, saying Jeff seemingly had Captain Charisma beaten until Edge intervened. Christian and Edge chat in the ring after the match, seemingly discussing points of the contest … when the fans start to rise, and Christian points in the direction of the stage for Edge to turn around and look …

AS BATISTA WALKS ONTO THE STAGE!!!!!

Cole starts to go into overdrive, hyping the showdown between Edge and Batista on Sunday, framing it as two men that haven’t lost a one on one match on PPV this year, but only one of them can head into 2009 and the Road to WrestleMania with the momentum of beating their rival, calling it a showdown of the two men that’ve had the most impressive years on Smackdown in 2008.

Edge stands at the ropes, not blinking as he stares Batista down, and Batista doesn’t flinch either from the stage … it’s all eye contact, as the issue is settled Sunday on PPV … whilst the forgotten man in the scenario – Matt Hardy – is left on the sidelines, leaning up against the barrier, looking on as Edge and Batista stare one another down…






Commercial Break











Back from the break, WWE Champion CHRIS JERICHO is in the ring, with ARMANDO ESTRADA … and the man he’ll defend the WWE Title against on Sunday … UMAGA. Jericho stands stoically, but his dishevelled attire doesn’t make him seem as calm as he appears to be. The top button of his shirt isn’t buttoned, his tie looks ragged, and his jacket is already off, whilst his sleeves are rolled up.

Chris Jericho: I … am sick … and tired … of listening to all the sycophants that keep trying to cling on to some false hope … and convince themselves that this Sunday, Umaga will somehow make a conscious decision of his own accord … and decide … to bite the hand that feeds him.

Umaga stands ominously in the middle of the ring, reacting to nothing.

Chris Jericho: So I want all those daydreamers, and all those believers to listen to the words I say next; … Umaga … WILL … lie … down … at … Armageddon.

Heat. Jericho then stands next to Umaga, pointing at him as he looks to the camera.

Chris Jericho: HE will lie down at Armageddon.

And it’ll make a mockery of the richest prize in this sport!!” ~Cole.

Chris Jericho: Wont you!!??

Jericho looks at Umaga, but the Bulldozer doesn’t look back at him. Instead, it’s a thousand yard stare into the distance. Jericho then turns to Estrada, wafting his hand at Umaga.

Chris Jericho: Mister Estrada … please …

Estrada nods.

Armando Estrada: Of course! With pleasure!

Armando steps forward, making a motion with his fingers for Umaga to look him in the eye, which Umaga does.

Armando Estrada: Umaga!! Ju know what ju need to do – jes!?

No response. Armando looks to Jericho, nervously chuckling, before turning back to Umaga.

Armando Estrada: Ju know dat when de bell rings at Armageddon … and I make THIS move-

Estrada motions down with his index finger…

Armando Estrada: Ju will just get down … and lie on your back … and allow Mister Jericho to cover ju.

No reaction from Umaga. Estrada removes his hat, wiping sweat from his forehead, then places it back on.

Armando Estrada: Jes!?

No response. Estrada starts clicking his fingers … as Jericho starts to look concerned.

Armando Estrada: UMAGA!!!

And Estrada SLAPS Umaga!!

Armando Estrada: Answer me ju big, DUMMY!!!

He SLAPS Umaga again!!

Armando Estrada: Ju nod ju’re head!!

Still, Umaga hasn’t complied … and Estrada SLAPS him one more time.

Armando Estrada: JU. KNOW. WHAT. TO. DO. AT. ARMAGEDDON!!??

Worryingly, Estrada looks over at the concerned Jericho … but finally, this time, Umaga …


NODS.


Boos fill the arena … but both Estrada and Jericho breathe a noticeable sigh of relief … and a smile forms on the face of the WWE Champion as he steps forward again.

Chris Jericho: Thank you, Mister Estrada.

I told ju. Nothing to worry about!!” ~Estrada sure sounds more confident now.

Jericho stands next to Umaga again, full of smarm.

Chris Jericho: So now you’ll all see … the fix … is in.

This is disgusting!!” ~Cole is rightly angry.

Chris Jericho: And there’s nothing any of you can do about it. There’s nothing that any other Smackdown superstar can do about it. There’s nothing that Finlay can do about it. There’s nothing even Jesse Ventura can do about it at this point from his Ivory Tower. The wheels are already in motion, the match has been signed.

Heat from the fans, but Jericho merely rolls his eyes.

Chris Jericho: So to all the malcontents that were wishing and praying that this Sunday would somehow be MY own personal Armageddon?? Keep wishing. Keep praying!! Because you’re not getting the brain dead Samoan zombie as the WWE Champion … you’re stuck with me.

Yeah, we are!!” ~Cole isn’t happy.

Chris Jericho: And you’re going to be stuck with me for a long … long time to come. I’m looking at the landscape, and there’s not a man on this roster that can out-think me. Not one can pose a challenge to me in any way, shape or form. Not Edge, not Batista, not Christian, and sure as hell not Jeff Hardy.

Jericho continues to gloat, fixing his gaze toward the ramp, speaking to the roster backstage.

Chris Jericho: Case in point; while the rest of you beat each other within an inch of your lives this Sunday for the scraps … I’ll be self preserving myself. Readying myself for whoever tries to tangle with me next.

And the shit eating grin forms on his face again … before tapping his brain.

Chris Jericho: Because I used my brain.

Heat for the annoying catchphrase he won’t stop repeating. Jericho then slaps the arm of the Samoan Bulldozer.

Chris Jericho: How about a handshake, Mags. How about we seal the deal before the BIG MATCH this Sunday with a good old fashioned handshake, huh!?

Jericho turns to Estrada again.

Chris Jericho: He knows how to shake hands, right??

Estrada shrugs, then tells Umaga what to do.

Chris Jericho: C’mon y’big dummy, shake my hand!!

Umaga looks to Estrada, then down at the hand from Jericho … and slowly raises his own … accepting the handshake, much to the chagrin of the fans.

Chris Jericho: There ya go!!!

Heartily, Jericho shakes the limp hand of Umaga … but that appears to stop, and Jericho – still smiling – looks down at the hand, which he’s no longer able to shake at will.

Chris Jericho: Good luck, pal!! I’m sure you’ll do just fine!! See ya Sunday!!

Jericho’s expression starts to turn … into a pained look of anguish, as he looks down at his hand. Then over at Estrada with concern, mouthing “he won’t let go!”. Estrada rushes over, waving his hands at Umaga, demanding he stop and let go-


BUT UMAGA BACK HANDS HIS HANDLER WITH HIS FREE HAND!!!!!


Jericho’s eyes bug out at Umaga, and the concern turns to all out FEAR – as his greatest fear is coming true; UMAGA IS GOING INTO BUSINESS FOR HIMSELF!!!


AND UMAGA ROARS IN JERICHOS FACE BEFORE FLATTENING HIM WITH THE SAMOAN SPIKE!!!!!!!


The Samoan Bulldozer roars to the approval of the crowd, with Cole and Lawler both in shock at what they’re seeing; Umaga has defied his orders – he wants the WWE Championship!!! He SCARES Estrada out of the ring after Armando tries to get up and calm him down … but even the handler is throwing in the towel now!!

Umaga drags Jericho by the hand, taking him to the corner … setting him up-


FOR THE BANZAI DROP!!!!!


Umaga has taken Chris Jericho OUT!!! Two nights before Armageddon … Chris Jerichos worst fears are realized … he WON’T get a walkover on Sunday … he’s facing a Samoan Bulldozer that’s on the warpath…

And a Samoan Bulldozer that’s hungry for GOLD!!! The show comes to a close with Umaga standing tall in the middle of the ring … looking down at the WWE Championship … and reaches to pick it up, staring at the gold, infatuated with it, as Armando Estrada stands with his hands on his head, his hat long since gone, unable to process what he’s seen…

Michael Cole: Tonight, all of Chris Jericho’s worst fears have come true!! Umaga HAS defied the orders of his handler – The Samoan Bulldozer has gone ROGUE!!! And now, is there ANYTHING that can stop Umaga from becoming the WWE Champion!? Will it truly be Armageddon for Chris Jericho this Sunday on Pay Per View!?!?


END OF SHOW













Official Card for WWE Armageddon:
December 14 2008 | TD Banknorth Garden, Boston MA

Theme Music; ‘Goodnight, Travel Well’ by The Killers




WWE Championship Match:

Chris Jericho w/Armando Estrada vs. Umaga



WWE United States Championship Match:

Mark Henry w/Theodore Long vs. Kurt Angle w/Paul Heyman



WWE Tag Team Championships:

!! FOUR CORNERS ELIMINATION MATCH !!

The Fight Factory w/Melina vs. The Caribbean Connection vs. Filthy Rich w/The Million Dollar Man & M.V.P vs. Cryme Tyme



#1 CONTENDERS MATCH:

Jeff Hardy vs. Christian

~ Winner Challenges WWE Champion on Dec. 26 LIVE edition of Smackdown ~



BELFAST BRAWL:

The Brian Kendrick vs. Finlay



The Final Showdown:

Edge vs. Batista


Grudge Match:

Randy Orton w/Paul Heyman vs. John Morrison



Six Man Tag Team Match:

Christopher Daniels, Low Ki & Justin Gabriel vs. Bryan Danielson, Jerry Lynn & TBC
 
#3,757 ·


On the pre-show, JACK SWAGGER makes a slight step up in competition, taking on err … FUNAKI so, it’s at least a main roster opponent, right? The Anklelock finishes off the #1 announcer @ 02:48, and gets Paul Heymans group 1-0 for the night…





*****

WWE
ARMAGEDDON 2008

December 14 | TD Garden, Boston MA


~ WWE SIGNATURE OPEN.


{The Killers ‘Goodnight, Travel Well’}
{00:23-01:12}

The scene opens exactly the same as the preview video did for the last four weeks; amidst desolation and a destitute environment, filled with fires, burning buildings and no signs of life – like a nuclear explosion had hit the planet – interspersed with flashing shots of EDGE in agony in the ring, KURT ANGLE in pain, CHRISTIANbloodied up at Summerslam.

THE UNKNOWN DISTANCE TO THE GREAT BEYOND…”

A slow motion shot of BATISTA, as he poses during his entrance … an irate MARK HENRY marching to the ring just two nights ago on Smackdown, and JEFF HARDY soaring through the air for the Swanton Bomb.

STARES BACK AT MY GRIEVING FRAME”

RANDY ORTON punting Joey Matthews, and JOHN MORRISON returning three weeks ago to avenge his fallen former partner.

TO CAST MY SHADOW BY THE HOLY SUN…”

Shots of KURT ANGLE in what we can probably now call his ‘peak’, winning the WWF Championship in Pittsburgh in 2001, along with applying the Anklelock on the greatest stars to grace the ring.

MY SPIRIT MOANS WITH A SACRED PAIN.”

And to anguish, due to recent failures, burying his head in the mat, dejected at SummerSlam, and a disappointed PAUL HEYMAN at the Survivor Series last month, and again after MARK HENRY manhandled him on Smackdown.

AND IT’S QUIET NOW…”

BATISTA screwing EDGE out of the WWE Championship on Smackdown two months ago, and the pair brawling in the weeks and months that have followed.

THE UNIVERSE IS STANDING STILL…”

Cut to EDGE and BATISTA standing off this past Friday staring each other down from the ring and the stage respectively.

{02:14-02:58}

WE KNOW THAT IT’S OVER NOW…”

From the rather humorous image of THE BRIAN KENDRICK having his head shaved … into FINLAY being found in a bloody mess on Smackdown in October.

I FEEL MY FADED MIND BEGIN TO ROAM!”

And the transformation of THE BRIAN KENDRICK into his now unhinged persona, and applying the Bully Choke on R-Truth at the Survivor Series, before attacking Finlay two weeks ago on Smackdown.

EVERY TIME YOU FALL, AND”

JEFF HARDY hitting that heart stopping Swanton Bomb at WrestleMania X7, and numerous other bumps through the years.

EVERY TIME YOU TRY”

Then trying to haul himself up the ladder when challenging The Undertaker in 2002 for the Undisputed Title… before cutting to CHRISTIAN winning the World Title at WrestleMania 23.

EVERY FOOLISH DREAM AND EVERY COMPROMISE”

Flashing shot of all the main players featured so far, interspersed with shots of devastation and wasteland…

EVERY WORD YOU SPOKE, AND”

Before finally getting to CHRIS JERICHO and ARMANDO ESTRADA full of confidence, with UMAGA doing the dirty work; attacking Edge at No Mercy, reeling off the eliminations at the Survivor Series…

EVERYTHING YOU SAID”

A slow motion shot of PAUL HEYMAN following behind KURT ANGLE … then RANDY ORTON … and the pair side eyeing one another at a different time.

EVERYTHING YOU LEFT ME, RAMBLES IN MY HEAD…”

CHRISTIAN leaving the ring on Smackdown, and leaving JEFF HARDY with more questions than answers, mixed with shots of crying mothers, lost looking children, casualties being carried in others arms … as explosions go off in the distance.

{3:15-3:46}

THERE’S NOTHING I CAN SAY”

CHRIS JERICHOS eyes bugging out on Smackdown with UMAGA not breaking his grip on the handshake.

THERE’S NOTHING I CAN DO NOW.”

And UMAGA nailing Jericho with the Samoan Spike, blasting his own handler, and crushing Jericho with the Banzai Drop.

It’s all scenes of a world in chaos, ravaged by flames and explosions…

UP.”

BATISTA delivering the Batista Bomb to Edge.

A-BOVE.”

MARK HENRY giving Angle the Worlds Strongest Slam.

THE.”

EDGE spearing Batista.

WORLD.”

CHRIS JERICHO with the WWE Championship.

SO.”

To UMAGA holding the title on Smackdown.

HIIIIIGH.”

And one final explosion. Straight into dead silence.

Before the echo of a familiar line from Armageddon events past…

THE END IS HERE”

{HERE}
{HERE}
{HERE}





AND NOW … PRINCE OF PERSIA PRESENTS A SMACKDOWN PRODUCTION OF WWE ARMAGEDDON!!!





!! ~ PYRO ~ !!


Naturally, Michael Cole welcomes the watching audience to ARMAGEDDON!! He hypes THREE Championship matches, along with a #1 Contenders Match and a Belfast Brawl, plus MUCH more tonight on the final Smackdown PPV of the year!! Jerry Lawler adds his two cents, saying that even though there’s no titles at stake, he can’t wait for Edge versus Batista, and wonders how Chris Jericho will react to Umaga going rogue on Smackdown ahead of the main event tonight!!



**PALE RIDER**

But straight out of the gate is the Cruiserweight Champion Christopher Daniels, along with his cohorts that now make up the triumvirate known as THE TRINITY; Low Ki and Justin Gabriel. Cole and Lawler throw to clips of the ‘hooded’ men that cost Bryan Danielson the Cruiserweight title back on Halloween night and again at the Survivor Series, before it was all revealed who was behind the hoods.

**FLIGHT OF THE VALKYRIES**

It’s the music of the FORMER Cruiserweight Champion, with BRYAN DANIELSON joined by JERRY LYNN, who was revealed as one of Danielsons two partners this past Friday on Smackdown, with the third name still unknown. Danielson has a microphone though, and doesn’t make us wait long to find out who his other partner is, whilst Cole remarks that tonight Danielson wants to win back control of the division he helped take forward…

Danielson starts off by wanting to remind Justin Gabriel of what he warned him about on Friday, then says that as soon as the challenge was made by the Fallen Angel, he had someone that was VERY keen to make up the team with a BIG score to settle with Daniels … and after some conversations between the TWO General Managers … they got the green light for this man to make a one off appearance on the Blue Brand to create ANARCHY…

**BRITTANIA REMIX**

And it’s Christopher Daniels FORMER tag team partner that he turned his back on in the summer – IT’S DOUG WILLIAMS!!! No, this doesn’t get a big pop, or even a good pop … but it makes more sense than anyone else. Williams, who has barely even been used on TV – let alone Raw – since Daniels jumped ship looks like he’s out for blood as HE leads the way to the ring … and wastes no time coming after the Cruiserweight champion, making the most of this one night loan from Raw!!!


Six Man Tag Team Match:
The Trinity vs. Bryan Danielson, Jerry Lynn & Doug Williams
And immediately, Williams executes a double leg on Daniels and wails away at his former tag team partner!! Low Ki and Jjustin Gabriel quickly put the boots to the Brit in order to stop him, as Danielson and Lynn join the fray, and it’s a wild six man brawl to kick this off!! The fired up triumvirate of Danielson, Lynn and Williams are able to get the upper hand though, and the ring is cleared until it’s only Doug Williams and the Cruiserweight Champion in the ring.

The Fallen Angel tries to beg off to no avail, as Williams beats the shit out of him, and even when Daniels is able to reverse a whip he follows in – eating the turnbuckles as Williams gets out, and WILLIAMS DELIVERS THE CHAOS THEORY!!! 1...2...BROKEN BY LOW KI!!! And in come Bryan and Lynn again!! Jimmy Korderas prevents them though, ordering both faces out, allowing Justin Gabriel to nail Doug Williams with a springboard forearm!!! The South African slips back out of the ring to accept a tag from his leader, and the Trinity begin to work over the on-loan superstar from Raw.

The heat sequence is fairly short and rather nondescript, with Gabriel slowing the action down … but there’s some buzz when Gabriel tags in Low Ki for Low Ki’s first official act as a WWE superstar, brimming with intensity, lighting up Doug with kicks, then hits a running double stomp to the back for a near fall. Ki continues to showcase his abilities before eventually tagging back out to a refreshed Christopher Daniels.

And Daniels is much more confident to take on Williams now that he’s got the upper hand. The Fallen Angel talks trash as he puts the boots to his former partner, asking if he thought it was going to go like this … but the cockiness comes back to haunt the champion … as he walks into an EXPLODER SUPLEX from the Anarchist!! Williams crawls to his corner, reaching for a tag … but Bryan is YANKED OFF the apron by Gabriel!! The South African runs from Bryan, but the momentary distraction leaves Doug no choice but to tag in Lynn instead.

And the veteran doesn’t waste any time. He uses his minutes to show that he’s still got plenty left to offer, leaping into action, making the Fallen Angels head spin with a headscissors, and nearly gets the champion with a few pinning combinations, before setting up his patented TORNADO DDT – NO!! Daniels blocks it, shoving Jerry aside, and quickly tagging out to Low Ki again. Ki and Lynn partake in some brief grappling exchanges, which the younger man gets the better off, eeking an advantage out, and with Lynn under control, he tags out to Gabriel.

The Trinity start to show some solid team work, which is noted by Cole, cutting the ring off … but they can’t cut off the spirit of the veteran. Jerry Lynn fights back against the youngster from South Africa, but a blind tag from the Fallen Angel allows him to assist Gabriel, and put Jerry Lynn back down. Daniels applies a sleeper, but Lynn battles, inching closer to his corner … but AGAIN Bryan Danielson specifically is pulled from the apron by the opposition, leaving Lynn to tag in Williams instead!!

Williams takes the initiative though, coming off the apron with a FLYING KNEE TO GABRIEL AND LOW KI!!! Williams gets up … AND TURNS RIGHT INTO AN STO FROM THE CRUISERWEIGHT CHAMPION!!! Daniels drops his former partner on the floor, rolling him back inside and APPLIES THE KOJI CLUTCH, looking to finish it right here … BUT BRYAN DANIELSON BREAKS IT WITH A FLYING HEADBUTT!!! Daniels and Williams are both down … they both need a tag … but there’s NO ONE there for the Cruiserweight champion … and no one to stop Danielson finally getting a tag from Doug Williams!!!

And the former champion comes in all guns blazing!!! He rushes in, just as Justin Gabriel climbs back in, but ducks under, steaming by – and dropkicks Low Ki off the apron!!! Without stopping, Danielson is right back up, but is met with a kick from Gabriel. The South African shoots Danielson into the corner … but instead of hitting it, Danielson runs up the buckles and backflips off, over Gabriel, then ducks under, coming back with a running clothesline!!! It leaves the Cruiserweight Champion – all out of back up – and Danielson KICKS THE SHIT OUT OF HIM!!! He hammers the chest of the Fallen Angel, then sets for the big head kick-

WHEN LOW KI RETURNS TO THE RING, CHARGING AT DANIELSON … BUT BRYAN USES LOW KI’S OWN MOMENTUM TO SEND HIM OVER AND OUT!!! Daniels has retreated to a corner, and Gabriel is in the opposite, as Danielson goes into over drive; running dropkick to the Fallen Angel, running dropkick to Gabriel, another for the champion, another for the South African … capped off with a SUICIDE DIVE TO LOW KI ON THE FLOOR!!!!!

Bryan Danielson has the fans on their feet with his electric offence, and he isn’t slowing down, going right to the top rope after the Suicide dive … MISSILE DROPKICK TO THE CRUISERWEIGHT CHAMPION … AND IMMEDIATELY APPLIES THE CATTLE MUTILATION!!!!! But before he can really make the Fallen Angel suffer, Danielsons hold is broken by the pesky South African!!! Danielson and Gabriel begin to trade blows as a result … which winds up in a ROARING ELBOW FOR JUSTIN GABRIEL!!!!!

Immediately after though, Low Ki is back, and nails Danielson from behind … but Doug Williams returns too, taking Ki out of the ring with a Cactus Clothesline!!! From behind Bryan though, Christopher Daniels clobbers him!!! He sends Bryan to the corner – where a recovered Jerry Lynn makes a tag, coming in with a springboard clothesline for Daniels!!! He goes back up top, looking for a Cross Body … DANIELS ROLLS OVER UPON IMPACT … HOOKING THE TIGHTS … 1...2...NO!!!!

Lynn kicks out, just in time, but complains for a split second to the official – long enough for Daniels to level him with a step up enziguri!!! The Champion loads up for ANGELS WINGS ON LYNN – BUT GETS CUT OFF BY DOUG WILLIAMS!!!!! Williams gets his hands on Daniels again, powerslamming the champion, setting him up for BOMBS AWAY …

BUT GABRIEL ROLLS DANIELS OUT OF TROUBLE AND TAKES THE BULLET FOR HIS LEADER!!!!!

Williams and Lynn take a moment to toss Gabriel out of the ring – just as Low Ki sneakily tags Daniels, then drops off the apron again to make it look like the champ is still legal – allowing Low Ki to catch them both unaware with a double dropkick to the back!!! Williams topples through the ropes to the floor, whilst Low Ki puts the finishing touches to the veteran … KI KRUSHER!!!!! Bryan Danielson tries to break the count, but Christopher Daniels holds onto his legs to stop him … 1...2...3!!!!!
Winners: The Trinity @ 10:53

The energy saps out of the hot crowd as the heel unit gets the job done!! Danielson kicks the Fallen Angel away but it’s too late, with the job done for Daniels and his men. Gabriel is an absolute mess having suffered the Roaring Elbow AND Bombs Away toward the end, but his sacrifice was worth it!! The Trinity regroup on the floor, backing up the ramp, with Daniels especially all smiles having AGAIN gotten the better of Bryan Danielson.

In the ring, all three of the beaten team are rightly frustrated. There’s no blame game, and indeed, there’s a few consolatory pats on the back and hands on the shoulders, but the mood is clearly one of disappointment where Danielson, Lynn and Williams are concerned … whilst The Trinity come through this first test as a unit … unscathed.




Arriving to the building, CHRIS JERICHO and ARMANDO ESTRADA rightfully both look concerned … as Michael Cole talks about Jericho’s world turning upside down just forty eight hours ago. He thought he had everything in hand for tonight. He thought he was getting a free ride tonight. And now, it couldn’t be farther from the truth. He’s got arguably the toughest possible assignment there is…




**VIDEO PACKAGE**

Opening bars of ‘Sweet Disposition’ by The Temper Trap

Quick shots of previous stadiums that have hosted WRESTLEMANIA filling up on the day of the show, and excited faces of fans young and old, before FIREWORKS. And then, the famous line uttered by Vince McMahon in 1987.

WELCOME TO WRESTLEMANIAAAAA”

Clips of Hulk Hogan and Andre The Giant face to face at WrestleMania III, Christian kissing the title at WrestleMania 23, Steve Austin winning his first title at WrestleMania XIV and Bobby Heenan coming to the ring backwards on a camel at WrestleMania IX.

A moment, a love, a dream, a laugh”

Trish Stratus reuniting with and kissing Chris Jericho at WrestleMania 21, Ric Flair in tears after losing to Kurt Angle at his final WrestleMania appearance this past year, Bret Hart on the rosters shoulders at WrestleMania X, Austin shaking hands with Mr. McMahon at WrestleMania X7.

“A kiss, a cry, our rights, our wrongs”


Edge spearing Jeff Hardy in mid air off the ladder at WrestleMania X7, Macho Man and Miss Elizabeth reuniting at WrestleMania VII, Shawn Michaels on his knees at WrestleMania XII, Roddy Piper blasting a fire extinguisher at Morton Downey Jr at WrestleMania V.

“A moment, a love, a dream, a laugh”


The Undertakers entrance at WrestleMania XX, Triple H and Stephanie entering together at WrestleMania 23, Hogan and The Rock looking side to side at WrestleMania X8, Andre The Giant choking Bob Eucker at WrestleMania IV.

“A moment, a love, a dream, a laugh”

The Ultimate Warrior running to the ring at WrestleMania VI, Kane blasting off his pyro at WrestleMania 21, John Cena’s elaborate entrance this year and Shawn Michaels entrance at WrestleMania XII.

“So stay there”


Ricky Steamboat leaving in his cart with the I.C Title at WrestleMania III, The Undertaker with a tope at WrestleMania 23, Liberace dancing at WrestleMania I.

“'Cause I'll be coming over”


Austin trapped in the Sharpshooter at WrestleMania XIII, Randy Orton on his way to the ring with the title at WrestleMania XXIV and Vince McMahon peering up on the apron at WrestleMania XIX.

“While our blood's still young”

Flashing shots of Hulk Hogan at WrestleMania I, then XXII, The Rock at WrestleMania XIII then XXII and Kurt Angle at WrestleMania 2000 then XXIV.

“It's so young, it runs”


Clips of The Undertaker sitting up at WrestleMania XIII, Brent Albright capturing the Money in the Bank briefcase this year, John Cena giving The Rock the FU at WrestleMania XX.

“Won't stop 'til it's over”


Triple H raising the two titles at WrestleMania X8, John Cena capturing his first title at WrestleMania 21, fireworks going off after Christians win at WrestleMania 23 and Edge closing out WrestleMania 24.

“Won't stop to surrender…”

WRESTLEMANIA XXV | APRIL 5 2009 | HOUSTON TX
~ CELEBRATING 25 YEARS OF WRESTLEMANIA ~
ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW
***




Heading backstage, MATT HARDY paces back and forth, outside the door marked ‘GENERAL MANAGER’ before eventually knocking the door, and walking in. Inside, FINLAY is dressed for action – he’s fighting tonight – and looks a little irked to be disturbed at this point. Grudgingly, after telling Matt this isn’t the time, he asks Hardy what he wants, with Hardy explaining the issues he’s been having recently.

But, before he can get it out that he wants a few weeks off, Matt is cut off by Finlay. The GM admits that he’s not exactly in the right frame of mind right now … but he’s feeling generous and depending on how his match goes tonight, he could be out of commission again … so before that could happen, Finlay offers Matt the match he’s wanted for some time; one on one with EDGE (provided Edge comes through tonight unscathed) on December 26.

That stops Matt in his tracks – he came here wanting time off – as he’s being offered the one match he’s desired and campaigned for … and after taking a few seconds to think it over, Matt shakes the hand of the GM … and ACCEPTS the match with Edge the night after Christmas!! Suddenly, Matt looks … happy?? He even wishes Finlay luck for his Belfast Brawl, thanking him for the opportunity, and promising the GM that he’s going to grab the chance with both hands and show Edge that Smackdown doesn’t revolve around him.




Back into the arena…

**VOICES**

Slowly and deliberately, RANDY ORTON makes his way through the curtain, followed by Paul Heyman, as Michael Cole starts to narrate over clips of what led to this match tonight… but doesn’t get time, as JOHN MORRISON JUMPS ORTON ON THE STAGE!!!!

Morrison couldn’t wait another minute!!! Lawler screeches “what is happening here tonight!!” referring back to the rushed start in the opener too, as Morrison pummels Orton around ringside, much to the dismay of a freaked out Heyman. Morrison slams Ortons head off the steps, and rushes him into the barricade, but as he looks to lead Orton to the ANNOUNCE TABLE – Orton stops him with a knee to the gut … before Randy rolls into the ring for a break!!!

But Morrison is right in after him!!! This one is officially underway!!

Grudge Match:
Randy Orton w/Paul Heyman vs. John Morrison
Morrison rushes Orton right into the corner, driving his shoulder into the gut of the former champion, then drives knees to the gut too, winding Orton, before mounting the ropes and letting fly with a barrage of punches with which the fans feverishly count along, getting to the round number of TEN, before finally relenting. But after dropping down, Morrison doesn’t waste time following up, hitting a MONKEY FLIP!!

With that, Orton wisely rolls out of the ring for separation … but Morrison isn’t ready to let up … unfortunately though for John, he’s TOO eager, and allows himself to walk right into the trap set by Orton, as Randy cuts him off with a knee to the gut. Quickly, Orton slams Morrisons face off the announce table, and wants to follow that by sending Morrison into the steel steps – but the agile Morrison LEAPS onto the steps instead … AND MOONSAULTS BACK OFF THEM TO TAKE DOWN ORTON!!!!!

Morrison quickly lays into his downed opponent with ferocious forearm shots before – under instructions from the official – rolling Orton back into the ring. Once inside, Morrison stomps Randy, keeping the former champion on his knees before rushing off the ropes … running right into a reverse elbow from Orton!! That one really cuts the momentum of Morrison, and allows Orton to take over and begin to stamp his authority on the contest in his usual methodical style, completely cutting off Morrisons momentum by slowing the former tag champion down with the Garvin stomp, before applying the chinlock (of doom ~!).

Despite the draining nature of the tactics employed by Orton, Morrison has too much bad blood in him to simply lie down. He forces himself back to his feet, breaking the hold of Orton with elbows – but before he can get away, Orton stops him in his tracks with a big uppercut forearm. Morrison drops to a knee from that impact, and Orton – again at his slow, deliberate pace – aims another of those rough uppercut shots- NO – Morrison turns away from it, hooking the arms of Orton – backslide … 1...2...NO!!!

Bouncing up, Orton aims a clothesline at Morrison – ducked – and Morrison catches Orton with a dropkick!! Without any wasted motion, Morrison leaps to the top rope – but Orton races to the corner after him, cutting Morrison off with a big shot to the gut!! Randy follows to the top and after some struggling from Morrison, Orton is able to execute a SUPERPLEX!!! Both men are down off the impact, but with Heyman in his ear from the floor, Orton is willed on, and makes the cover … 1...2...SHOULDER UP FROM MORRISON!!!

But that may only be delaying the inevitable for Morrison. On his way back up, Orton pounds his fists into the mat, a sure sign that the RKO is on his mind … and he sizes Morrison up, going for it – NO!! Too early, Morrison is able to struggle, pounding away the arm of Orton, then grabs hold of his rival – RUSSIAN LEG SWEEP FROM MORRISON!! That buys Morrison time, as the two men struggle back to their feet, getting up by the count of four, and it’s Morrison that’s quicker, catching Orton coming in with a modified backbreaker!! Cover, 1...2...NO!!!

Cole notes that Orton is looking really uncomfortable tonight, almost as if the former Champion wasn’t quite taking Morrison seriously heading into this contest, and he’s paying the price for it. Morrison sizes up Orton as he pulls himself up, racing toward him – but Orton side steps, and throws Morrison over the top – only for Morrison to hang on!! Orton tries to nail him but Morrison lands first, then looks to drive his shoulder into the gut of Orton through the middle rope – big mistake!! Orton steps aside, then VOLLEYS the chest of Morrison, leaving John prone over the ropes … PERFECT FOR THE HANGMANS DDT!!!

Orton hooks it up … BUT MORRISON SCRAMBLES FREE!!! He knew the danger he was in (and Cole reminds the audience of the DDT he took from the apron from Orton last month) and desperately escapes the predicament, then ducks a swing from Orton, hanging Orton up on the ropes in the process … allowing Morrison to SUNSET FLIP back into the ring … 1...2...NO!!! Morrison leaps up from the kick out, and RUSHES THROUGH THE SEATED ORTON WITH A SICK LOOKING RUNNING KNEE!!! Even Heyman is left open mouthed at ringside … 1...2...SHOULDER UP!!!

Orton manages the kick out, but barely seems to know where he is, instinctively crawling to the ropes to get out of the ring, as both commentators talk up this performance from Morrison, reminding everyone that this is Morrisons first ever one on one match on PPV, and he’s taking it to a former 3x champion in the peak of his career – he has Orton in real trouble!! And it seems Morrison is growing in confidence too, watching as Orton gathers himself on the floor … and baseball slides out; catching Orton with a HEADSCISSORS IN ONE MOTION!!!!!

The crowd pleasing, innovative style of Morrison has the fans on their feet, giving him a rousing reception, and Morrison feeds off it, tossing Randy back in and even taking a second to scare off a prowling Heyman before climbing back in himself, slamming Orton right back down, then follows with a standing shooting star!!!!! 1...2...NO!!! Orton is having to cling on here to survive, with Morrison growing in confidence, dragging Randy back up, sending him off the ropes, wanting a dropkick-

But Orton holds onto the ropes!! Morrison dropkicks thin air!! Morrison hits the canvas, wincing as he tries to get back up, whilst Ortons eyes widen, seeing an opportunity with the position Morrison is in … AND ORTON CHARGES IN FOR THE PUNT KICK – BUT MORRISON MOVES JUST IN TIME!!!!! Orton whiffs on the kick, Morrison leaps up, and NAILS Orton with a heel kick!!! Orton is down, and Morrison isn’t wasting any time!!! He immediately heads for the corner, taking one last look behind to check Ortons position … then goes for it all; STARSHIP PAIN-

NO ONE HOME!!!!

ORTON ROLLED OUT OF HARMS WAY-

BUT MORRISON MANAGES TO LAND ON HIS FEET!!!!

Incredible athleticism from Morrison, and he charges toward Orton getting up … BUT CHARGES RIGHT INTO A RANDY ORTON SNAP POWERSLAM!!!!! Hook of the leg from the former champion; 1...2...KICK OUT!!! Heyman throws his hands up in frustration on the floor, and Orton himself mutters, before taking out his own frustrations by mounting Morrison, and hammering him with rights and lefts!!! Following an admonishment from the official, Orton gets back up, catching the eye of Heyman, who shares a look of concern about how this is going.

Orton brings Morrisons limp body with him, sending Morrison off the ropes, ducking down for the return of his opponent … BUT MORRISON STOPS SHORT – AND TAKES FULL ADVANTAGE OF ORTONS POSITION, GRABBING THE NECK … MOONLIGHT DRIVE TO ORTON!!!!! This could be it, Morrison hooks the leg … 1...2...ORTON JUST GETS A SHOULDER UP!!!! In anguish, Morrison sits on his knees after the kick out, briefly holding up three fingers at the official, before conceding that Orton kicked out. He drags himself up, and stands at the ropes, waiting for Orton to rise …

AND GOES FOR THE FLYING CHUCK KICK-

BUT ORTON AVOIDS IT!!!

MORRISON LANDS ON HIS FEET, SPINS AROUND-

RKO!!!!!!!!

Orton catches Morrison cold, and breathes a sigh of relief as he drops down for the cover… 1...2...3!!!!!
Winner: Randy Orton @ 12:27

The win for Orton deflates the crowd somewhat, whilst Orton himself simply looks relieved to have survived the scare brought to him by the impressive John Morrison. And on commentary, Cole gushes with praise for Morrison, with King even agreeing with him, as they both believe that Morrison held his own with a bonafide main event star, giving Orton a real run for his money. And whilst he couldn’t avenge Joey Matthews, he certainly didn’t bring ANY shame on himself with his performance tonight, and probably won a whole host of new admirers in the process.

Heyman shows that same relief, wiping his forehead and giving a ‘phew’ at the camera … whilst Orton stands to his feet, shaking his head as he looks down at his beaten opponent tonight – he knows himself he was pushed hard- harder than he probably envisioned himself, despite the motivation Morrison already had coming into the match. Orton then takes a few steps back into the corner … just as he would if he was setting up a PUNT KICK!!! Cole and Lawler both shout “NO!”, knowing the routine all too well … as Morrison slowly tries to push himself up.

Cole shouts that there’s no call for this, Orton won the match, he doesn’t need to do irreparable damage to the up and comer … whilst Lawler sadly mutters, “he never HAS to do this, Michael – he’s sick, he does it for kicks!!” … but as Orton lines it up, he takes the first step forward- then stops?? Orton himself has second doubts, and stands over Morrison for a second … seemingly deciding to let Morrison off … and even offers Morrison a nod of respect!!! Orton scoffs, and shakes his head … before LEAVING the ring!! He’s sparing Morrison!!!

Orton leaves with Heyman, shrugging as Heyman asks why he didn’t give Morrison the punt, but on commentary, Cole guesses that perhaps even Randy Orton respected the effort of Morrison, acknowledging how close he was pushed tonight. And in the ring, Morrison sits on his knees, disappointed in the loss … but a resounding applause begins inside the arena, recognizing this performance from Morrison, and he starts to nod, acknowledging the reaction, resulting in the call from Cole…

John Morrison may have lost this match tonight, but he’s won the admiration of these fans – and no doubt, the fans watching all over the world!!”




Backstage, JOSH MATHEWS conducts an interview with the CARIBBEAN CONNECTION. Cutting straight to the chase, Josh asks about Friday night and the condition of Kofi Kingstons knee after the targeting of it by M.V.P. Kofi speaks through clenched teeth almost as he describes how he and Carlito have been denied a title shot time and time again over the last eight months, and now they have their shot, their rivals have targeted them to weaken them.

But whilst admitting his knee is in bad shape, and that he was told earlier he shouldn’t compete tonight, he WILL be out there later. And while physically, he’s weaker, a setback like this has only made the TEAM stronger mentally. Carlito nods in agreement, and adds that he’d have gone out there alone tonight if he had to, but knew that Kofi wouldn’t sit this out. Carlito accepts that it may be down to him to “lead” the team tonight and take care of the majority of business to protect Kofi, but jokes that off by saying he’s always happy to get that spotlight on himself.

Asked if they feel they’ll be the easy target for all three teams, Carlito is quick to answer back that injury or no injury, they’d have been the targets anyway. Everyone knows they’re the best team in this division … and tonight, they’ll go through three other teams to finally prove it. Kofi agrees, as the Caribbean Connection sign off, and walk off the set (though Kofi notably limps) looking determined – more than ever, perhaps – to win the tag team titles tonight against the odds.




Back into the arena and the commentators discuss the chances – or lack thereof – for Carlito and Kofi tonight, before transitioning (when the graphic shows up) to Finlay and Kendrick, wondering just what kind of injuries these two will leave Armageddon with, as their issue comes to a head, almost a year to the day that Finlay first took over on Smackdown as GM, and the journey to this grudge match would begin …




The video package airs, narrated by the unhinged Brian Kendrick, talking through the history between himself and Finlay. What started out as a somewhat harmless series of bickering, would wind up becoming so much more. For eight months, Kendrick was simply a pain for Finlay to deal with. An irritant. But once Finlay saw to it that The Brian Kendrick would part with his much loved hair (as a result of a stipulation at SummerSlam) the entire mood shifted.

Kendrick was no longer a harmless irritant. He was a broken man – without his most prized possession, he became a monster. And the blame lay at the feet of the Smackdown General Manager. Kendrick took Finlay out of commission for over a month as he completed his transformation to a legit menace … but Finlay came roaring back at the Survivor Series, setting up this final showdown tonight – and one in which Finlay promises will be Kendricks final night as a Smackdown talent.




Back into the arena…

**MAN WITH A PLAN**

Dragging out his tattered and discolored white leather jacket, THE BRIAN KENDRICK runs his fingers over his bald head as he walks down the ramp. Cole notes that win, lose or draw this WILL be Kendricks last night on Smackdown, as Finlay will cut him loose without firing him, making Kendrick a free agent … and he intends on leaving with a bang … and potentially leaving by making it Finlays last night on Smackdown too.

**LAMBEG**

He’s not dressed for making matches tonight – he’s dressed for a FIGHT!! He’s not carrying a jacket either; FINLAY is bringing his SHILLELAGH instead!!! Kendrick nods from the ring, he wants the war to be brought to him, as the official frantically demands Kendrick stay back until Finlay gets in the ring. He BEGS Finlay to get into the ring … and the Irishman is all too happy to oblige, sliding inside…

BELFAST BRAWL:
The Brian Kendrick vs. Finlay
And Finlay tosses the Shillelagh for Kendrick to catch – which seems odd, but it’s merely just to occupy Kendrick and thrown him off, allowing Finlay to attack!!! Finlay comes at Kendrick with stiff blows, beating his rival into the corner, continuing to rough him up with punches and forearms before delivering a hip toss out of the corner that sends Kendrick bumping like a mad man!!! Finlay stomps at TBK, then drops an elbow before stomping the life out of him – it’s pure hatred coming out of the man that loves to fight!!!

Finlay drags Kendrick back to his feet, only to send him right back down with a short arm clothesline!! Dropping down, Finlay GRINDS his forearm into the face of Kendrick, with Kendrick kicking his legs around in discomfort, and moreso when Finlay starts to FISH HOOK the mouth of Kendrick!!! Finlay eventually relents, but only momentarily, bringing Kendrick back up to his feet and sending him HARD into the corner!! The Irishman walks in after … but walks right into a desperate EYE POKE from Kendrick!!!

The GM staggers away, giving Kendrick an opening to knock him down with a CALF KICK to take Finlay off his feet. And now, it’s Kendricks turn to get his shots in – filled with hate, he CHOKES Finlay, then looks to GOUGE his eyes … but Finlay pushes him off, and rolls to the outside, but Kendrick looks for a baseball slide … ALL A PLOY BY FINLAY – HE PULLS THE RING APRON BACK – AND TRAPS KENDRICK AS HE SLIDES OUT!!! And Finlay beats the tar out of his rival, who has nowhere to go!!!

Finlay beats up Kendrick at ringside after that too, leading to the first use of the weapons, taking a trash can from under the ring and BLASTING IT over the skull of TBK!!! Finlay wants to escalate things, peeling away the mats before coming back to Kendrick, but when he looks to pull him up, KENDRICK SPRAYS A FIRE EXTINGUISHER IN FINLAYS FACE!!!!! Not content, Kendrick doubles up and NAILS Finlay with the weapon too!!!

Kendrick takes the fight toward the ramp with boots to the ribs of Finlay, making the Irishman crawl away, but when he attempts to drive Finlay into the ramp – FINLAY COUNTERS WITH A SIDE SUPLEX ON THE RAMP INSTEAD!!! They wind up trading blows to the stage structure, and Kendrick tries to push Finlay into the rising FLAMES which forms part of the structure, but the GM manages to cut Kendrick off and save himself, before running Kendrick into the set!!!

Looking around for a weapon, Finlay picks up a broken metal sheet that was part of the set … but doesn’t notice Kendrick has taken hold of a pipe from the set design … with TBK keeping it behind his back – BEFORE CRACKING FINLAY IN THE SKULL WITH IT!!!!! That draws BLOOD from Finlay, and allows Kendrick to take full control after the back and forth sequence that preceded it. Kendrick wraps the pipe across the back of Finlay all the way down the ramp and back to ringside, and after ripping the singlet straps on Finlays attire, showing the WELTS on the back of the bloodied up Irishman as a result of the pipe shots.

An elbow swing buys Finlay a moment, but only a moment, and with him using the steps to try and pull himself up, he leaves himself easy prey for Kendrick to start SMASHING the General Managers skull off the steps repeatedly!!! Finally relenting, Kendrick stands on the steps, outstretching his arms and looking up to the rafters with a euphoric look, standing over his battered boss. Kendrick tosses a chair and a series of trash cans into the ring, and rolls Finlay under the bottom rope, looking to continue the punishment in the ring, stomping the bloody face of the Irishman, whilst talking trash … then starts slamming the chair across the back of the Finlay too!!!

As Cole notes that Finlay has wrestled ONE match in the last year since becoming GM (as a way to explain him being dominated), Kendrick sets the chair up with bad intentions, and pulls Finlay up to his feet … WANTING SLICED BREAD TO LAND ON THE CHAIR … BUT WHEN HE COMES OFF THE ROPES – FINLAY THROWS KENDRICK OFF … AND KENDRICK CRASHES THROUGH THE UNFOLDED CHAIR!!!!!

The counter buys Finlay time to catch his breath, having to lean back against the ropes, as Kendrick writhes in pain, clutching at his back. Kendrick struggles up … but Finlay is waiting, and has two trash can lids in his hands … WAFFLING KENDRICK WITH BOTH OF THEM, OVER AND OVER UNTIL THEY’RE BENT OUT OF RECOGNITION!!!!! Finlay, hitting a second wind, gets Kendrick up onto his shoulders … ROLLING SENTON ONTO A TRASH CAN!!!! The Irishman looks to end it there, making a weak cover, 1...2...NO!!!

Wiping the blood from his face, Finlay questions the count, with Lawler guessing that Finlay maybe doesn’t have much left in the tank, hence trying to end it and being upset that it’s not over. Picking himself up, Finlay rolls out and slides in a table. Keeping Kendrick under control, he boots him in the face whilst Kendrick tries to get up, buying himself time to set the table up at an angle in the corner … as Kendrick pulls himself up in the opposite. Finlay walks over to grab his foe … but Kendrick YANKS him by the tights – SENDING FINLAY FACE FIRST INTO AN EXPOSED TURNBUCKLE!!!!!

Finlay slumps into the corner, as Kendricks resourcefulness comes in handy, having gone undetected by the Irishman as he pulled off the padding!! Kendrick drags Finlay out of the corner, then whips him into the exposed turnbuckle again!!! Finlay bounces out after impact – RIGHT INTO THE BULLY CHOKE!!!!! Kendrick leans back in the hold; a hold he debuted to great effect last month at the Survivor Series!! Finlay, already exhausted, fades in the choke and looks set to be going OUT … WHEN HE MANAGES TO GRAB THE SHILLELAGH … AND SWINGS IT BACK TO NAIL KENDRICK AND BREAK THE HOLD!!!!!

Finlay has to use it again with the first shot not landing as clean as he’d have liked, and then continues to use it as he and Kendrick battle to make it to their feet!!!! He cracks the arms and the legs and the body and the back before a wicked shot to the face sends Kendrick falling through the ropes and to the floor with a thud!!!!! Finlay shakes his head; he’s not letting Kendrick get away that easily. He follows to the floor, and batters Kendrick with the Shillelagh AGAIN with Michael Cole putting over the months this moment has been building to!!!

Finally, the Irishman rolls Kendrick back in, throwing the Shillelagh back in too before bringing a second chair into the ring … but as he rolls back in himself and grabs the chair – KENDRICK EXECUTES A LOW DROPKICK – KICKING THE CHAIR INTO FINLAYS FACE!!!!! Both men are down, but Kendrick is first to get up, but he’s on spaghetti legs, and doesn’t have the energy to drag Finlay up, instead having to wait for Finlay to get himself up … and when he does, Kendrick looks to end it, trying for the second time to hit SLICED BREAD-

BUT FINLAY COUNTERS AND CROTCHES KENDRICK ON THE TOP ROPE!!!! Finlay yanks Kendrick into the TREE OF WOE, and stomps the hell out of TBK … THEN HITS A CANNONBALL TO KENDRICK!!!!! Finlay, slow to his feet, pulls Kendrick down onto the mat … before setting up to HIP TOSS KENDRICK THROUGH THE TABLE … BUT KENDRICK HOOKS HIS ARM AROUND THE HEAD OF FINLAY … AND RUNS UP THE TABLE INSTEAD – PUSHING OFF-

SLICED BREAD!!!!!

1...2...FINLAY KICKS OUT!!!!!

Jerry Lawler (and Kendrick) can’t believe Finlay just kicked out of his finish, as Cole uses that to illustrate just how much hatred Finlay has for Kendrick, refusing to lay down, finding it somewhere within him to get a shoulder up!!! Kendrick is ready to snap … but spots the Shillelagh … and a smile forms instead. He picks Finlays weapon up, and starts to DARE Finlay to take a swing!!!

And despite being barely able to stand, Finlay WILL go down swinging – lunging at Kendrick, but Kendrick easily avoids the shot, then takes the Irishman down … BULLY CHOKE … USING THE SHILLELAGH TO CHOKE FINLAY!!!!! It doesn’t take long for the already exhausted Finlay to fade … but he doesn’t even contemplate tapping out to Kendrick and instead of giving Kendrick that satisfaction … allows himself to PASS OUT in the Bully Choke … forcing the official to call for the bell!!!
Winner: The Brian Kendrick @ 13:51

Kendrick initially keeps the choke locked on as the bell rings and the music plays … but eventually DOES release the hold of his own accord before the referee had to intervene. And as he is announced as the winner, a smile forms – a genuine smile; not a manic one – across the face of the bald (now former) Smackdown star.

Cole reiterates that as of now, despite the win, Kendrick is no longer part of the Smackdown roster … but he won’t care about that tonight; he got what he came for. Kendrick looks relieved almost as he has his hand raised, scoring arguably the biggest win of his own career by defeating Finlay on his own in Finlays favoured environment … leading Lawler to complain that “we’re (Smackdown) just cutting this guy loose!?”

In a surprise, Kendrick leaves the ring, something Cole also finds strange, having expected Kendrick to do more heinous acts even after the match … but instead, Kendrick carries himself with some class by not inflicting insult to defeat for Finlay. He walks up the ramp – still smiling – as some medics pass him by to check on the beaten GM.

On commentary, both Cole and Lawler air their surprise at Kendrick just leaving without any issues, with Lawler specifically asking; “he knows he’s not coming back to Smackdown, right??” before talking about the effort from Finlay tonight too, reminding the audience the man doesn’t wrestle any more, and is a General Manager now … though he may be out for a while after this match tonight.




Cutting backstage, PAUL HEYMAN does his utmost to pump up a focused looking KURT ANGLE, who is going through some last minute warm ups with standing squats. Heyman reminds Angle that (including Swagger on the pre-show) they are 2-0 tonight … and it’s over to Kurt to give their group the clean sweep and bring the U.S Title back into the arms of a legitimate American icon!! And more importantly, get Kurt back on track for the WWE Title. Angle says nothing though – he’s too far into the zone, seemingly. Stopping his warm up, Kurt inserts his gum shield, and ignores the words of Heyman, instead just walking out the door. Heyman nods, liking this attitude, before hurriedly pacing out the room to follow his client.




Back in the arena, Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler discuss the previous match again, commenting that Finlay – who is being helped to the back while they speak – is set to be taken to a local medical facility as a precaution, noting the damage he must’ve taken throughout the match, but specifically at the tail end of the match with Kendrick using the Shillelagh for the Bully Choke.

But, moving on, Cole and Lawler start to narrate over clips from this past Friday on Smackdown, which saw the return of MARK HENRY after being AWOL since the Survivor Series. Lawler defends Henry (and Theodore Long) recounting the words of Longs the prior week, and listing the reasons for Henry being livid and protesting by no-showing Smackdown over recent weeks. Unfortunately for Kurt Angle, he looks like he’ll be feeling the brunt of that anger tonight … but Angle himself looks fired up this evening…


**MEDAL**

The ridiculous ‘You Suck’ chants follow KURT ANGLE wherever he goes, but Angle zones it out, along with everything else, as he sports a face of stone ahead of a daunting challenge of Mark Henrys U.S Title. Much is made on commentary of Kurts outburst to Heyman on Friday night and whether that was the “kick” Angle needed from Heyman in order to topple a man that hasn’t lost since moving to Smackdown in April … but Lawler wonders, will it even make a difference considering the dominance of Henry??

On the outside, Heyman is full of chatter, trying to psyche Angle up, while he waits for the champion…

**SOME BODIES GONNA GET IT**

And pissed off, MARK HENRY trunches out from the back whilst Theodore Long carries the United States Title. On commentary, the pair discuss Henry and Long feeling slighted at some of the recent match making, as Lawler quips that if there was one guy on Smackdown you’d try NOT to piss off, it’s Mark Henry … and unfortunately for Angle … he may face the brunt of Henrys anger, like he did on Smackdown two nights ago…

WWE United States Championship Match:
Mark Henryw/Theodore Long vs. Kurt Angle w/Paul Heyman
Immediately after the bell, Kurt Angle ducks under a potential lock up, going behind with a waistlock … but whilst he can get Henrys feet off the ground … he can’t get Henry on the ground and the champion shrugs off the smaller man. “Better re-think that game plan playa!!” bellows Theodore Long from ringside, but Heyman pays no attention to it. Locking up, Henry easily overpowers Angle, throwing him toward the corner, but that doesn’t put Angle off, coming right back at Henry for another lock up … but it’s rinse and repeat; Henry throws Angle at the corner.

This time, Henry follows in – but Angle gets a boot up to wobble the champion, and Angle wants to immediately follow that up!! Cracking Henry with his European Uppercuts, Angle continues to wobble the U.S Champion, seemingly dazing the gargantuan (much to the delight of a vocal Heyman at ringside), then looks to send Henry off with a whip … but Henry shows off his brute strength by putting on the brakes, and YANKS Kurt towards HIM instead, SCOOPING HIM UP FOR THE WORLDS STRONGEST SLAM- NO!!! FRANTICALLY, ANGLE ELBOWS OUT OF IT!!!

Sensing the danger, Angle was quick to escape the clutches of Henry, and uses his greater speed to duck a clothesline shot from the champion too, before delivering a chop block – but aims it LOW – ANKLE level!! The first one wobbles Henry, and a second brings the monster to a knee!!! Angle is bringing Henry down like he’s chopping a tree, and he’s in a hurry to do it too, swarming Henry, not giving the champion a SECOND to recover, hitting a dropkick to the standing leg, bringing Henry down!!! THEN MAKES A LUNGE FOR THE ANKLE-

BUT HENRY INSTANTLY KICKS ANGLE AWAY WITH HIS FREE LEG!!!

Due simply to his size, Henry is slow to get up, but it’s not thought to be related to the shots at the ankle by Kurt, and showing his imperviousness, he shrugs off the incoming BIG overhand rights from the come-forward challenger, overcoming Angle by grabbing him and HEADBUTTS Angle!!! That ONE headbutt subdues Angle, and sends Kurt staggering away – a clear example of what Angle is dealing with here!! Henry then MANHANDLES the Olympian, and starts to THROW Angle around the ring with biels!!!!!

To his credit, Angle keeps getting up – pride coming before the fall – as he either doesn’t listen or doesn’t hear the repeated shouts from Heyman to “GET A BREATHER!! GET OUT!!” who clearly senses danger here for his client. Finally, Henry has enough of throwing Angle around, and instead decides to STAND on Angle with Kurt down by the ropes!!! Henry presses his whole body weight down onto Angle, using the ropes for even MORE pressure … and after stepping off due to the referees count, he steps back ON when Long catches the officials attention from the outside!!!

Heyman is livid, and once the official is back on the matter at hand, forcing Henry to step off, Heyman is yelling at the referee to “get some control here!!”, clearly concerned at how the match has suddenly turned into domination from Henry, and whilst the Worlds Strongest Man doesn’t NEED the help of his manager, it’s making the task that much harder for Angle. Henry isn’t waiting for Angle to get up either, he DRAGS Kurt to his feet, looking to shoot him to the corner and follow in – but Angle propels up before connecting with the buckles, as Henry comes in, with Angle going over-

HENRY RUNS INTO THE BUCKLES-

AND ANGLE LOOKS FOR A GERMAN SUPLEX … BUT HENRY THROWS AN ELBOW TO KNOCK ANGLE OFF!! But whilst the elbows throw Angle off, Kurt shrugs that off to keep coming forward, throwing punches and kicks to slow the champion down, before running off the ropes to build up momentum-

BUT HENRY CUTS HIM OFF ON THE RETURN WITH A BODYBLOCK!!!!! That cuts all the momentum for Angle, as Henry has the lateral press … 1...2...ANGLE JUST GETS A SHOULDER UP!!! And it was barely a kick out at that!! Henry roughly tosses Angle at the ropes, pressing his knee into the back of Angle, choking him on the ropes for another warning from the referee to break. Henry backs up, nodding as he listens to the words of the referee … then takes off – CHOCOLATE SLIDE ON ANGLE!!! The leapfrog body guillotine from Henry sees the champion land on his feet from through the ropes, and begins pounding his chest on the floor, much to the delight of Theodore Long.

Climbing back inside, Henry clubs the back of Angle again, keeping Kurt on his hands and knees, with Heyman looking more and more concerned with what he’s seeing. Henry pulls Angle to his feet, then PRESSES Angle up in the air … GORILLA PRESSING ANGLE … BUT LOSES HIS GRIP … ALLOWING ANGLE TO LAND ON HIS FEET BEHIND HENRY-

AND ANGLE POPS OFF A RELEASE GERMAN SUPLEX!!!!!

KURT ANGLE JUST GERMAN SUPLEXED MARK HENRY!!!!!

And Angle taking Henry off his feet gets a massive roar from the audience!! Long is open mouthed at the sight – he didn’t think it was possible – and Heyman looks surprised too at the feat from his own client!! It took a lot out of Angle too, and coupled with the punishment he’s already taken, Angle is showing the effects of the match. It’s a race for the two men to get to their feet, with Henry on his feet FIRST, but MISSES a clothesline attempt – Angle ducks under-

AND DELIVERS A SECOND RELEASE GERMAN ON HENRY!!!!!

Once again, Angle is slow to his feet, again, selling the effects of the match and the effort in taking Henry off his feet, but this time he IS the first up, but Henry isn’t far behind … though Angle is able to duck under him again … AND DELIVER A THIRD RELEASE GERMAN SUPLEX ON THE U.S CHAMPION!!!!! And this time – HENRY STAYS DOWN!!! Michael Cole puts over the feat from Angle before calling it “Vintage Angle” … and it appears Angle himself is feeding off that momentum, finding a second wind as he gets up, ripping down the straps … meaning it’s time for the ANKLE LOCK!!!!!

KURT APPLIES THE ANKLE LOCK!!! WRENCHING, RIPPING, TORQUING AT THE ANKLE, ANGLE HAS MARK HENRY IN SERIOUS TROUBLE, CAUGHT IN THE MIDDLE OF THE RING-

BUT HENRY TURNS OVER AND POWERS ANGLE OFF WITH SHEER LEG POWER!!!!

Angle takes a tumble THROUGH the ropes, such is the of the Worlds Strongest Man, crashing with a thud onto the floor!! There, Heyman is RIGHT on him, lecturing Kurt, telling him he has Henry right now and to get up and not let this slip. Heyman is almost PUSHING his client back into the ring, whether he’s ready or not, not wanting Kurt to allow Henry to recover either, and the spaghetti legged challenger clubs blows to the back of Henry, trying to prevent him from standing back up … but Henry essentially no sells the blows, still getting to his feet … but a kick to the ankle by Kurt DOES slow Henry!!

And that wince from Henry is an invitation for Angle, as he zeroes in on the ankle, stomping at it solely … until Henry grabs Kurt and emphatically SLAMS Kurt on the mat, immediately following with a BIG SPLASH!!! 1...2...ANGLE SOMEHOW POPS A SHOULDER OFF THE MAT!!! Again, Kurt Angle survives, and it’s Theodore Long who is beginning to look concerned on the outside, watching as Henry limps back to his feet – the ankle clearly an issue – and Long starts to motion to Henry to take it home and finish the job.

Henry nods, reaching down to bring Angle to his feet, sending the challenger off the ropes, setting up for a boot on the return … BUT ANGLE CATCHES THE BOOT!!!! HE TRIPS THE STANDING LEG … AND TURNS HENRY OVER – APPLYING THE ANKLE LOCK AGAIN!!!!! Henry is caught in the middle of the ring in a world of hurt, as Cole declares that Angle has levelled the playing field by taking Henry down, and Lawler adds that no matter how big or strong you are, the ankle lock will break anyone!! It’s the biggest test of Henry’s reign yet, as he has to gut it out … crawling his way to the ropes, whilst Angle rips and tears, with Heyman slapping the mat ferociously, demanding Henry taps …

BUT MARK HENRY EVENTUALLY WRAPS A HAND AROUND THE BOTTOM ROPE!!!!!

Both Angle and Heyman are left looking disheartened – it feels as if THAT was Angles big chance, and they both know it!! It shows just how much Angle took out of himself with that Ankle lock attempt, blowing hard on the mat, but at the behest of Heyman on the floor, he pushes himself further, trying to subdue Henry as the champion pulls himself to his feet by the ropes. Angle thinks he has Henry weakened, and looks to send him across to the corner – reversed by the Worlds Strongest Man – and Angle hits the corner hard!! Henry follows in – FEET UP FROM ANGLE!!

Henry looks dazed from the boots, staggering away, giving Angle time to perch himself into a seated position on the top rope – COMING OFF WITH A RARE CROSS BODY – BUT GETS CAUGHT BY HENRY!!!! The Worlds Strongest Man has Angle in the PERFECT position for the WORLDS STRONGEST SLAM … BUT HIS ANKLE GIVES WAY!!!! The stumble from Henry allows Angle to escape the clutches of the champion, and pushes Henry at he corner … THEN GOES BEHIND- ANGLE SLAM!!!!!!! COVER BY ANGLE…

1...2...HENRY KICKS OUT!!!!!

Michael Cole asks what will it take for Angle to win this match, having thrown the kitchen sink at the U.S Champion but STILL, he can’t put the big man away … with Lawler reminding Cole that there’s a reason why Mark Henry hasn’t lost since coming to Smackdown. Again, Angle throws big shots at Henry, keeping the champion under control as he tries to get up, then Angle takes off, running off the ropes, building speed to charge back at Henry-

BUT HENRY EXPLODES WITH A SHOULDER BLOCK THAT SENDS ANGLE FLYING ACROSS THE RING!!!!!

Still though, Henry is seriously hampered with his bad ankle, and takes his time to follow up, eventually dropping an elbow on the challenger, and staying there for the count … 1...2...KICK OUT!!!!! Again, Henry struggles to get up, looking pained as he puts pressure on the ankle to stand up. Henry gets to his feet, visibly wincing as he stands over Angle-

AS ANGLE EXPLODES FROM THE GROUND, GRABBING THE ANKLE-

BUT HENRY DROPS HIS FREE LEG ONTO ANGLE!!!!! 1…2...SHOULDER UP!!!!!

Angle survives again!!! A desperation move from Henry to stop the ankle lock, but it almost paid off, with Angle barely able to kick out of the leg drop. Once more, Henry is in severe pain as he pushes to his feet, but has his manager in the his ear from the outside, telling him to “suck it up, playa!!” clearly not wanting the Worlds Strongest Man to show any inkling of pain, with Henry now climbing the ropes … HE WANTS THE VADER BOMB-

BUT HE MISSES!!!!

ANGLE MOVED!!!!

AND ANGLE INSTANTLY REACHES FOR THE ANKLE AGAIN!!!!

Desperately, Angle tries to apply the hold, trying to turn the gargantuan champion over to fully apply the submission … but with his free leg, Henry KICKS Angle square in the face, and SECOND TIME to finally knock Angle off!!! Dazed by the force of the kicks, Angle is slow to rise, but has Heyman on the outside, SLAMMING his palms off the mat, trying to motivate Angle, telling him “HE’S WEAK – GRAB THAT ANKLE!! RIP IT OFF!!” … whilst on the other side of the ring, Theodore Long is warning Henry that he’s in danger, telling him “FINISH THIS NOW, PLAYA!!!” … as Angle grits his teeth…

But, instead of aiming for the ankle, he’s looking to rush at Henry-

AND GETS CAUGHT – AND INSTANTLY WORLDS STRONGEST SLAMMED BY MARK HENRY!!!!!!! 1...2...3!!!!!!!!!!
Winner: And STILL United States Champion – Mark Henry @ 11:46

On the outside, Theodore Long breathes a sigh of relief … but on the other side, Paul Heyman pulls his hands down his face, pulling at his own skin, having seen Angle make a HUGE error that just cost him the U.S Title. Gratefully, Long takes the U.S Title from ringside, and guides his wounded champion from the ring, with Henry limping badly on the foot, shaking his head as he climbs through the ropes. Indeed, Henry has to use the steps to get to the floor, rather than drop from the apron. The Worlds Strongest Man shuffles from ringside, lumbering up the ramp, as the effects of this war with Angle are clear to see.

Left inside the ring though, is the broken Kurt Angle. Hands covering his face, the Olympian is left to think about that huge lapse in judgment, when he had the Worlds Strongest Man in serious peril. He finally starts to sit up, and looks out to Heyman on the floor … who has nothing to say. Heyman shakes his head at Angle, and throws his hands up, unable to fathom what went through Angles mind at the end of the match up. Angle shakes his head – he has no answers seemingly – as he puts his head down … beaten again, and further away than ever before from reclaiming the WWE Championship.





**VIDEO PACKAGE**

WWE Production theme; “Triumphant Return” plays as the word flashes on screen-

~ TRADITION ~

Clips of RIC FLAIR getting an elaborate entrance, wearing the big gold belt … DUSTY RHODES raising his arms … GREG VALENTINE and RODDY PIPER staring one another down in the Dog Collar Match.

~ HISTORY ~

The smoking entrance for VADER … RIC FLAIR and STING ready to lock up … the ROAD WARRIORS walking to the ring … MAGNUM T.A battling TULLY BLANCHARD.

~ GLORY ~

HOLLYWOOD ’HULK HOGAN playing the WCW title on his way to the ring … RICKY STEAMBOAT & JAY YOUNGBLOOD winning the tag team titles … RIC FLAIR being hoisted onto the shoulders of his peers.

~ CELEBRATION ~

Jubilant scenes of STING winning the title in 1997 … DUSTY RHODES holding the NWA title in 1985 … RODDY PIPER defeating Hogan in 1996.

~ IS BACK!!

And now, shots of the stars of Monday Night Raw; PAUL LONDON … MISTER KENNEDY … SHAWN MICHAELS … BETH PHOENIX … NICK NEMETH … THE MASTER CRAFTSMEN … CM PUNK.

~ AFTER EIGHT YEARS ~

Clips of cheering fans, and fireworks going off at previous STARRCADE events.

~ STARRCADE ~

And the STARRCADE logo flashes across the screen-

~ RETURNS ~



{Big thank you to Hug Life for the Starrcade poster!!}
WWE STARRCADE | DECEMBER 28 | GREENSBORO NC
ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW
END PACKAGE
***



Back into the arena, and briefly, Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler show some love to the Raw brand, hyping up Starrcade; two weeks from tonight, and the main event which pits Shawn Michaels against Paul London for the World Title … but up next on THIS event is the four corners match for the WWE Tag Team Titles.

Before the entrances, there’s clips of the M.V.P vs. Kofi Kingston match on Smackdown, in which M.V.P (under orders) targeted the knee of Kofi Kingston, which put his participation in tonights event in doubt, but he WILL compete. Lawler quips that on the bright side, it’ll be a short nights work, inferring that the Caribbean Connection should be eliminated early…

**BRINGING THA HOOD 2 U**

Full of vibrancy, the always jumpy pair of JTG and Shad Gaspard; CRYME TYME look in great spirits ahead of this Tag Team Title opportunity. Cole reminds the fans that this is an ELIMINATION match tonight, meaning every team has their destiny in their own hands, and after coming close to snatching the titles two months ago, Cryme Tyme have another crack tonight … which probably leads to an off colour joke from Jerry Lawler about the pair stealing the gold instead.

**S.O.S**

The big time fan favourites in this match; THE CARIBBEAN CONNECTION make their entrance, but ALL the focus is on the condition of Kofi Kingstons knee after the number M.V.P done on it this past Friday on Smackdown. Cole makes a big song and dance about Carlito and Kofi being screwed out of a one on one title shot two weeks ago, and because of what happened on Friday, they’re probably already behind the eight ball tonight.

**PRICELESS**

It’s the entire harem; The Million Dollar Man leads out Jamie Noble and his own flesh and blood Ted Junior, whilst M.V.P lags behind, as ever, looking uncomfortable to be associated with FILTHY RICH. But, this could be his last night tied to the DiBiases; if he helps them win the titles, the Million Dollar Man has promised to release him from his contract to them. In the ring, Kofi has to calm Carlito down, with Carlito wanting a piece of M.V.P for what he did (or was forced to do) on Smackdown…

**DON’T WASTE MY TIME**

Last, but not least, the champions make their entrance; Melina arm in arm with her boyfriend Elijah Burke, whilst Wade Barrett walks ahead. Michael Cole puts over THE FIGHT FACTORY for what they’ve accomplished in just eight months on Smackdown, but calls the link up with Melina as the X-Factor, and with her cunning, they’ve dominated the division; retiring MNM and finding ways to hold off every challenge … and Cole has no doubt Melina has another plan up her sleeve tonight.

WWE Tag Team Championships:
!! FOUR CORNERS ELIMINATION MATCH !!
The Fight Factory w/Melina vs. The Caribbean Connection vs. Filthy Rich w/The Million Dollar Man & M.V.P vs. Cryme Tyme
As the ring empties, we’re told that it was decided by the drawing of straws earlier that Filthy Rich and the Fight Factory would start the match … but given the agreement between the teams, they’re reluctant to fight one another. Instead, Burke and Noble circle the ring … before Noble makes a quick slap of the arm onto KOFI!!! And that was no accident, they want the injured man in there early!! Kofi’s knee is HEAVILY wrapped, and he looks to his partner … but as they look to each other, NOBLE NAILS CARLITO WITH A STIFF FOREARM!!!!

Carlito is knocked off the apron, and Burke wastes no time tossing Kofi into the ring!!! Burke tries to stamp the leg, but Kingston is able to shift and roll, and avoid the attempts at getting at the weak point, eventually getting to the corner, where he looks trapped … but pulls himself up, and tries a kick on Eli – CAUGHT!!! Burke takes a little too long to tease though … ALLOWING KOFI TO CRACK HIM WITH AN ENZIGURI!!! Kofi then makes a tag to an unwitting JTG to avoid any damage!!!

JTG shrugs, and gets in the ring, as he and Burke tussle, but the focus is on how quickly Kofi had to get himself out of the ring, taking that as a sign of how bad his knee is. Meanwhile, the fired up Carlito is out for blood after the Noble cheap shot, but with the Million Dollar Man and M.V.P standing in his way, Carlito is prevented from getting at him, though he takes a swipe at Porter, which results in the referee having to leave the ring to settle things down.

As a result, with the official distracted, the tag champions look to use the opportunity to double team JTG … but Shad is in to cut off Wade Barrett … except the issues on the outside free up Ted Junior and Noble, and with the arrangement in place with the Fight Factory, they assist the champions to get the upper hand on Cryme Tyme!!! JTG is left isolated, and the champions work him over, with Shad having to step in and break a count after Burke delivers his elevated elbow drop.

Then, as JTG starts to fight back, the agreement between Filthy Rich and the Fight Factory is seen again as DiBiase Junior assists the champions by digging a knee into the back of JTG when he runs off the ropes!! Shad complains to the official, to no avail … as JTG gets nailed with a Bossman Slam from Barrett!!! 1...2...SHAD BREAKS IT UP AGAIN!!! The official gives Shad a stern warning this time, demanding he goes back onto the apron, whilst the champions continue to wear JTG out.

Burke is back in, and a sleeper is applied … but JTG again starts to fire up, breaking out of the hold, and a series of knockdowns on Eli (including a spot where M.V.P “missed” an attempted trip on JTG coming off the ropes) gives him a chance at a tag out … BUT NOBLE HELPS THE CHAMPIONS THIS TIME!!! He enters the ring, dragging JTG back, and as Shad tries to enter, the official holds him back again!!! But Carlito – either having seen enough of the 2 on 1 tactics, or just for a chance to get his own frustrations out – now enters the ring, and DROPKICKS Noble!!! Right hand to Burke, and an arm drag on the incoming Barrett!!!

And it all happens out of the referees vision as he continues to push Shad back onto the apron!!! But as Carlito goes to town on his rivals … young Ted DiBiase has snuck off the apron … AND YANKS KOFI KINGSTON DOWN – KICKING AT THE BAD KNEE!!!! Eventually, Carlito spots it, and comes after DiBiase, chasing after him around ringside … running right into the meddlesome Melina!!! She provides a distraction … as DiBiase runs around the ring, then nails Carlito from behind!!! The Million Dollar Man lectures M.V.P, telling him that’s what HE should be doing, with Porter seemingly ignoring his boss!!

But as all this happens … JTG is recovering in the ring … and making a TAG TO SHAD!!!!! And the big man hits the ring to clear house!!! Clothesline to Burke, clothesline to Barrett … then a DOUBLE clothesline!!! Noble tries to help the champions – BIG BOOT for his troubles!!! Shad sends Burke off the ropes – BIG back body drop!! And another big boot sends Barrett falling out of the ring!!! On the floor, Melina is SCREAMING at M.V.P to do something, and he slowly climbs onto the apron – GIVING SHAD TIME TO NAIL HIM WITH A BIG BOOT TOO!!!

Gaspard is nailed from behind though by DiBiase, with young Ted putting it to Shad, looking for a whip, but it’s reversed by Shad, and Shad scoops Ted up on the return … AND PRESS SLAMS HIM DOWN!!!! Burke is readying himself to attack … BUT JTG CUTS HIM OFF TOO!!! JTG is able to assist his partner, and they send Burke off the ropes … LOOKING FOR THE G9 … BUT NOBLE TRIPS THE BOOT OF JTG!!! That distracts JTG, and allows Barrett to return, bundling JTG through the ropes to the floor … as Burke escapes from the shoulders of Shad … as Wade CRACKS Shad with the BULLHAMMER!!!!! Burke has the cover … 1...2...3!!!!!

ELIMINATED – CRYME TYME (by The Fight Factory) @ 05:16

And it means the Caribbean Connection essentially have to overcome 2 on 1 odds now, with the Fight Factory and Filthy Rich clearly in cahoots. Melina has a devilish smirk on her face, as the Million Dollar Man demands his men get after Carlito and Kofi … specifically wanting to get Kofi in the ring with his injury … but Carlito – doing the selfless act – throws himself into the ring first to become the legal man. And Barrett goes right to work, putting the boots to Carlito, softening him up … to tag in Ted DiBiase Junior, as Melina tells her boys to “take a rest”, before telling Ted Senior, “time for your boys to hold up their end.”

But DiBiase is a little TOO cocky it seems. He points to the corner (where Kofi is trying to pull himself up) and tells Carlito to tag his partner … knowing Carlito can’t. But the cockiness backfires, as it leaves an opening for Carlito to fight back!!! He hits his springboard senton, and starts to set up for the BACK CRACKER … when MELINA climbs onto the apron, and the Fight Factory tease getting in to distract the official … allowing Noble to attack Carlito from behind … BUT CARLITO FIGHTS HIM OFF!!!!!

On the outside, DiBiase frantically tells M.V.P to earn his wage, and M.V.P nods, sliding into the ring … but Carlito is there waiting!! There’s a momentary stand off between the two, with words being traded … as Ted Junior gets back to his feet, seemingly thinking M.V.P is providing a distraction for him to attack Carlito from behind … BUT PORTER SHOVES CARLITO ASIDE … AND DRILLS DIBIASE JUNIOR WITH THE DRIVE BY KICK!!!!! On the outside, DiBiase Senior is flabbergasted!!! M.V.P just attacked Ted sons on purpose!!

And with that, M.V.P leaves the ring!!! On the apron, Melina is shocked … but motions for her men to stand BACK … she’s seeing the opportunity and is reneging on the deal with Filthy Rich!!! The Million Dollar Man is livid on the floor, confronting M.V.P as he leaves, asking what he thinks he’s doing … as the camera picks up the response from M.V.P; “My cheque bounced … again … so now?? I’m bouncin too!!” That leaves DiBiase shellshocked … as Carlito tosses Noble from the ring, covering DiBiase Junior … 1...2...3!!!!!

ELIMINATED – FILTHY RICH (by The Caribbean Connection) @ 08:00

And then there were two!! Two teams remain, but the immediate focus is on M.V.P and him abandoning Filthy Rich. Michael Cole asks how on earth money from the Million Dollar Man of all people wouldn’t clear, but explains that if M.V.P wasn’t paid, DiBiase was in breach of contract … and that appears to be the case tonight!! The Million Dollar Man is frozen still on the ramp, looking toward the ring, seeing his boy beaten … then lowers his head, and starts to leave!!!

Meanwhile, Melina snaps into focus, getting Burke and Barrett back in the match, dishing out instructions as Burke heads into the ring to face off with Carlito … as Barrett heads to the floor to attack Kofi on the other side of the ring … BUT CARLITO DUCKS UNDER THE SHOT FROM BURKE … AND DIVES TO THE FLOOR TO CUT OFF BARRETT!!!!! Carlito saves his partner, and looks to head back into the ring, but Melina rushes around to try and distract him, grabbing his leg until Kofi drags her off … but it’s long enough to allow Burke to strike and get the upper hand on Carlito!!!

And as Kofi puts Melina down … SHE KICKS HIM IN THE BAD KNEE, AND SLAPS HIM FOR GOOD MEASURE!!!!! The kick to the knee buckled Kofi, the slap distracted him … as Barrett has recovered and CHOP BLOCKS THE KNEE ON THE FLOOR!!!!! It’s going to be 2 on 1 for sure … and Carlito is already in trouble with Burke having the upper hand in the ring … ELIJAH EXPRESS!!! 1...2...CARLITO KICKS OUT!!!!! Carlito just survives, but the champions have the upper hand, and the cushion of knowing Carlito has no one to tag right now either!!!

The champions have the distinct advantage right now, and as they work over Carlito, the attention briefly switches back to the departure of DiBiase Junior and Noble, both at a loss as to what happened with M.V.P, and wondering why The Million Dollar Man just walked out on them. On the floor, Kofi is now being tended to by medics, with the injured superstar shaking his head, holding his knee, with his future in the match looking bleak at best. But back in the ring, Carlito is doing his best to hang on … having to contend with BOTH tag team champions. And that’s all he can do at this point; hang on.

Melina cheers her men on, seeing a perfect plan unfold, whilst the action crawls almost to a halt with a plethora of rest holds from Burke and Barrett as they take turns to work over the one fit member of the Caribbean Connection. Throughout the beat down, Cole continues to decry the situation that has hampered the challengers tonight, claiming that it isn’t fair for this to be how their title shot panned out. Still, Carlito hasn’t given up!! He battles the rest holds, putting up as much of a fight as he can, briefly exciting the fans with his flashy offence … until he is ultimately cut off again.

On the outside, Kofi is still being treated, but he eventually has enough, and starts pushing people away, shouting at them “NO!”, with Cole claiming that they’re trying to talk him into leaving for treatment. Kofi instead pulls himself to his feet … and DRAGS HIMSELF ONTO THE APRON!!! He may be injured, but he WON’T abandon his partner!!! Kofi does his best to cheer Carlito on from the apron, clapping his hands, as Carlito continues to TRY and fight off the champions to little satisfaction.

The Fight Factory tag again, sending Carlito toward the ropes – WHEN CARLITO JUMPS TO THE MIDDLE ROPE – AND BOUNCES BACK WITH A DOUBLE REVERSE ELBOW TO THE CHAMPIONS!!!!!! Carlito – out of instinct – crawls toward his corner … before realising Kofi is in no condition for a tag, despite Kingston calling for it. Carlito points to the knee, and shakes his head, saying to Kofi he can’t tag him … but it’s clear Carlito needs a tag. Carlito soldiers on though, much to the frustration of Kofi – even if Kingston may understand why.

Once again though, the champions regain control, and it appears as if they’ve drained Carlito, who has little left to offer at this point – the effects of battling two guys at once. An enziguri opens the door for him again though, and he looks to follow that by springboarding off the ropes – BUT BURKE LEVELS HIM FROM THE APRON!!!!! Carlito crashes and burns on the canvas … making him easy pickings for Barrett to finish him off … ONTO HIS SHOULDERS FOR THE WASTELAND …

WHEN KOFI MAKES THE BLIND TAG OFF THE LEG OF CARLITO!!!!!

Kingston may be injured, but he was left with no choice!!! After pulling Carlito off the shoulders of Barrett, Kofi climbs into the ring, basically on one leg, trying to fight off the brutish Brit, but ONE kick to the knee kills off the “hot” tag. Barrett then knocks Carlito to the floor, and tags in Burke to let him finish the job … ELIJAH EXPERIENCE- NO!!!! Kofi escapes, ducks a shot – S.O.S!!!!!! 1...2...NO!!!!!!! Burke gets the shoulder up … and as soon as Eli kicks out, Wade is in to stomp on Kofi!!!

Burke tags Barrett back in, and Wade wastes little time – he knows what he wants to do … AND APPLIES A FIGURE FOUR TO KOFI KINGSTON!!!!! A move Barrett NEVER uses, but it’s for a very specific reason tonight!!! Kingston is in a world of hurt, clenching his fists as he desperately tries to stop himself from tapping … hoping against hope that Carlito can come to his aid. He bits his own knuckles to try and block the pain, whilst Melina goads him from the floor, telling Kingston to tap and give up … with Kofi losing the battle, seemingly ready to give in-

WHEN CARLITO HILO’S INTO THE RING ONTO BARRETT, BREAKING THE HOLD!!!!!

Carlito saves Kofi … but he’s instantly forced back to the outside by the official!!! Carlito argues, which only wastes more time … and allows Elijah Burke to sneak in behind the referees back, picking up Kingston … and this time DELIVERS THE ELIJAH EXPERIENCE!!!!! Burke then shoves the referee aside, and tackles Carlito down, keeping him occupied … as Wade Barrett climbs onto Kingston for the win … with Melina having to scream at the official to get his attention away from the Carlito/Eli fight … 1...2...CARLITO BREAKS THE COUNT!!!!!

Carlito JUST got away from Burke in time to launch himself to break the count!!! Burke is right behind him, as the champions – under strict orders from Melina – look to finish off Carlito before ending Kofi, taking Carlito to the floor, putting the boots to him, taking Carlito out of the equation, sending him into the STEPS!!!!! Carlito taken care of, it leaves just Kofi … BUT KOFI HAS SOMEHOW DRAGGED HIMSELF TO HIS FEET … AND SLINGSHOTS HIMSELF OVER THE ROPES TO SPLASH ONTO THE CHAMPIONS ON THE OUTSIDE!!!!!!

Kingston takes out the champions, but he CAN’T get up!!! He has to pull the apron to pull himself up … as MELINA looks to insert herself – BUT KOFI GRABS HER!!!!! Kofi has Melina by the hair, looking to the fans for approval before striking a woman … but at the same time, Wade Barrett has gotten up … AND LOOKS FOR A BIG RIGHT HAND ON KOFI-

BUT KOFI DUCKS … AND BURKE ACCIDENTALLY CRACKS MELINA!!!!!!!

Burke’s eyes bug open, having nailed his manager AND GIRLFRIEND … then turns, coming for Kofi … BUT WALKS INTO A DROP TOE HOLD FROM KINGSTON – FACE FIRST INTO THE STEPS!!!!!!

Melina is OUT, Burke is OUT … BUT BARRETT CLIPS THE KNEE FROM BEHIND!!!!! And the wind comes out of Kofi’s sails!!! Barrett tosses Kingston back into the ring, pushing him to the corner, laying into Kofi with his well publicised bareknuckle fighting skills before setting the bad leg on the ropes … setting up for an attack in the corner … BUT AS HE RUSHES IN – CARLITO SPRINGBOARDS INTO THE RING WITH A CLOTHESLINE TO CUT HIM OFF!!!!! BACK IN THE NICK OF TIME!!!!!

But, as Carlito picks Barrett up to throw him out of the ring … Burke has snuck back inside, AND LINES UP THE ELIJAH EXPRESS TO KOFI … BUT KOFI SWINGS OUT ONTO THE ROPES – BURKE HITS THE BUCKLES … AND STAGGERS BACK-

BACK CRACKER FROM CARLITO ON BURKE-

TROUBLE IN PARADISE FROM KOFI!!!!!

BACK CRACKER FROM PARADISE!!!!!!!! Carlito initially steps forward to make the cover, then realises Kofi is the legal man; KOFI COVERS … 1...2...3!!!!!!!!!!

NEW CHAMPIONS!!!!!!!
ELIMINATED – THE FIGHT FACTORY (by The Caribbean Connection) @ 17:44
Winners: And NEW WWE Tag Team Champions – The Caribbean Connection @ 17:44

THEY’VE DONE IT!!! NEARLY EIGHTEEN MONTHS AFTER FORMING THEIR TEAM, CARLITO AND KOFI KINGSTON ARE CHAMPIONS!!!!! Michael Cole talks about the trials and tribulations this pair have had to overcome; they’ve been overlooked at times, screwed at others, they’ve had to deal with family betrayals, and they had to overcome a severe injury for Kofi tonight … yet with their backs against the wall, the Caribbean Connection have defeated the odds!!!!!

Carlito and Kofi are presented their titles, with Kofi hugging the gold tightly – his first championship in the WWE – whilst Carlito looks at his belt, staring at it longingly – before looking to his partner, and the pair embrace with a hug in the middle of the ring!!! On commentary, Cole puts over the efforts of BOTH men tonight; Carlito having to carry the team for the most part due to the injury Kofi came in with, but Cole insists that Kofi played his part too in the end.

On the outside, Wade Barrett has his hands on his head, whilst Elijah is slowly rolling out of the ring, and Melina is still flattened on the outside from the errant shot from Burke. In the ring, Carlito and Kofi continue to soak up the win, with Kingston struggling, but eventually getting onto the middle ropes, to hold the title aloft. Carlito smiles too, holding his title up in the middle of the ring, making sure to catch the attention of the FORMER champions.

Backing off, the Fight Factory shake their heads, with Barrett having to put Melina over his shoulder, carrying her limp body up the ramp, and Burke spaghetti legged, holding his head. Back in the ring, we get one more shot of Kofi and Carlito, with Kingston putting his arm around the shoulder of Carlito, seemingly close to tears, having went through hell tonight – which Cole points out on commentary. Lawler adds that Kofi is going to be in a lot of pain tomorrow when the adrenaline wears off … but it’ll be a big night of celebrations for the Connection tonight; and they earned it!!!




**VIDEO PACKAGE**

The video opens in what appears to be a quiet home, lights mostly off, decorated for Christmas … before the light comes on, and what appears to be Santa sits down on his couch, taking a long, deep breath after a hard nights work.

“‘Twas the night after Christmas, when all through the house,
Every creature was stirring, much louder than a mouse.”

And suddenly, the action picks up, as kids come rushing into the room, leaping onto the couch, in between shots of a plethora of Smackdown superstars in action.

Because live on Sci-Fi, they brought Friday Night Smackdown,
And for your viewing pleasure, The Undertaker rode into town.”

~GONG~

Clips of The Undertaker sitting up, delivering a Tombstone, a Chokeslam, Old School, and even the Deadman Tope.

The children were nestled, all snug in front of the T.V,
Watching as a WWE Championship Match unfolded for free.”

Instead of showing any individual, there’s simply a long shot of the WWE Championship belt, followed by excited looking fans, cheering fans in arenas and fireworks.

When what to my wondering eyes did appear,
But a Texas Rattlesnake, drinking a beer.”

Shots of Steve Austin through the years, downing beers.

With a pick up truck so big and so bold
I knew in a moment it must be Stone Cold!”

And driving into arena’s in a Pick Up Truck, including the Stunner on D’Lo on the hood in 1997.

But I heard him exclaim, ere he drove out of sight;
Happy Christmas to all, and to all-”

**GLASS SHATTERS**

We cut back to the home, where the camera zooms in on Santa … and STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN rips off the beard, and the hat from the Santa suit to reveal himself.

Gimme a HELL YEAH!!!”

FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN | DECEMBER 26 | MILWAUKEE WI
LIVE!! THE NIGHT AFTER CHRISTMAS
END PACKAGE
***




In the locker room, TED DIBIASE SENIOR is shown rather abruptly packing his bag, taking no time to place anything or fold anything, he’s just throwing everything in. Walking into the shot, is his son, TED JUNIOR, knowing immediately that something is up, and asks his father what’s going on, saying he knows something’s up; first M.V.P double crossed them, now he’s seeing his Dad pack his own luggage, before adding that their driver just left without them, and also mentions that earlier today, his credit card was declined.

Momentarily setting his bag down, the Million Dollar Man looks his boy in the eye, holding him by the arms, and telling Junior that he loves him … “but your Pops has to go away for a little while.” Confused, Junior reactively asks, “but what about me, Dad?? What about guiding my career?? We’ve barely got started! There’s a brief pause, with the Million Dollar Man looking at his boy with sadness … then picks up his bag, before telling Ted “time to stand on your own two feet, kiddo.”

Still confused, Junior refuses to let his dad go, demanding to know what’s happened so suddenly. With a great deal of sadness, the Million Dollar Man sighs, before explaining to his son that the recession has hit everyone hard over the last few months … “and even the Million Dollar Man has paid the price of it.” Briefly, the Million Dollar Man affords himself a chuckle, shakes his head, and mutters “Million Dollar Man – not any more.” DiBiase hugs his son, then leaves the room, leaving behind his mollycoddled son to finally have to fend for himself.

Frozen, numb, Ted Junior is silent … as the camera pans back to show that JAMIE NOBLE was there the entire time, listening to the heartfelt father/son moment. He walks forward, peeking out the door, then shrugs as he shuts the door behind him, and gives his tag partner a rather hard slap to the shoulder … “I guess I don’t gotta call ya Junior no more. And hey, don’t worry about nothin!! I got a spare sleepin bag in my old trailer y’can use. I knew that old thing would come in useful again one day!!”




Elsewhere, we see THE BRIAN KENDRICK for the LAST time as a Smackdown talent … but he looks at peace as he’s escorted out of the building. Friendly, Kendrick says goodbye as he passes people, telling others he’ll see them down the road … as he departs the building without incident, without any drama … just simply … at peace.




Back into the arena, and at ringside, Cole and Lawler are both at a loss for words at the demeanour of The Brian Kendrick. Lawler asks if Kendrick is maybe concussed (not a good question to ask flippantly in 2008) and wonders if Kendrick knows he’s GONE from Smackdown as of now?? Cole admits he has no idea what to make of that behaviour … but moves on to provide an update on the condition of FINLAY, who was taken to a local medical facility as a precaution due to damage done to his throat, with a suspected larynx related injury, but they “hope” Finlay will be fit to appear on Smackdown this Friday – or at least, the night after Christmas.

Moving on though, the graphic shows for Jeff Hardy vs. Christian – two men that certainly WILL be part of Smackdown going forward, and one of whom will be challenging for the WWE Championship in less than two weeks on the night after Christmas – as that match up is coming right up…


**NO MORE WORDS**

Moment of truth time for JEFF HARDY, as he hits the stage, flailing his arms around, getting himself into the zone ahead of the biggest match he’s had in years. Lawler and Cole discuss the backlash to Jeff being handed a title shot – something Jeff has owned and accepted – but the pressure is on Jeff to shut the doubters up tonight and prove himself worthy of the spot, and book a date with destiny against the WWE Champion on December 26…

**JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES**

But standing in his way is CHRISTIAN!! The reaction isn’t as hot as it was four months ago, but Christian remains one of the most popular stars on the roster, despite his head not being quite in it since SummerSlam. His quotes from Smackdown are discussed, and his apparent (over?)confidence is questioned, but he has the perfect chance to back it up … and Jeff has the perfect chance to take advantage of Christian too … IF Christian really doesn’t have his head in the game.

#1 CONTENDERS MATCH:
Jeff Hardy vs. Christian
~ Winner Challenges WWE Champion on Dec. 26 LIVE edition of Smackdown ~
There’s enough respect between the two men to start with a handshake … BUT JEFF QUICKLY YANKS CHRISTIAN IN – CRADLE – 1...2...NO!!!! Christian just escapes, having nearly come a cropper in the opening seconds!!! Back to his feet, Christian applauds the attempt from Jeff, as Lawler notes that if Christian was sleepwalking into this match, that just woke him up. Despite the exciting start … from there, it follows a more traditional style of match. They circle, lock up, trading wrist locks back and forth with Jeff using fancier ways of turning things around to his advantage, including springing off the ropes, flipping etc.

Christian keeps things simple on his end, and seemingly has enough of Jeffs flash reversals and counters by ending the sequence with a straightforward clothesline!!! From there, Christian takes control, applying a side headlock on Jeff for a short period until Hardy pushes back to his feet, and pushes Christian off the ropes … only for Captain Charisma to return with a shoulder block to knock Jeff back down. With Jeff down, Christian takes off, hitting the ropes, but Jeff bounces right back up, meeting Christian with a hip toss attempt- no dice. Christian blocks it, and looks for a clothesline again, but Jeff ducks it, and school boys Christian; 1...2...NO!!!!!

Jeff nearly caught Christian again!! This time though, there’s no respect back, Christian comes right after Jeff off it, but Hardy is quicker, and snaps off an arm drag, and a second, and a third, before trapping the arm for an arm lock. Cole talks about being impressed with Jeff early on, saying he clearly isn’t overawed by the occasion, though Lawler has to question if this is maybe just a sign that Christian isn’t on his A-game. Jeff seemingly has things in control with the arm lock, but Christian soon makes use of his big match nous, and cleverly yanks Jeff down by the hair!! It gets him a telling off from the referee, but ultimately, it’s got him in control.

Christian sends Jeff off to the corner, following in – but eats an elbow from Jeff!!! Hardy quickly leaps to the top, facing the audience, looking to hit something high risk onto Christian … but Christian rushes back in and SHOVES JEFF FROM THE TOP TO THE BARRIER!!!! It’s a NASTY landing for Jeff on the outside!!! Christian considers following out … but instead elects to make Jeff get himself back inside – he can win this by count out. Lawler calls it a test of how much Jeff really wants this title shot, and despite breathing raggedly, wincing as he moves, Hardy forces himself to crawl back in whilst favouring his ribs … and beats the count at EIGHT.

But he’s easy prey for Christian. Clearly content to take on the pseudo heel role tonight, Christian stomps at Jeffs ribs, before throwing Hardy into the ropes, stepping up onto the back of his opponent, choking Jeff, pulling up at the ropes – vintage Christian. The referee tells him off, but Christian doesn’t listen, and instead leaps over the ropes, onto the floor, before SLAPPING the taste out of Jeffs mouth; another sequence right out of Christians playbook. Climbing back up, Christian continues to the top rope, setting himself … hitting a reverse elbow once Jeff is up!!! 1...2...NO!!!

Keeping on Jeff, Christian exerts his authority, scoring another near fall off a gutbuster, before applying a backbreaker submission to test the resolve of Hardy too with the earlier rib injury playing a factor. And Christian finds out that Jeff has plenty of it – he battles to escape the hold, and rocks Christian with right hands, beating the former 3x World Champion to the punch, slowing Christian down, allowing Jeff to take off and run the ropes, ducking a swing from Christian, before bouncing back and looking for a LEAPING clothesline at Christian … but Christian steps aside!!!! Jeff crashes onto the canvas, looking a little stupid because of it, as Cole notes that Christian clearly had that scouted.

Affording himself a chuckle, Christian gets back at it, bringing Jeff to his feet, shooting him off the ropes … but Jeff surprises Christian, sliding under on the return, and catching Christian as he spins around; Inverted Atomic Drop!!! Jeff takes Christian down with a double leg, and nails a double leg drop to the mid section of Captain Charisma!! That gives Jeff the opening, and he follows that with a front dropkick, straight into the hook of the leg, 1...2...NO!!! Still favouring his ribs, Jeff quickly gets to his feet, popping off another dropkick on Christian and ANOTHER … which sees Christian elect to roll to the floor for a powder – something that doesn’t go unnoticed on commentary.

And Jeff isn’t going to give Christian a time out either!! He slides out on another side of the ring, and jumps onto the rails … RUNNING THE RAILS … AND LEAPS OFF AT AN UNEXPECTING CHRISTIAN TO TAKE HIM DOWN!!!!! The fans pop for that spot, as Jeff gets up, shouting “COME OHHHN!!” at the audience, pumping himself up as he tosses Christian back inside. With Christian in the ring, Jeff heads up top, perching himself waiting for Christian to get back up … CROSS BODY … BUT CHRISTIAN ROLLS THROUGH WITH IT, HOOKING THE LEG … 1...2...JEFF KICKS OUT!!!!! Both men bounce up, but Jeff strikes first with a kick – swinging neckbreaker!!! 1...2...NO!!!!

Christian struggles back up, and eats right hands from Jeff, before Hardy looks for a Side Suplex – but Christian BACKFLIPS out of it, and SETS UP THE UNPRETTIER- NO!!! Jeff shoves Christian away, Christian comes back – RIGHT INTO A JAWBREAKER!!! That one leaves Christian on wobbly legs, as Jeff tries to follow with a kick- CAUGHT by Christian – but Jeff recovers with a MULE KICK!!!!! Christian gets bundled into the corner, giving Jeff the opportunity for his HARDIAC ARREST slingshot dropkick to his opponent!!! It’s Jeff in the ascendancy, with Cole again reiterating that Jeff is rising to the occasion tonight.

Jeff’s suplex slam comes next, with Christian unable to do anything to stop it, another cover; 1...2...Christian kicks out again!! Jeff is prowling in wait as Christian struggles back up, with Hardy getting the fans pumping … meeting Christian with a kick to the gut; TWIST OF FATE – NO!!! CHRISTIAN COUNTERS – INVERTED BACKBREAKER!!!!! Christian turns the tables in a heartbeat … 1...2...JEFF KICKS OUT!!!! Christian sits up from the kick out, shaking his head, seemingly thinking that surprise backbreaker would’ve done it … and maybe also beginning to realise it’s a tougher test than he previously imagined.

Christian brings Jeff to his feet, sending Hardy to the corner … but instead of hitting the corner, Jeff instead runs himself to the top rope – COMING OFF WITH A WHISPER IN THE WIND TO CHRISTIAN!!!! He has him again; 1...2...KICK OUT!!!! Jeff nearly got him again!!! They get back up, and it’s Jeff that wants it more, catching Christian with a clothesline … and another … and a third … before coming off the ropes with a BIG leaping clothesline, and this time, Christian isn’t sidestepping to make a fool out of Jeff!!!

Cole goes into overdrive about Jeff taking it to the former 3x World Champion, and Lawler chips in by saying right now you’d be forgiven for thinking Jeff was the former champion and Christian the one that’s been gifted an opportunity!! And Jeff feels it too!! Hardy yells out again, feeding off his momentum, bringing Christian back up, with Christian swinging at him, missing wildly – and getting caught with a REVERSE DDT FROM HARDY!!!!! But NO cover from Jeff this time!!! He has Christian down, and he’s going nowhere … so Jeff HEADS UP TOP!!! Setting himself, Jeff is going for it all here – SWANTON BOMB …

CONNECTS!!!!!!!! 1...2...3!!!!!!! JEFF HARDY IS THE #1 CONTENDER-

NO!!!!!!!

CHRISTIAN HAD A FOOT ON THE ROPE!!!!!!!!

Instantly, hearing the three count, Jeff assumes he’s won, as do many of the fans, but Charles Robinson is forced to point out to Hardy that Christian got his foot on the rope, breaking the heart of Hardy!!!! Forlorn, Jeff walks around the ring, running his fingers through his hair in frustration, having his title shot ripped away from him, whilst Lawler talks about Christians big match experience saving him on that occasion … but it could be simply delaying the inevitable, as Hardy comes back, dragging Christian from the mat, kicking him in the gut- TWIST OF FATE-

BUT CHRISTIAN SPINS OUT OF IT – TRAPPING JEFF AS HE TURNS-

WITH A BACKSLIDE; 1...2...3!!!!!!!!!
Winner: Christian @ 14:50
*CHALLENGES WWE CHAMPION ON DEC. 26*

Jeff kicked and wriggled – but just couldn’t escape the backslide!!! Christian got him!!!!! Jeff is sat on the mat, broken hearted as the announcement comes down; it’s Christian that’s getting the title shot on December 26!!!!! Despite Jeff dominating the closing stretch, Christian pulled the rabbit out of the hat to get the win!!! Jeff stays on the canvas, sat with his head down, buried into his knees, clearly devastated at being caught like that when he had everything in hand.

Meanwhile, Christian looks relieved, embarrassed even, perhaps, as he has his hand raised, knowing he was second best for much of this contest. Cole and Lawler say as much themselves, though Lawler notes that that’s the sign of a proven winner; “if y’can’t be good – be lucky, Michael!!” … Christian breathes a sigh of relief after eeking out the win, and stands over Jeff for a moment … before reaching a hand down, offering to help Hardy up – which generates cheers in the arena.

Still upset, Jeff initially looks away, but after a shake of the head, Hardy turns his head back to Christian … and accepts the hand, with Christian pulling Jeff to his feet. Cheers greet the show of sportsmanship, and the two men share a few words, with Christian most likely offering some sort of consolation to Jeff … before Captain Charisma elects to leave the ring, giving Jeff the moment to himself. Jeff stands in the ring, getting a decent response (probably not quite as strong as the one Morrison got, because it was earlier, and the law of diminishing returns) with his hands on his hips, head down.

Eventually looking up, and mouthing “Sorry” … still clearly upset at his loss, Jeff then thanks the fans with an applause of his own … and leaves the ring, slapping hands with outstretched arms from fans. Cole and Lawler continue to put over the effort of Hardy tonight, saying that even though he lost, he proved “beyond a shadow of a doubt” (okay, steady on) that he belonged in such an important match … and Cole wouldn’t be surprised if he’s back in the hunt again before long.




**VIDEO PACKAGE**

Opening in silence at a big New Years Eve gathering, the crowd get ready to count down before the sound is heard from them;

TEN”

Cut straight to a boxing match, and a fallen fighter trying to beat the count – again, silence accompanies the pictures – until the referee makes the count of;

NINE”

Sharply, the footage cuts again to a … microwave … as it counts down and stops at 00:08, with the person watching it speaking;

EIGHT”

Straight to the hit TV show, ‘Dancing with the Stars’ and Len Goodman making his bellowing announcement as he holds up his scoreboard;

SEV-AHHHHN”

Directly into a space shuttle sat waiting for lift off-

SIX”

And to WWE referee Mike Chioda issuing a count to the outside of the ring on an unseen wrestler with the audio cutting everything out except his voice;

FIVE”

Switch to a big field … and children running in differing directions … with one standing with their back to the rest, facing a tree, covering their eyes, playing ‘Hide and Seek’

FOUR”

Old school, a clip from the famous show ‘Thunderbirds’ and it’s own iconic countdown scenes;

THREE”

And to a pre-school classroom, with the teacher pointing at the number 2 on the board, with the kids responding in kind…

TWO”

Before arriving at last years Royal Rumble, and the excited fans counting at-

ONE”

Into darkness…

~ BUZZER ~

Cut to shots of a collection of superstars that could/hope/expect to be part of the upcoming Royal Rumble; JOHN CENA, R-TRUTH, PAUL LONDON, JOHN MORRISON, SHELTON BENJAMIN, EDGE.

There’s only ONE countdown that matters…”

More interspersed shots of superstars in action; MR. KENNEDY, BATISTA, THE MIZ, KURT ANGLE, REY MYSTERIO AND RANDY ORTON.

There’s only ONE way to kick off the Road to WrestleMania…”

Flashing shots of the old school Royal Rumble logos, and clips of a full ring at past Rumbles, along with the more recent ones too.

And it’s…”

Quick clips of superstars over the years being thrown over, dumped over, launched or sneaked over the top rope and eliminated from past Royal Rumbles.

OVER.”

Shawn Michaels epic return to the ring in 1995 to topple Davey Boy Smith when the Bulldog thought he’d won-

THE.”

Triple H coming back from Quad Surgery to win the Royal Rumble, clotheslining Kurt Angle to the floor in 2002.

TOP!!!”

Austin celebrating his win in 1998, John Cena on the turnbuckles in 2005 after winning, Christian on his knees after victory in 2007, and Edge pointing to the WrestleMania logo last year, over the iconic audio from Jim Ross…

WHO’S GOIN TO WRESTLEMANIA!?”

WWE ROYAL RUMBLE | JANUARY 25 | TORONTO ON
IT’S OVER THE TOP”
ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW
END PACKAGE
***




After that teaser for the Royal Rumble next month, Cole and Lawler start to excitedly discuss the annual tradition, reminding the audience that the winner goes to on to challenge the champion of his choosing at WrestleMania … which transitions nicely to the next match, as it features last years Rumble winner; EDGE, and the graphic shows up for Edge vs Batista, with Lawler throwing it out there that both guys will be favourites for the 30 Man Rumble in January, and one of them will close out 2008 undefeated in singles competition on PPV…




The video package for the EDGE/BATISTA match airs, putting plenty of focus on both men having big years in 2008 – no one more than Edge, who won the Rumble, headlined WrestleMania and held the WWE Title for six months. Edge qualified for the Rumble at the expense of Batista, who had to take a different route for success over the last twelve months, winning the U.S Title, holding it for almost six months, before beating The Undertaker as clean as a whistle at No Mercy.

This issue exploded once more in October when Batista screwed Edge out of the WWE Championship, and the two have been at each others throats ever since … but it’s taken until now for the issue to come to a head. With Batista still chasing a first WWE Title and Edge desperately wanting to win back the gold he held for much of the year, the route to get there is through one another. Neither man has lost a (scheduled) one on one match on PPV in 2008 … but only one will end the year with that record in tact.




Back into the arena…

**I WALK ALONE**

There’s a strong reaction for The Animal – a big mix of cheers and boos – but either way, it doesn’t shake the belief of BATISTA, who sets off his impressive pyro display before marching down the ramp ahead of a huge grudge match. Cole and Lawler focus on the fact that neither Batista or Edge have lost a (scheduled) singles match on PPV this year, picking up wins over Taker and Orton respectively … but tonight, one of them will lose.

**METALINGUS**

EDGE enters – as ever – through the smoke on stage before setting off his own impressive pyro display on his way to the ring. Batista paces in the ring, gearing up for what promises to be a war, whilst Edge takes an extra few moments on the ramp, shaking his hands loose, and a few extra deep breaths … before sliding into the ring. Batista is willing to wait, as Edge removes his jacket – this one will get underway the old fashioned way.

The Final Showdown:
Edge vs. Batista
And neither man wastes any time going for a lock up. They tussle, but it’s Batista that wins out – naturally – overpowering Edge and shoving him down!! Snarling, Edge is right back up, right back into a lock up, keen to prove a point … but it’s ‘as you were’, with Big Dave shoving Edge down again. But AGAIN, Edge isn’t prepared to accept that, coming for a third time, and this time, they tussle around the ring, with The Animal unable to throw Edge down this time. They eventually wind up backed into the corner, which forces the official to step in, and force a break.

Slowly, they part … both men wary of the other taking a cheap shot … but it’s a clean break … until Edge shoves Batista in the chest once they’re apart!! Batista shoves back, then shoves again – shoving Edge DOWN … but the Rated ‘R’ Superstar – just as he did earlier – bounces back up, and this time, there’s no locking up; it’s a FIST FIGHT!!! Edge peppers Batista being the quicker of the two, flinging wild shots at Batista’s general direction, forcing The Animal to put a stop to it with a knee to the gut!! Batista uses that to bounce off the ropes, darting back at Edge – who stuns Big Dave with a hip toss!!! Batista rushes up – right into a Modified Bulldog!! Cover, 1...2...Batista kicks out!!!

Briefly, Batista retreats to the corner off the kick out to regroup, with Edge fired up, calling him on. Wisely though, The Animal takes a moment to settle, regaining his bearings, as Cole calls it a wise strategy from The Animal, not getting caught up in emotions. The two men circle again, locking up once more – which Lawler says Edge is stupid for trying – but it’s Edge that quickly shifts into a side headlock, albeit only briefly. Batista shoves him off, and takes Edge off his feet with a big shoulder block … then hurriedly looks to get Edge into position for a BATISTA BOMB-

BUT EDGE IMMEDIATELY SCRAMBLES OUT!!! Way too early for that, and Cole says as much … though Lawler suggests it was merely a warning from Batista. They reach in again, but Batista goes low with a knee to the gut immediately, doubling Edge over, sending him off the ropes, but MISSES a clothesline, and EATS a spinning heel kick from Edge!!! 1...Not even a two count!!! Edge is up quickly, and on the move, looking to keep Batista busy. He runs off the ropes – RUNNING RIGHT INTO A SIDEWALK SLAM FROM THE ANIMAL!!!!! 1...2...KICK OUT!!!!

Edge gets the shoulder up, but he’s in trouble, with Batista not giving him a second to breathe, tossing him through the ropes to the floor and following out to continue the punishment, initially ramming the former WWE Champion into the barrier. The Animal then hoists Edge up, onto his shoulder, and LAWN DARTS Edge into the ring post … before DROPPING him face first onto the ring apron!!! That leaves Edge staggering, and easy pickings for Batista (after Dave rolled in and out to break the count) to deliver a SUPLEX ON THE FLOOR!!!! The suplex almost takes as much out of Batista, but it appears as if the Animal is prepared to harm himself in order to harm Edge more!!

Tossing Edge back inside, Batista winces momentarily, selling the effects of the suplex on himself, before continuing the beatdown, charging Edge into the corner, and driving shoulders into the gut of his foe, over and over, taking the wind out of the Rated ‘R’ Superstar, before hip tossing Edge – throwing him like a child!!! Edge gets up, but isn’t able to put a fight up, as Batista gets him in position; side suplex!! 1...2...NO!! Batista does a little bit of trash talking as he drags Edge back up, shooting Edge off the ropes, but Edge hangs on, not returning – forcing Batista to rush at Edge – Edge drops down and back body drops The Animal up and over to the floor!!!!! Edge then follows with a baseball slide, then-

A SOMERSAULT SENTON TO THE FLOOR ONTO BATISTA!!!!!!

Edge is pulling out ALL the big guns tonight!!! Cole and Lawler put across both men throwing everything at one another here – a true battle of ‘heavy hitters’ bringing all their mite – with Edge turning the tide thanks to a big risk move, and tosses Batista back inside. Edge himself climbs to the top, picking his moment for Big Dave to stand up – MISSILE DROPKICK!!! 1...KICK OUT!!! Again – only a one count!!! Edge acknowledges the count too – that’s two one counts – but Edge still has control, and he stomps at Batista in the corner, keeping his rival subdued, then sends Batista off the ropes, ducking for the return … but Batista KICKS him away!!!

Batista lines up a clothesline – Edge ducks – and catches the Animal with a FLAPJACK!! This time, Edge elects NOT to cover, and instead stalks Batista as he struggles up … AND GOES FOR THE EDGECUTION – BUT BATISTA CUTS IT OFF BY CHARGING EDGE INTO THE CORNER!!! And there, he DRIVES his shoulder into the gut of Edge again!!! Fired up, Batista sends Edge hurtling across the ring to the opposite corner at speed, following in with a corner clothesline!!! Batista scoops Edge up, looking for a running POWERSLAM out of the corner … BUT EDGE SLIPS OUT THE BACK – EDGE-O-MATIC!!!!! 1...2...KICK OUT!!!!

And that time, Edge did get the near fall, but not the three. Cole and Lawler start to discuss both men being so hard to beat in one on one competition over this last year, and how we’re seeing that all unfold here, as they throw bomb after bomb at one another. And now, Edge is lining up his BIGGEST bomb; the SPEAR!! He lies in wait, watching as Batista pulls himself up … AND CHARGES-

SPEAR-

NO!!! BATISTA LEAPFROGS EDGE!!!!!

Incredible feat of athleticism from The Animal – and as a result, Edge CRASHES into the corner!!! He never expected that!! Batista quickly follows up, dragging Edge out of the corner, hooking him up, into the air in the suplex position – then SLAMS Edge; JACKHAMMER FROM BATISTA!!!!! 1...2...EDGE KICKS OUT!!!!! Batista shakes his head, but doesn’t let the kick out affect him too much, and instead looks to make no doubt about it – by LOADING UP FOR THE BATISTA BOMB!!!!! He sets Edge into position, and gets him up … WHEN EDGE FRANTICALLY POUNDS THE SKULL OF BATISTA … AND MANAGES TO BREAK FREE!!! He throws bombs at Batista, and looks to send The Animal to the corner-

Reversed by Batista!! And The Animal follows in for a clothesline – but Edge darts out of the corner!! Batista collides with the turnbuckles, and Edge races in, with a Spear variation – spearing the BACK of Batista, and crushing The Animals sternum against the turnbuckles!!! Hoisting Batista up, Edge gets him seated onto the top turnbuckle, and climbs up behind Batista … AND EXECUTES A SIDE SUPLEX FROM THE TOP ROPE!!!!! Both men stay down after impact, as Cole again hypes the lengths these two are willing to go – needing to go – to put the other man away!! The referee reaches the count of SEVEN … before Edge finally drapes an arm over Batista … 1...2...KICK OUT!!!!!

Despite the kick out, Edge is thinking SPEAR again, after it missed earlier. Lawler wonders if one spear would even be enough to keep Batista down … and Cole says we might be about to find out. Edge sets himself … ready to explode out of the corner as he waits for Batista to stand up … peeling away from the ropes … EDGE SPRINTS FOR THE SPEAR … BUT BATISTA PUTS A KNEE UP TO BLOCK IT!!!!! Edge stumbles after that impact, with Big Dave spinning him around – WANTING THE BATISTA BOMB – BUT EDGE BACK DROPS OUT OF IT!!!! Batista is back up, but Edge trips him … AND QUICKLY APPLIES HIS EDGECATOR!!!!!

Edges RARELY seen submission hold!!!!! It’s mentioned on commentary that this is a rare sight from Edge, and perhaps a sign that he’s having to dig deep to find a way to put Batista away, whilst it’s also something Batista may not have prepared for – while he clearly was ready for the Spear – and now, The Animal is in a world of trouble!!! He scratches and claws along the canvas … with Edge pulling, desperately trying to draw the submission from the bigger man … but he can’t get it … AND BATISTA GRABS THE ROPES!!!!! Edge looks disappointed when he has to break the hold, disheartened even, as he struggles to find a way to beat Batista.

But he may find some solace in the fact that Batista immediately rolls to the outside after the break. Batista looks to regroup, shaking his leg out, leaning on the apron … and Edge isn’t prepared to wait, he climbs out of the ring, building up steam – Batista hasn’t any idea what’s about to come around the corner … AND EDGE CATCHES BATISTA WITH A SPEAR ON THE FLOOR!!!! Finally, Edge scores with the Spear … but quickly, it’s evident he isn’t content to win by count out. Lawler is beside himself on commentary, calling Edge an idiot and telling him to get back in the ring and win the damn match … but Cole explains that this NEEDS a definitive winner – and a count out wouldn’t be the definitive victory Edge needs.

Edge eventually gets Batistas dead weight body back into the ring, but it takes plenty out of Edge to do so, and he looks spent by the time he’s back in the ring, making the cover … but Batista rolls onto his front before Edge can even do that!!! Edge affords himself a smirk, but he’s trying to keep his anger in check, having essentially wasted a Spear on nothing ultimately, and that’s something Lawler takes great pleasure in uttering “I told you so”. Batista uses the ropes to drag himself up in the corner, but Edge is right on him, mounting the turnbuckles, HAMMERING Batista with punches-

UNTIL BATISTA WALKS EDGE OUT OF THE CORNER … WANTING A BATISTA BOMB OUT OF NOWHERE-

BUT EDGE RAKES THE EYES OUT OF DESPERATION!!!!!

A total desperation move from Edge, but it gets the desired result, with the Batista Bomb avoided!! Cole can’t even defend it, apart from saying that Edge HAD to do it to avoid a certain defeat. Batista is momentarily unsighted, struggling around the ring, with Edge looking to take full advantage, spinning Batista around- BUT BATISTA EXPLODES WITH A SPINEBUSTER!!!!! He takes an extra second to wipe at his eyes, before dropping down to hook the leg; 1...2...NO!!!!! Spinebuster couldn’t do it…

BUT THE BATISTA BOMB MIGHT!!! Batista shrugs off his momentary blinding, getting back to his feet, looking to seize the opportunity … and signals what time it is by SHAKING THE ROPES!!! He drags Edge back up … BUT EDGE STUNS BATISTA WITH A KICK TO THE GUT … AND QUICK AS A FLASH; EDGECUTION!!!!! 1...2...BATISTA KICKS OUT!!!!! Again, Cole puts over how both men are throwing everything at one another, it’s blow for blow, with neither man able to hit their knockout shot, as Lawler adds that even those knockout blows might not be enough!!

And Edge looks frustrated too. He starts to get up, and shakes his head, muttering something over Batista as he rises to his feet … before setting up in the corner, hunching down, willing Batista back up … then demanding it … AND GOES FOR THE SPEAR – NO – BATISTA COUNTERS WITH AN {AWKWARD LOOKING} SPINEBUSTER!!!!!!!! That gives Batista a second wind, and The Animal quickly drags Edge up by the hair … ANOTHER – EMPHATIC THIS TIME – SPINEBUSTER!!!!! And Edge can’t do anything about what’s coming next … Batista drags him up again … setting himself … loading Edge up … BATISTA BOMB FINALLY CONNECTS!!!!!!!!!! 1...2...3!!!!!!!!!!
Winner: Batista @ 14:06

Cole and Lawler put over both men, trying to protect Edge in defeat, saying either guy could’ve won this, with The Animal triumphing by the slimmest of margins – but it continues his incredible recent record in 1 on 1 encounters – and it’s Batista that ends 2008 undefeated in singles matches on PPV!!!!! And Cole adds that Batista may well be looking at an even bigger 2009, pointing out that The Animal has been campaigning for a WWE Title shot for a LONG time … and after beating the man that held the WWE title for six months this year, it may well be overdue at this point – something The King agrees with.

The Animal has his arm raised, and there’s little in the way of pomp or pageantry in the celebration … Batista peers down at his beaten rival after getting his arm raised … and simply leaves the ring – job completed. As Batista leaves, clips are shown from during the match and the various turning points, including the Spear on the floor – to which Lawler again calls Edge an idiot for not just winning by count out – pointing out just how fine the margins were here tonight between two of the top stars on Smackdown.

Back in the ring, Edge looks pretty pissed as he gets up – and we’re now reminded he’s got to move on quick with the Matt Hardy match set for December 26 – angry at having lost such an important match, though again, Cole puts over how this could’ve gone either way. On the stage, Batista takes a final ‘curtain call’ standing tall, arms raised – another huge PPV win for The Animal in 2008; first The Undertaker, now Edge – with designs on the WWE Title next.




CHRISTMAS EVE ON SUPERSTARS…

THE 2008 SLAMMY AWARDS!!!




Cutting backstage … and CHRIS JERICHO solemnly walks though the halls, obviously dressed to compete, with the WWE Championship around his waist. Even the usual motormouth ARMANDO ESTRADA is deathly silent. Both men look like they’re walking into an execution … and there’s clearly little sympathy for the champion. THEODORE LONG (manipulated by Jericho to partake in his Survivor Series team) gleefully and sarcastically wishes Jericho luck, whilst others seem to take delight in seeing the usually confident and assured Jericho looking so uneasy.

CARLITO (who pushed Jericho to the limit a few weeks ago) makes a point of shining up his newly won gold as Jericho passes by, which earns him a scowl from the champion … and then, returning from his match, BATISTA comes face to face with Jericho. He looks down on Jericho for a moment, affording himself a smirk, before telling Jericho “you’re about to get everything you deserve.” The Animal then brushes past, as Jericho continues on (slowly) in the opposite direction.

The camera though, sticks with Batista … as JOSH MATHEWS catches up with him, asking for a quick word following his victory over Edge, and pointing out that crossing of paths with the WWE Champion before asking what’s next for The Animal. Taking a second, Batista thinks, before replying with a short, succinct answer; “I’m throwing twenty nine other guys outta the Royal Rumble. And I DARE someone to keep me outta that match this year.” Batista walks on, leaving it at that, instantly marking himself as a favourite to win the Rumble next month…




Back into the arena, Cole and Lawler discuss that very subject; Batista being an early favourite for the Rumble. Cole mentions that Batista lost out on the chance to be IN the match last year – as fate would have it, at the expense of Edge – but there’s no one right now with the kind of momentum he has, and according to Lawler is a LOCK to be an automatic entrant in the Rumble next month. As the graphic shows up now for the main event, the commentators transition, pondering if it could be Batista versus Jericho or Umaga at WrestleMania … with Jericho needing a miracle tonight if he’s to survive the challenge of an unleashed Umaga…




And the video package highlights the dominance of Umaga – guided by his handler, Armando Estrada - from his debut in 2006, right until his first loss in the main event of SummerSlam in 2007. From there, the focus begins to shift, and Estrada begins to mistreat Umaga, scolding him for any missteps, demanding more from the Bulldozer … and after he’d lose at SummerSlam this year … Estrada would humiliate Umaga by slapping him repeatedly in the ring.

We get the video of Estrada a few weeks after that loss, sat in a dirty diner, washing his hands of Umaga, calling his Bulldozer a failure … before showing up at No Mercy with Umaga to assist Chris Jericho in cashing in the MITB briefcase, forming a new alliance, in which Umaga was little more than muscle for Jericho. But Umaga proved his worth at the Survivor Series, reeling off three consecutive eliminations to snatch victory from the jaws of defeat and prevent Jericho from defending the WWE Title at Armageddon against Kurt Angle…

But Finlay would have the last laugh. Jericho, thinking he’d have the night off, would be told that he WOULD defend the title … against UMAGA. For the following weeks, Jericho insisted that the Samoan Bulldozer would lie down and follow orders … but doubts grew … and two nights ago on Smackdown, Jericho’s worst fears were realised as Umaga CRUSHED his hand during a handshake, going rogue, and leaving the WWE Champion laying … before longingly holding the WWE Title…




Back into the arena…

**VIRTUAL VOODOO**

Looking almost bare by entering ALONE, the Samoan Bulldozer; UMAGA makes his way onto the stage, with his wild eyes darting all around the arena. The question is asked on commentary if Umaga, without a handler at ringside can even control himself or come up with an effective gameplan … but Cole notes that Umaga looked pretty damn impressive on his own at the Survivor Series … and two nights ago on Smackdown. And given the hot streak the Bulldozer is on, is there any way that Jericho can stop him!?

**BREAK THE WALLS DOWN**

Drained of confidence, CHRIS JERICHO is slow to step onto the stage and even stops to look behind him, seemingly needing the reassurance of Armando Estrada before he can even make his way down the ramp … but Estrada hardly looks confident himself. Umaga paces in the ring, ready to go, as Jericho gulps once he reaches the ringside area.

Unstrapping his belt, Jericho climbs into the ring, and clutches onto it tightly, taking a long look at it … for the last time(??) before reluctantly getting ready to hand it over to Chad Patton … as Estrada tries to get into the head of Umaga from ringside … getting his attention at least-

ALLOWING JERICHO TO WAFFLE UMAGA WITH THE TITLE FROM BEHIND – RIGHT TO THE BACK OF THE HEAD!!!!!

THE MATCH HASN’T EVEN STARTED!!!!!

JERICHO GOES FOR THE COVER … BUT CHAD PATTON WAVES IT OFF – HE WON’T START THE MATCH LIKE THIS!!!!!

Jericho looks up at the official … but before he can even start complaining; UMAGA GRIPS HIM BY THE NECK FROM THE CANVAS!!!!!

Umaga is recovering ALREADY from the title belt shot, and has Jericho gripped tightly, with the champion flailing his arms, unable to break the grip, choking as Umaga stands up – AND JERICHO GOES LOW WITH A KICK TO THE BALLS!!!!!

That’ll stop any man … and Jericho wants a CODEBREAKER-

BLOCKED BY UMAGA … AND JERICHO IS CAUGHT IN NO MANS LAND!!! Umaga shows his own considerable strength, holding Jericho up in the air with Jericho caught in the Codebreaker position … BEFORE GETTING DUMPED TO THE FLOOR LIKE A SACK OF SHIT!!!!!

Despite the calls from Patton to stay in the ring, Umaga isn’t listening to anyone right now – and he follows immediately to the floor – as Cole reminds us that this HASN’T started yet, he drags Jericho up-

AS ESTRADA CRACKS UMAGA FROM BEHIND WITH A STEEL CHAIR…

AND UMAGA COMPLETELY NO SELLS IT!!!!!

Umaga tosses Jericho aside, and turns his attention to Estrada – who is still wielding the chair … and despite that weapon in his possession, Armando still looks scared to death – and drops the chair, RUNNING FOR COVER FROM UMAGA!!! Umaga gives chase, hunting down his former handler … and eventually GETS HIM!!!!!

Halfway up the ramp, Umaga has Estrada by the belt, with Estrada frantically trying to undo his belt buckle to escape … BUT JERICHO COMES FROM BEHIND WITH A VICIOUS CHAIR SHOT TO THE BACK!!!!!

And he isn’t stopping with one – there’s a second, a third, a fourth, fifth and SIXTH chair shot to the back of the Bulldozer. Each chair shot sees Umaga move closer back to the ring, but he’s STILL on his feet, STILL walking … though Jericho is lining up a shot to the skull to put Umaga down-

UMAGA BLOCKS IT!!!!!

Umaga GRABS the chair, stopping it’s momentum, and despite eating SIX chair shots already, he’s still able to OVERPOWER Jericho and RIPS the chair away from the WWE Champion, before swinging it himself-

JERICHO DUCKS-

AND UMAGA BLASTS CHAD PATTON WITH IT INSTEAD ACCIDENTALLY!!!!!!!

The match hasn’t started – and it may never start now the referee is out!!!!! Umaga stands over the official momentarily, but doesn’t check on him … he just looks at him … before turning around – AS JERICHO CATCHES UMAGA, DROPKICKING THE CHAIR INTO THE BULLDOZERS FACE!!!!!!

That shot finally staggers the Samoan Savage, and Jericho bundles Umaga into the ring, despite there being no official. He cracks the chair off the back of Umaga again, then targets the legs, trying to weaken anything he can before putting the chair down … WANTING A RUNNING BULLDOG ONTO IT-

BUT UMAGA COUNTERS … AND SLAMS JERICHO ONTO THE CHAIR INSTEAD!!!!!

Jericho’s back contorts in pain, crawling to the corner with Umaga following in, and delivering ONE chop, that sees the champion slump down in the corner, with Umaga stomping the hell out of Jericho there and backing out … immediately rushing in after – RUNNING BUTT SPLASH IN THE CORNER!!!!! Umaga steps out, roaring as he walks around the ring … THEN STEAMS IN FOR A SECOND RUNNING BUTT SPLASH!!!!!!!

Armando Estrada is rushing around ringside in a panic, shouting at Cole and Lawler, shouting for POLICE, demanding some kind of assistance … as Umaga drags Jericho up, setting him on the top turnbuckle, grabbing the champion by the throat … and TOSSES him across the ring!!! Jericho is out on his feet here!!!

Umaga drags the champion by the leg to the middle of the ring, and makes his way to the top rope, as Estrada can barely watch from the outside … as Umaga flies – BIG SPLASH OFF THE TOP TO JERICHO!!!!!!!

Once more, Michael Cole has to remind the audience that the bell NEVER rang – this match has NOT started yet!!! … but it could be over before it begins, as Umaga drags Jericho to his feet … HE WANTS THE SAMOAN SPIKE-

OOMAGA!! WAIT!! WAIT!!”

The sound of Estrada on the mic brings pause to Umaga, and boos from the fans. Estrada frantically climbs the steps and onto the apron, hand up.

STOP DE MADNESS, OKAY!! ENOUGH!! JU, LISTEN TO ME!!”

Estrada tries as best he can to sound assertive, trying to win over Umaga and get the Bulldozer to listen to him again … and it seems to be working.

AND REMEMBER … JU … WORK … FOR HIM!!!”

Armando points to Jericho, with Umaga slowly turning his head, and the pathetic sight of the champion who is only standing because Umaga is holding him up.

Now … put … Mister Jericho … down.”

Taking a moment to consider, Umaga appears to be listening … and lets go!!! Jericho slumps to the mat, and boos fill the arena, as Estrada smiles broadly, nodding, as he waves Umaga over.

Jes. That’s better, haha.”

The Bulldozer slowly walks toward his handler, who continues to wave him over…

Now … I need ju to-”

UMAGA GRIPS ESTRADA – AND HURLS HIM OVER THE TOP ROPE INTO THE RING!!!!!

Estrada begs off, pleading for his life as he stands back up, shaking with fear- AND GETS DROPPED WITH A CLOTHESLINE!!!!!

Umaga drags Estrada to the corner … HE’S GOING TO GIVE HIS HANDLER A BANZAI DROP-

BUT JERICHO PULLS ESTRADA OUT OF DANGER-

UMAGAS ASS LANDS ON THE CANVAS ONLY!!!!

The Samoan Bulldozer is standing right back up though … BUT JERICHO CRACKS HIM WITH A STEP UP ENZIGURI-

AND THAT ONLY STAGGERS UMAGA!!!!!

Lawler wonders what the hell has gotten into Umaga, calling him unstoppable right now … but a SECOND step up Enziguri from Jericho FINALLY takes Umaga off his feet!!!

BUT HE’S IMMEDIATELY STIRRING!!!!!

Umaga is getting right back up … forcing Jericho to hit a running bulldog – and this time it DOES connect … ON THE CHAIR!!!!!

One more time, Michael Cole issues the reminder that THIS MATCH HAS NOT STARTED YET, but Jericho is doing anything he can to try and keep Umaga down … AND THE LIONSAULT CONNECTS!!!!! AND JERICHO HITS A SECOND LIONSAULT TOO!!!!!

Estrada is already back on the floor – despite looking like a mess – trying to revive the referee, trying to swipe a fans soda to no avail, as Jericho rolls out too, giving the official a shake … but he’d needn’t bother … BECAUSE UMAGA IS COMING AROUND AGAIN!!!!!

Jericho spots it, and shakes his head, having to get back in the ring again … and sizes up Umaga, waiting for him to stand … AND WANTS THE CODEBREAKER – NO!!! UMAGA SLAPS THE CHAMPION DOWN!!!!! Jericho bounces back up … BUT WALKS RIGHT INTO THE CHALLENGER-

SAMOAN SPIKE!!!!!!!!!!

Umaga has the cover …

BUT THERE’S NO REFEREE … AND THE MATCH HASN’T EVEN STARTED!!!!!

Looking around, Umaga spots the knocked out official, and has the wherewithal to leave the ring (scaring off Armando) before trying to revive the referee in his own unique style … by dragging Chad Patton up, and throwing him into the ring!!!

Umaga climbs back in … and Jericho is trying to bail – he’s trying to crawl out of the ring to escape Umaga – but the Bulldozer grabs Jericho by the leg to stop him!!! Estrada grabs the arms of Jericho, trying to pull him out of the ring … but instead, Umaga IS DRAGGING HIM INTO THE RING WITH JERICHO!!!!!!

And Estrada again scurries once he’s been dragged in – he’s not wanting to suffer at the hands of this Umaga on the warpath – and leaves Jericho all alone, with Umaga lifting him up … SAMOAN DROP!!!!! Umaga drags Jericho to the corner … he steps up, wanting the BANZAI DROP-

WHEN ESTRADA RUSHES ONTO THE APRON … AND SPRAYS SOMETHING INTO UMAGAS EYES!!!!!

Umaga swats his hands around, beating at his eyes, clearly blinded, clearly bothered, and drops from the middle rope, swatting his hands around, clawing at his own eyes … as Jericho has got up … Umaga can’t see what’s coming-

CODEBREAKER!!!!!!!

AND UMAGA IS DOWN!!!!!

Jericho – spent from the beating he’s taken – is also down, but neither Cole or Lawler can believe that Umaga has been flattened by that Codebreaker given how impervious he’s been tonight … as Estrada reaches into the ring, giving the referee a slap … finally bringing Chad Patton around, pointing to the ring … and Patton makes a feeble motion to start the match!!!!! IT’S FINALLY STARTING!!!!!

WWE Championship Match:
Chris Jericho w/Armando Estrada vs. Umaga
Jericho crawls onto Umaga for the cover … and the worlds slowest count from a barely conscious official …

1




2





KICK OUT FROM UMAGA!!!!!!!!!

Jericho is devastated!!!! He buries his head in his hands, then gets back up, watching as Umaga struggles up too … AND DELIVERS A SECOND CODEBREAKER!!!!!!!!!! He hooks the leg…

1


2


3!!!!!!!!!!
Winner: And STILL WWE Champion – Chris Jericho @ 01:07

Somehow, someway … Chris Jericho has BEATEN Umaga to retain the WWE Championship!!!!! And officially … he’s done it in damn near record time!!! Michael Cole airs his fury at the way this went down, calling the whole thing a sham, calling Jericho a con-man … only for Lawler to retort with calling Jericho a SMART man … and he came up with a game plan to get the job done. That’s something Cole doesn’t agree with, believing Jericho simply pushed his luck tonight – and hit the jackpot.

But Cole is forced to eat his words … as the victorious WWE Champion hands over the title belt to Estrada, before he proudly reaches into his knee pads … and produces METAL PLATES – and now, we know why the Codebreaker was THAT effective tonight, and that’s why he continuously went for it at every available opportunity he got!!!

Jericho though is making a HUGE mistake in his hubris … he’s celebrating in the ring … AND UMAGA IS RECOVERING!!!!! UMAGA IS GETTING BACK UP!!!!! Jericho and Estrada are unaware, raising each others hands in victory, whilst Umaga gets to his feet behind them … and they turn around – to initially leave the ring-

BUT GET A DOUBLE CLOTHESLINE INSTEAD!!!!!!!

Estrada and Jericho are both down … but Umaga puts his focus on Jericho for now, picking him up, and THROWS him out of the ring!!! Umaga follows out, and stops Jericho from climbing over the barrier, pulling him back and THROWS HIM OVER THE SPANISH ANNOUNCE TABLE!!!!!

Umaga proceeds to strip down BOTH announce tables, nailing Jericho in the skull with a monitor as he does so, which leaves Jericho prone and out cold on the announce table … with Umaga standing on the Spanish table … THEN TAKES OFF … AND LEAPS IN THE AIR – SPLASHING JERICHO THROUGH THE ANNOUNCE TABLE!!!!!

It’s carnage – Umaga has broken the champion through the table!!!!! And he’s ALREADY getting back up!!!!! Umaga stares down at the battered body of Jericho … then turns his focus to ARMANDO ESTRADA again!!! He sees Estrada hobbling up the ramp, and isn’t prepared to let him get away!!!

Umaga kicks away the debris he’s left behind, and starts to make a beeline for the escaping Estrada, stalking him up the ramp … as Armando tries to jog – but limps in doing so – out of sight … with the Samoan Bulldozer in hot pursuit of his former handler…

Meanwhile, at ringside, in amongst the rubble of what used to be the Spanish Announce table … Chris Jericho can barely move … but as Chad Patton sets the WWE Championship down beside him, the champion is able to extend a hand, to touch his gold … and shows the slightest hint of a smile …


FADE TO BLACK.
 
#3,758 ·











Monday Night Raw | December 15 2008 | Boston MA






Opening Video


Pyro


{Back by popular demand~!!}



The camera pans the arena, catching shots of the excited fans, with J.R hyping tonight’s RAW alongside The Coach, less than two weeks from WWE Starrcade, and tonight, SHAWN MICHAELS is in (non-title) action against NICK DINSMORE as the Master Craftsmen continue to try and avenge their injured leader – the former World Champion Brent Albright.


**HERE TO SHOW THE WORLD**

But kicking off the night is NICK NEMETH, who faces The Miz in thirteen days on PPV, and tonight, is scheduled to go one on one with Cody Rhodes. J.R starts to talk about The Miz attacking Nemeth last week backstage … WHEN THE MIZ ATTACKS NEMETH AGAIN!!!!!

The Miz has jumped Nemeth once again … and LAYS HIM OUT WITH THE MIZARD OF OZ ON THE RAMP!!!!!

J.R notes that these attacks from The Miz are escalating week on week!! Looking happy with his work, Miz has a beaming smile on his face … and continues down the ramp, picking up a microphone from ringside, proceeding to cut a scathing promo on Nemeth and the city of Boston – adding in a perfunctory mocking of the Boston accent – before mentioning how everyone has treated him like a joke, then asks “WHO’S LAUGHING NOW!?”

Miz continues to go off, talking about the way he’s been mistreated by the fans, his peers, and the lack of respect he’s been given … “but that’s all about to change, because pretty soon, all you Bean Town Massholes and everyone else in the WWE Universe will be left with no choice but to give me the respect I deserve!!”

He goes back to talking about the number he did to Nemeth tonight – and last week – before promising to finish the job at Starrcade, proving that Nemeth is nothing more than a “bleached blonde pretty boy – HE is the one that doesn’t belong here, not ME!!” Miz then starts to talk about the traditions of Starrcade … but before he can say much more-

NICK NEMETH IS IN THE RING!! NEMETH HAS RECOVERED – AND TACKLES MIZ DOWN!!!!

Nemeth lays into Miz, forcing Miz to try and high tail it at the first opportunity … but Nemeth SLINGSHOTS HIMSELF OVER THE ROPES OUT ONTO MIZ!!!!!

The fight continues on the outside, with Nemeth hammering Miz with blows on the ground, before dragging his rival up … but Miz kicks Nemeth in the gut … AND HOPS THE BARRIER – HE WANTS NO MORE OF THIS FIGHT!!!

Miz scarpers through the audience, but Nemeth is prepared to give chase until-


**IT’S A NEW DAY … IT’S A NEW GENERATION**

Nemeth is suddenly reminded why he was ever out here in the first place; HE HAS A MATCH!!! Joined by his tag team partner Ken Doane, CODY RHODES makes his way to the ring, with the official at ringside pointing Nemeth to the ring, demanding he competes rather than chase after Miz. And as Nemeth frustratedly heads for the ring, Raw is heading for a commercial…







Commercial Break










Match 1:

Nick Nemeth vs. Cody Rhodes w/Ken Doane

Joined in progress from the commercial, Nemeth is still taking out prior aggressions out on Rhodes, but Cody soaks up that burst, and eventually takes over, making the most of the earlier attack by Miz, by targeting the head of Nemeth. J.R questions whether this match should’ve even been allowed to take place considering the attack Nemeth suffered at the hands of Miz.



That leads to discussion from Coach about Ricky Steamboat failing in his role as GM, though J.R defends it as Steamboat having other things on his mind tonight, noting CM Punk has challenged Steamboats SON to a match at Starrcade. Rhodes has a sleeper applied – again, focusing on the head of Nemeth – but Nick fires up, fighting out of the age old hold, starting his comeback, but as he hits the ropes to go for the FAMOUSER – DOANE TRIPS HIM FROM THE OUTSIDE!!!



Nemeth responds by Baseball Sliding the menace on the floor … but that only gives Cody an opening, and stuns Nemeth with the DISASTER KICK!!!! 1...2...NEMETH KICKS OUT!!!!! Rhodes is enraged by the kick out, and looks to make no question of it – CROSS RHODES – NO!!! Nemeth spins out, and ducks under – JUMPING REVERSE BULLDOG!!! 1...2...DOANE PUTS CODYS FOOT ON THE ROPES!!!!!



Rhodes is saved by his partner, and Nemeth is livid – already pissed at what Miz pulled earlier – and decides to give chase to Doane!!! Nemeth slides out of the ring, making a beeline for Ken, as Doane runs around the ring trying to escape Nemeth, then slides inside … leading Nemeth into the path of a SPINEBUSTER from Rhodes!!! Perfect trap laid by the New Standard!!! 1...2...KICK OUT AGAIN!!!



Cody slams his hands off the mat, having to drag Nemeth up again, but Nemeth strikes with a kick, then goes for a suplex … but Rhodes lands behind and runs Nick into the ropes looking to roll him up from there … as Doane takes a swing at Nemeth through the ropes – BUT NEMETH DUCKS – DOANE NAILS HIS OWN PARTNER!!!!! Cody staggers out … RIGHT INTO THE LEAPING DDT OF NEMETH!!!!! Doane is powerless on the floor … 1...2...3!!!!!
Winner: Nick Nemeth @ 08:59

Having to overcome the meddling of Ken Doane on the outside, it takes a bit of a mix up between Doane and Rhodes, but Nemeth took full advantage of it to put Cody Rhodes away, and send a message to The Miz that despite his attacks, Nick Nemeth is only getting stronger on Raw!!!

On the outside, Ken Doane helps his partner out of the ring, but a frustrated Cody shoves Doane aside, not needing to be helped to walk out, clearly unhappy about how they’ve contrived to lose this match in the end. They still walk up the ramp together, with Doane apologetic, and Cody nodding … but back in the ring, Nemeth (without a mic) is shouting for Miz, challenging his rival to come fight him now …








Commercial Break








Backstage, the majority of the womens locker room (okay, the faces; Gail Kim, Natalya, Maria, Candice, along with the interviewers Eve Torres and Tiffany) and other unknown, ‘regular’ folk are busy congratulating KELLY KELLY on her win last week, and all enthusiastically wish her luck at Starrcade against Beth Phoenix when she challenges for the Womens Championship.

Then, VICTORIA arrives on the scene, initially asking what’s going on. When told by Eve that they’re just showing their support for Kelly, Victoria merely nods, before getting Kellys attention, and getting to talk to her a few steps away from the rest of the group in private. There’s no warmth or even a congratulations from Victoria to her protégé, no hugs or even a handshake – Victoria is cold toward Kelly, merely wishing her luck at Starrcade.

Kelly looks a little hurt at the lack of affection her mentor is showing … offering a rather confused “thanks”, then, as it seems she’s about to question Victoria, the attention of both women shifts to a commotion just out of shot in the locker room – which sees a PULL APART between LAYCOOL with GAIL KIM and NATALYA!!!

The two warring teams are kept apart by the others, with Victoria involving herself, and Kelly about to do the same … when Tiffany grabs the arm of Kelly, asking the young blonde if she’s “crazy”, before telling the #1 Contender to stay out of this in case she gets hurt, reminding Kelly she has the biggest match of her life in a few weeks. Kelly agrees, and starts to back out of the room to stay out of the situation, and into the hall-

BUT SHE BACKS INTO THE WOMENS CHAMPION!!!

Kelly jumps almost out of fear – and a little bit just sheer surprise of someone being behind her – but she sure looks in total fear of the Glamazon. Beth says nothing, simply taking enjoyment out of putting the fear of God into the woman that’s supposed to be posing her a challenge in two weeks. Kelly starts to cower, and stepping back INTO the locker room … when VICTORIA walks out.

Victoria stands in front of Kelly – whether or not she was aware of what had just happened or was leaving the locker room too – protecting her protégé from Beth, showing no fear of the champion herself, challenging Beth to pick on her instead … but Phoenix just laughs in the face of the veteran … and walks off.

Kelly looks relieved, and thanks Victoria, but again, coldly, Victoria only tells Kelly; “How are you planning to take her on at Starrcade??” It’s a rhetorical question, seemingly, as Victoria doesn’t wait for an answer, simply shaking her head, then walks off in the opposite direction to Beth … leaving Kelly to ponder, looking sad…






__________________________________________________









Back at ringside, J.R and The Coach recap the closing segment of last weeks Raw, which resulted in Rey Mysterio and John Cena agreeing to a Mask vs. Future Title Shot stipulation at Starrcade. If Rey loses, he must remove his mask … and if Cena loses, he can NEVER challenge for the World Title again. Transitioning from that, we’re told that their colleague, Matt Striker, spoke with both Rey and Cena over the weekend to discuss that match and it’s implications further … starting with Rey…



Filmed at WWE HQ in Stamford, REY MYSTERIO and Matt Striker are sat in a studio environment, with Matt doing somewhat of an introduction first, putting Rey over, and the stakes of his match with Cena in two weeks, before diving straight in, and asking Rey to describe why the mask is so important to him and explain for people that don’t get the significance.



Briefly, discusses the mask in the Mexican lucha culture and heritage of the masks throughout the lucha community, explaining that each mask tells their own story, all unique, from the mask Mil Mascaras wore to El Santo, Blue Demon and his own Uncle, prior to himself. Rey points to different parts of his own mask (the Falcons, the Aztec, the 619 etc), explaining their own significance, and chuckles as he tells Matt “Us luchadores, we don’t just buy these in the dollar store, Matt”.



Moving on, Matt prompts Rey to go into detail about his upbringing, and how his uncle helped guide his career. Rey nods, giving his uncle credit for everything, calling him a “second father”, stating that from the age of eight, he knew he wanted to follow in his Uncles footsteps, and wanted to carry on the legacy of the Rey Mysterio name.



Explaining further, Rey calls it a great honour to be bestowed that name, having started his career under the moniker ‘Hummingbird’, before his uncle eventually handed down the legacy of the Rey Mysterio name, going as far to have had a mask made for Rey to present to him when he gave the name to him.



Striker pauses, apologising if the next question feels blunt … before coming out and flat out asking Mysterio what it would mean to him if he lost the mask. Rey exhales, taking his time to answer, gripping the arm chair, before eventually admitting that he’d have to seriously consider walking away from the business entirely if he loses at Starrcade – that’s how much it means to him.



Going into detail, Rey reminds Striker that he lost the mask once before in WCW, and it brought shame on his people, the culture he represents and the legacy of his Uncle and all the men that came before him. He explains the bridges he burned with his people when he lost the mask then, shunned by the lucha community for years, before having to beg and plead to be granted permission to wear the mask again and regain his pride.



Continuing, Rey tells Striker that he simply can’t afford to lose the mask again, as he’ll lose the trust he’s built with the community that gave him that second chance, and reiterates that it’s not just a mask to him – it’s his life. It’s his identity, his legacy … and losing to John Cena, losing his mask … would tarnish all of his legacy, and leave him a pariah.



Focusing on Cena, Matt touches on the comments Cena made a few weeks ago, saying that people only care about Rey BECAUSE of his mask, and if Mysterio were to have it removed, then no one in the WWE Universe would care about Rey. Striker asks if he thinks there’s any truth to that…


Being honest, Rey tells Matt he doesn’t know. Rey says he hopes he doesn’t have to find out that answer either … but he believes – and hopes – that with or without his mask, the fans wouldn’t treat him any differently. But ultimately, Rey says he can’t answer that question, and says that if he lost the mask, he may not even stick around to find out the answer, as the shame itself would be enough.



That leads Striker to ask an obvious question; why?? Why would he take such a huge gamble?? Why would he put his most valued possession – the mask – on the line against John Cena, especially when he’s never beaten Cena in one on one competition. Where did the motivation come from to accept that challenge??



I had to roll the dice, Matt.” Leaving that to linger for a moment, Rey eventually expands on his answer, explaining that John Cena has caused nothing but torment for the entire Raw locker room this year – himself included – and the locker room needed someone to step up and stand up to Cena. Rey took it upon himself, noting he’s been in the WWE for six years, on Raw for three and a half, and felt he had to step up as a locker room leader.



Added to that, Mysterio talks about Cena’s heel turn on Christian earlier in the year, telling Striker that still gets to him – as he fought Cena’s corner just weeks before, defending Cena … and Cena threw it all back in his face. He says he’s had to suffer as much as anyone, with Cena screwing him out of the World Title on Cinco De Mayo, and he’s sick of standing by and watching as Cena beats up on young kids like Drew McIntyre.



But more than that, Rey tells Matt he agreed to put his mask on the line for a selfish reason too. He touches on Matt commenting that he’s never beat Cena, and part of him feels like he needs a “must win” scenario – like it will be at Starrcade – in order to finally get the better of Cena. “In the past, there’s always been the safety net. This time, there isn’t. I can’t afford to fail.”



Mysterio notes that his Uncle, many years ago, told him that IF he was ever going to put the mask on the line, then he better make sure he’s the one getting his hand raised in the end … and that’s what he has to do at Starrcade. Striker thanks Rey for his time, wishing him luck for Starrcade in two weeks, before asking if Rey has anything further to add…



Closing off, Rey accepts he’s taking the biggest risk of his career at Starrcade, but he feels the risk is worth it in order to hand John Cena the receipt that’s been building up for nine months, and while he doesn’t want to take joy out of ruining someone elses career, Cenas actions have left him with no choice. He calls Cena a disease in the locker room … and it’s time they found the cure.



{NOTE: I’ve lifted facts and snippets from the Rey Mysterio “Life of a Masked Man” documentary for this}









Commercial Break










Back from the break, MARYSE is joining Coach and J.R at ringside whilst LA RENAISSANCE are in the ring, with DAMIEN SANDOW set for action tonight, and René Duprée standing by with his partner in a sharp suit. Despite the men being champions, it’s Maryse that’s holding the gold, setting it on the table in front of her as she sits down.



Clips air of last weeks controversial title match, which saw La Renaissance retain the titles thanks to the interference of Maryse – but the rematch has been signed for STARRCADE in less than two weeks, with Ricky Steamboat determined to find a conclusion to this rivalry.



**REGALITY**


As WILLIAM REGAL is followed out by Goldust, J.R quizzes Maryse on the relationship between herself and the champions, with the French Canadian explaining that they needed an X-Factor, and she’s attracted to gold, making it a perfect marriage of convenience.



In response, J.R calls it a desperation move from the champions, who have had to play every trick in the book over the last few weeks, and claims that they couldn’t have many more rabbits to pull out of the hat – something Maryse says they won’t need to with her at ringside.


Match 2:

Damien Sandow w/René Duprée vs. William Regal w/Goldust

There’s no time wasted by Regal, scoring a series of knockdowns to start off hot, then slams Sandow down repeatedly before delivering a nasty looking neck trap release suplex!!!! Duprée instinctively climbs up onto the apron – but Goldust is right after him, pulling him down, and levels the Frenchman with an uppercut to send him sprawling!!! Meanwhile, the distraction has allowed Sandow to rake the eye of Regal out of the referees sight, and that turns the tide in his favour.



Whilst Sandow slows the action with some rather unimaginative offence, on commentary, J.R continues to quiz Maryse on her relationship with the champions, with Maryse claiming they share the same expensive tastes, and the finer things in life … leading J.R to ask who cleans up after Fifi and Edison, to which Maryse dryly responds “Not me.” Regal begins to mount a comeback, but it’s cut off as Sandow catches him with a Russian Leg Sweep … rolling through, and setting up for the ELBOW OF DISDAIN…



But his attention is diverted to the outside, as he see Goldust petting the dogs!!! Sandow leans through the ropes, demanding Goldust leaves the dogs alone, with Goldy claiming he’s just giving them some much needed love and attention. Duprée is back too, and he pulls the dogs away, whilst the referee shouts at the partners to back off … as Sandow turns back around to deal with Regal – BAM~!!! POWER OF THE PUNCH!!!!! Regal disposes of the evidence, and covers … all missed by the distracted referee … 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: William Regal @ 05:13



Victory for Regal – but not the victory he wants, as it’ll be two weeks before he can get his hands on the tag team titles. Maryse tuts on commentary, but hardly sounds furious or upset, as Coach tries to ask her why she didn’t do anything, telling her to tell the referee what she just saw … but Maryse turns her nose up at the suggestion!! She picks up the title belts … and leaves without the champions!!!



J.R wonders what the hell Sandow and Duprée are getting out of this relationship, “but ya reap what ya sow” with J.R having little sympathy for La Renaissance in defeat tonight. Coach argues that Regal cheated, but J.R reminds Coach of how La Renaissance have been getting away from the Knuckledusters in recent weeks, calling it “turnabout is fair play”, as Regal departs the ring to meet with Goldust on the floor, blowing on his hand.



Duprée climbs into the ring, trying to help his partner up, but Sandow is selling the shot like a champion – STILL out cold – as Maryse continues to leave, disappearing through the curtain with NO interest in the condition of the champions, it seems!! Goldust pets Fifi and Edison again too as he and Regal leave, but while they’ve won tonight in singles action, it’ll be the tag team match at Starrcade that REALLY matters.









Commercial Break











Returning from the break, RENÉ DUPRÉE is still having to carry a barely conscious DAMIEN SANDOW through the backstage area, looking out for MARYSE, whilst trying to keep the dogs strained on their leads with one hand. Eventually, the Frenchman just lets go of the leash on the dogs, letting them run free, before he finally sees Maryse up ahead.



And looking nonplussed at everything, Maryse is checking her nails, and doesn’t even flinch when Duprée yells at her, asking why she didn’t do anything out there. Matter of factly, Maryse tells the Frenchman not to talk to her like she’s one of his feral animals, then asks him if the championships were on the line tonight.



Duprée looks confused at the question, giving off a Gallic shrug, before pompously responding with a “No”. She rolls her eyes, before picking the championships back up; “Exactly. And I wouldn’t even consider breaking a nail until zey are!!” René replies emphatically in French, sparking an outraged response – also in French – from the blonde, as the two bicker amongst themselves with Sandow still halfway out of it, resting against his partner.






__________________________________________________






Elsewhere, we see SHAWN MICHAELS for the first time tonight. Dressed for action, whilst wearing a branded t-shirt for now, the World Champion is interviewed by Scott Stanford, with Stanford firstly announcing that Shawn will be in action tonight, “but first” wants to ask Shawn why he didn’t help out Paul London last week, when the #1 Contender was in danger of being taken out by the Master Craftsmen.

Shawn tells Scott it’s a simple answer; he didn’t help London because he knew London wouldn’t have wanted his help, reminding Stanford that London told Michaels that himself – face to face, in the ring, about four weeks ago – and all he did was carry out Londons wishes … “and anyway … he’s a grown man, he’s big enough, and he’s ugly enough; Paul London can fight his own battles.”

Speaking of fighting battles, Stanford switches to the main event tonight, with Michaels taking on a vengeful Nick Dinsmore. Asked if he expects to feel the same wrath London did last week from the pair, Shawn Michaels nods, but adds, “I’d expect nothin less, Scotty”, and blows off a follow up question about potentially making a mistake by not helping London last week (and therefore not to expect London to help him tonight) by telling the interviewer; “I got plenty of Sweet Chin Music to go around for Dinsmore AND Haas if he wants it too!!”

Moving on to the World Title match in thirteen days at Starrcade, Scott questions the champion on his assertion – one that Brent Albright began many months ago – that London isn’t ready to be champion, and that he never will be either. Shawn tells Scott he knows London better than most; he saw London come up, had the inside track on London, and he’s seen dozens of Paul Londons come through the WWE over the years … and they all had one thing in common … they never won the big one.

Following that, Michaels quickly adds that there’s no shame in it either as some of the greatest and most fondly remembered stars in WWE history never held the World Title here. Reeling off names, Michaels lists Curt Hennig, Jake Roberts, Roddy Piper and his own buddy Scott Hall as certified legends in the business … but as great as they were, they weren’t great enough … they never held the World Title (in the WWE) … “and while I hate to be the bearer of bad news... London will be just like ‘em.”






__________________________________________________





Cutting away elsewhere, CM PUNK is shown for the first time tonight too … and he’s heading for the ring!! The Intercontinental Champion calls out RICHIE Steamboat … NEXT!!!







Commercial Break











Back in the arena…



**THIS FIRE BURNS**



Sauntering through the curtain, CM PUNK elicits a reaction like he always does, and on commentary, J.R immediately prefaces what he’s about to say by talking about how great a competitor and champion Punk is … before angrily saying he has no class or morals by pulling this “stunt” in trying to draw out Ricky Steamboat to accept a match with him.



Coach comes to the defence of Punk, framing this challenge to Richie as nothing more than giving an opportunity to a rising star, which J.R calls “baloney”. Punk reaches the ring, picking up a microphone, before sitting down in the Indian pose in the middle of the ring, settling in for a (now) weekly diatribe it seems…



CM Punk: So, just before I get to the real reason I’m out here, I don’t know if you people are aware of it or not … but the Slammy Awards are next week on Superstars, and yours truly is among the nominees for Superstar of the Year…



Those nominees for all ten awards are on wwe.com right now!!” ~J.R obviously getting prompted on his headset.



CM Punk: You think I’m happy about that?? I dunno about you people, but from my vantage point, there doesn’t appear to be any need for any form of discussion, because there’s only one guy in the WWE that can say they won the King of the Ring this year … there’s only one guy that literally – and I mean this in the ACTUAL literal sense – literally turned THIS championship from a second rate consolation prize, and into THE most valued, most respected championship in this company, and by proxy, the entire planet.



Boos for Punk blowing his own trumpet again.



CM Punk: Not ONE guy can claim they’ve legitimately beat me this year, no one has even come close to taking this from me either … so I dunno if this nominees list is purely for appearances, but if not, I gotta be honest – I’m insulted that there’s anyone in this company that thinks anyone else is on my level right now.



Heat again.



CM Punk: I’d suggest to whoever is makin the decisions around here that you can save yourself the time “discussing” who the superstar of the year is, and just Fed-Ex me the trophy now.



It would save us all time, J.R!” ~The Coach supports this idea.



CM Punk: That diversion aside, you people aren’t here to listen to me send messages to the powers that be. No, no, no. You people are here – just like I am – to see how far the apple falls from the tree. You people are here to find out if Richie Steamboat plucked up the courage that his old man clearly lost somewhere along the way … and see if the kid has the guts to grasp the brass ring and take the opportunity of a lifetime…



Punk lays the title belt in front of him on the canvas.



CM Punk: And accept an Intercontinental title shot against the Superstar of the Year!!!



The fans react indifferently.



CM Punk: Richie, Richie … here’s the moment of truth …



Punk remains seated in the ring, head cocked toward the stage, waiting to see if Richie is here, or if the kid will accept the challenge…


**SIRIUS**


It’s the famous music of the Raw General Manager … but it’s NOT Richie that’s walking out … it’s RICKY STEAMBOAT instead!!! The Dragon receives a big reaction in Boston, momentarily acknowledging those cheers as he walks down the ramp. In the ring, Punk has a smile on his face, and gets to his feet, as he waits for Steamboat to join him in the ring.



Coach asks where Richie is, but J.R surmises that Ricky spoke sense to his son – and young Richie is a smart kid, he knew he wasn’t being plucked for no reason, he knew it was some kind of set up – to talk the boy out of coming here tonight. Steamboat climbs into the ring, sternly eyeing Punk … who plays nice, handing over his microphone to the GM … and Steamboat snatches it as the music dies down.

Ricky Steamboat: My son isn’t here … Nor will he be … And he won’t be accepting your challenge.

Steamboat points his finger at Punk, and Punk raises his eyebrows at those statements.

Ricky Steamboat: I didn’t want any of this. Not at all … but I realised last week that you, CM Punk … you’ve got this idea in your head, and you won’t let it drop. So I want to hear it from you … because I can’t {Steamboat lightly slaps his own head} … wrap my head around why you’re so determined to get me in this ring. You’ve got the world at your feet, and yet … you’re wasting your time chasing an old man. Why??

That’s the million dollar question!!” ~J.R opines, as Punk requests the microphone from the GM, with Ricky handing it over. Punk takes a second to think … before finally speaking up.

CM Punk: Y’know, I’ve grown to despise you over the last six months, Ricky. And believe it or not, it hurts me to say that. I’ve held this Intercontinental Championship for the entire time you’ve been running this show – hell, I demanded they give me the classic belt design – and not one time over those last six months have you given me my due. Not once have you given me the recognition I deserve.

Steamboat mouths at Punk; “It’s not like that.” Punk though, continues on, pointing at Ricky.

CM Punk: You … were one of my idols. I don’t look up to too many people, that’s not really my style, but you?? I had you on a pedestal when I was growin up. And not just for the things you could do between these ropes – that goes without sayin. In your prime, there wasn’t anyone better than Ricky Steamboat.

Respectful applause from the fans, and Punk stays quiet for a moment to let that settle down.

CM Punk: But more than that … you bowed out with dignity. In a business where few leave it on their own terms, even fewer leave it with dignity. But you?? You got hurt, and even though you could’ve stuck around and half ass it for the pay check for another couple years … you decided you weren’t gonna crap all over the legacy you built. You took the high road, and left the business with your head held high. And I admired that.

Another – lighter – applause, but Punk talks over it this time.

CM Punk: What I admired more though was the fact you never sold out that legacy to make a quick buck…

Steamboat nods, whilst Punk looks to the crowd, then back at Steamboat.

CM Punk: This is gonna go over a lot of peoples heads … but back when our paths crossed when you stopped by Ring of Honor for a minute, you had the chance then to come out of retirement to face me. And while I was disappointed I wouldn’t have the chance to lock up – one time – with the great Ricky Steamboat … I respected the hell outta the fact you kept your word and stayed retired.

That’s a regional, independent wrestling promotion CM Punk is talkin about, folks.” ~J.R.

CM Punk: And even though we didn’t always see eye to eye back then, or even since you came back to the WWE … I always admired you, for never selling out your legacy …

Punk walks up to Steamboat-

CM Punk: Until you did.

Ohhhh” ~The fans.

CM Punk: Which made you just like the rest of ‘em. Just like Terry Funk, just like Mick Foley, just like Shawn Michaels even … you went back on your word.

Steamboat tries to say something off mic, but Punk has the microphone, and he talks over the GM.

CM Punk: You wouldn’t give me the honour of facing you in a Rec Centre in front of a couple thousand people … but you LEAPT at the chance to HEADLINE the Survivor Series. Because YOU were just like the rest of ‘em after all. You didn’t turn down the chance to face me four years ago because you had dignity … you turned down the chance to face me because the money wasn’t right-

The fan reaction is growing louder, but Punk shouts over it to be heard-

CM Punk: BECAUSE THE STAGE WASN’T BIG ENOUGH!!

Steamboat shakes his head, disagreeing, but not being able to voice it yet.

CM Punk: But with the bright lights, the sold out sports arena, on a BIG Pay Per View … you had no problem bein just like the rest of ‘em!! You couldn’t WAIT to sign up. Hell, I offered MY services for that Survivor Series team, remember?? But you and Ventura decided NOT to bring the hottest star in the business on board … and instead, I sat on the sidelines at one of the biggest Pay Per Views of the year … while you got your chance to PISS all over your legacy!!

It’s total boos for that, with no one agreeing that Steamboat pissed on his legacy.

CM Punk: So don’t give me this crap about not wanting the spotlight – you want it, Ricky. You, just like the rest of ‘em – want it badly. And I’m offerin you the golden ticket right here. If you can dust off those tights for one night at the Survivor Series … you can dust ‘em off for one more … with me.

Steamboat shakes his head, but holds out his hand, wanting the microphone, which Punk eventually hands over … but takes a few extra seconds to release it.

The General Manager shakes his head again, and rubs his temple, taking his time, before finally speaking up again.

Ricky Steamboat: You want recognition?? Is that what this is about?? Punk … I’ve no shame in admitting it … you might just be the best wrestler in the world right now.

Steamboat prods the chest of Punk as he utters that last sentence, and Punk nods in agreement; “there’s no might about it.”

Ricky Steamboat: You have the potential to go down in history as one of the great – if not the greatest – Intercontinental Champions of all time … but here’s a piece of advice from an old man … the less you say it about yourself … the more they will.

Ricky points to the fans.

Ricky Steamboat: You’ve got all the tools to be one of the greats. My problem with you, Punk, is the same it’s always been. The same it was when we first crossed paths four or five years ago … Your attitude! It’s toxic. And it’s disappointing, because deep down inside, I know there’s a good man in there. But with you, it’s CM Punk versus the world … and you’re leaving scorched earth in your path, come what may.

Punk and Steamboat are inches apart, eyes locked.

Ricky Steamboat: You tormented Shawn Michaels. For what!? You put your old tag team partner on the shelf and no one knows when he’ll ever be back!! You showed no compassion for injured opponents, and now you want to follow this vendetta against me?? You even tried to bring my own SON into this … and yet you carry yourself like it’s YOU that gets the raw deal!! You have it ALL, son … but you’re determined to make an enemy of everyone. Determined to make everything personal.

After a brief moment of silence, Steamboat breaks the staredown, and turns away, taking a few steps as he gathers his thoughts.

Ricky Steamboat: That … is why we decided not to have you on the Survivor Series team. That … is why I didn’t “piss” on my legacy a few years ago by giving you the satisfaction of wrestling me … and that … is why I did “piss” on my legacy last month by breaking nearly fifteen years of retirement.

Pointedly, Steamboat uses the same epithet that Punk used earlier, and Punk affords himself a smirk at that.

Ricky Steamboat: Survivor Series was to be a one time deal … and it was. I’m an old man. I am long past being a viable contender for any championship, let alone a title as rich in history as the Intercontinental Championship. It should be young, hungry superstars on their way UP – like you, like Nick Nemeth, like Shelton Benjamin and a whole host of men in the back – fighting tooth and nail for that gold … like I did in my prime.

He won it in one of THE all time classic matches at WrestleMania Three!!” ~J.R.

Ricky Steamboat: So you see the irony here. Because I don’t want to compete anymore. And deep down, I don’t even think you want me to either. If in any other scenario, a man of my age, fifteen years retired, challenging for that title, twenty something years on from when I last held it … you’d be the first to complain. You’d be the first man to protest. And I’d be right there with you, in all honesty. But you’ve backed me into a corner. You’ve left me little choice here … so I’m telling you, CM Punk … Starrcade … will be a last time deal.

Big pop – even if Steamboats acceptance is somewhat low key – it appears he IS accepting the match with Punk!!

Ricky Steamboat: Win, lose, or draw … this WILL BEMY last match. There’s no reprisals. No calls for a rematch. I give you the match you want … and in return, you give me your word this agenda ends at Starrcade.

Saying nothing, Punk offers a nod in return, with the pop a little louder as it becomes clear Steamboat is accepting.

Ricky Steamboat: But listen to me. Look at my eyes, young man.

The two men; young and old, are inches apart, with Punk listening intently.

Ricky Steamboat: At Starrcade … I will be wrestling like it’s my last match – because it will be.If I’m coming out of retirement one more time, I intend on going out in a Blaze. Of. Glory.

Pop. Steamboat prods his own chest as he continues – eyeing Punk all along.

Ricky Steamboat: I will come to whip some respect into you, chop you down from your high horse … but most importantly … I am coming to Starrcade to tear that Intercontinental Championship from your grasp!!

Ending, Steamboat prods the title belt on Punks shoulder, and the fans cheer – Punk vs Steamboat is ON for Starrcade, for the Intercontinental Championship. J.R hypes the shit out of it … as we fade into a commercial, amidst a tense staredown between both men.








Commercial Break










**VIDEO PACKAGE**



WWE Production theme; “Triumphant Return” plays as the word flashes on screen-



~ TRADITION ~


Clips of RIC FLAIR getting an elaborate entrance, wearing the big gold belt … DUSTY RHODES raising his arms … GREG VALENTINE and RODDY PIPER staring one another down in the Dog Collar Match.



~ HISTORY ~



The smoking entrance for VADER … RIC FLAIR and STING ready to lock up … the ROAD WARRIORS walking to the ring … MAGNUM T.A battling TULLY BLANCHARD.



~ GLORY ~



HOLLYWOOD ’HULK HOGAN playing the WCW title on his way to the ring … RICKY STEAMBOAT & JAY YOUNGBLOOD winning the tag team titles … RIC FLAIR being hoisted onto the shoulders of his peers.


~ CELEBRATION ~



Jubilant scenes of STING winning the title in 1997 … DUSTY RHODES holding the NWA title in 1985 … RODDY PIPER defeating Hogan in 1996.



~ IS BACK!!


And now, shots of the stars of Monday Night Raw; PAUL LONDON … MISTER KENNEDY … SHAWN MICHAELS … BETH PHOENIX … NICK NEMETH … THE MASTER CRAFTSMEN … CM PUNK.



~ AFTER EIGHT YEARS ~


Clips of cheering fans, and fireworks going off at previous STARRCADE events.



~ STARRCADE ~



And the STARRCADE logo flashes across the screen-


~ RETURNS ~





WWE STARRCADE | DECEMBER 28 | GREENSBORO NC

ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW

END PACKAGE
***

{Props to Hug Life for the poster!}







__________________________________________________









Back from the break, the EAST COAST PARTY BOYS are on their way to the ring for a rare appearance on Raw, as it’s explained this is a #1 Contenders match for a future tag title shot AFTER Starrcade, as a result of these two teams winning TOGETHER in an eight man tag match last week on Superstars.



Ryder and Hawkins gets a brief inset promo, briefly bringing up how there’s more than two teams in the tag division, but there isn’t a single one that can measure up to them … in the ring, and at the after party too!! And once they earn a title shot tonight, they’re going to start their Christmas and New Years Celebrations early, to get themselves ready to win the titles once Starrcade is done and dusted.



**BOOM BOOM**


And their opponents for this rare face/face match up is the underdog duo of COLT CABANA and the desperately thin COLIN DELANEY!! Coach mocks Delaney and his pasty look, asking if Colin went on his holidays to the North Pole … as this team also gets an inset promo…



In it, Colt slaps the back of Colin as he introduces him – getting a pained wince from his weak partner – before talking about no one expecting them to even get on Raw as a team, let alone be one match away from a title shot. He then prompts Delaney to get a few words in, telling him this is his big moment and not to ruin it … but Colin, seemingly struck by stage fright with the camera on, mumbles nonsense … as Colt facepalms, then asks Colin what that was about … as we fade out.



Match 3 | FOR A FUTURE WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS SHOT:

The East Coast Party Boys vs. Colt Cabana & Colin Delaney

They don’t exactly have the crowd in the palm of their hands, considering neither of these teams have been “regular” faces on Raw, relegated mostly to Superstars in recent months at least. Cabana throws in a few comedy spots early on, breaking an arm wrench by tugging the ear of Ryder, then shortly after tricks Hawkins into looking up, and slaps him when he does to gain the advantage. As a result, the Party Boys start to take on the role of pseudo heels, and once Delaney is tagged in, he becomes an obvious target.



Hawkins and Ryder beat on the wimpish partner of Cabana – but the opening for Colin comes when he simply flops out of the corner … just as Hawkins was charging in!!! Inadvertently, Delaney has a chance to make a tag … but Ryder tags the back of Hawkins and tries to cut him off – Delaney crawls under his legs … AND TAGS CABANA!!! Colt runs wild with the hot tag, taking on Hawkins, throwing Ryder to the outside, then applies the BILLY GOATS CURSE ON HAWKINS!!!!! Hawkins – not the legal man – is on the verge of tapping … BUT RYDER CUTS THE SUBMISSION OFF WITH THE ROUGH RYDER!!!!! Zack IS the legal man … 1...2...3!!!!!

Winners: The East Coast Party Boys @ 05:22

~EARN A FUTURE WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP SHOT~

Hawkins and Ryder find themselves back in the mix for the World Tag Team Titles!!! The youngsters from New York hug in the ring, though there’s little fanfare for their win. J.R puts them over as a bright, brash young pair, that’ll give the champions – whoever that may be – a real challenge down the line after Starrcade. In a show of good sportsmanship, Colt and Delaney shake hands with the victors, congratulating them on their win, no hard feelings.






__________________________________________________









But shown watching this all unfold backstage are CHARLIE HAAS and NICK DINSMORE. The two FORMER tag champions shake their heads, as Haas mutters “Is that the best this division can offer??” Dinsmore scoffs, telling Haas in return; “Once we get done with Michaels and London … I think we need to rectify a few things back in our division.” Haas nods in agreement…









Commercial Break











Walking toward his office, RICKY STEAMBOAT is busy tapping at his Cell phone, which is no doubt going haywire with messages after his earlier segment … but as he walks into the office, he’s taken aback by a visitor-



THE BRIAN KENDRICK.



Released by Smackdown following his match with THEIR General Manager last night at Armageddon, Kendrick – showing some battle scars – starts to introduce himself and tell Steamboat his story … but Ricky cuts him off, telling Brian he knows ALL about him, and can guess why he’s here … “but the answer is no.”



Kendrick attempts to fight his corner, but Steamboat simply puts a hand up to stop him, waving Kendrick away. The GM tells Brian that he simply doesn’t need the kind of stress Kendrick will bring upon him – especially with what he has going on at the moment with CM Punk and Starrcade. He calls Kendrick an “amazing talent” … and ordinarily, he’d jump at the chance to bring him in on Raw … but he’s simply too much trouble.



Oddly, despite his aggressive behaviour as of late … Kendrick seems to ACCEPT what he’s being told. He takes a pen, jotting something down on a notebook on the GM’s desk, tearing the page and handing it to Steamboat, telling Ricky that’s his number if he changes his mind, and as he departs, telling Ricky; “y’know … people deserve second chances, sometimes.” He leaves – with minimal fuss – as Steamboat looks down at the piece of paper…







__________________________________________________









Match 4 | NON-TITLE MATCH:

Womens Champ. Beth Phoenix vs. Taeler Hendrix

This doesn’t take long, and you can’t be bothered to read this either. It’s one sided, and J.R and Coach barely have enough time to build up Beth vs Kelly Kelly for Starrcade by the time Beth drills the local competitor with the PHOENIX RISING!!!!! 1...2...3!!!

Winner: Beth Phoenix @ 01:42

Beth Phoenix barely broke a sweat. Getting up, her hair isn’t even ruffled from that work out, and the champion is handed her title back, whilst motioning for a microphone, having something to get off her chest.

The champion sends a brief – but clear – message to her challenger at Starrcade, referring to Kelly as the “hot new thing”, pointing at the broken body of Hendrix, telling the popular #1 Contender to get a good look at her future … then telling the fans to get a good look at Kelly next week too … “before I rearrange her face at Starrcade!!”

J.R and Coach put over the champion, with J.R airing his concerns for Kelly Kellys welfare in thirteen days, insisting that he can’t see Beth going easy on the #1 Contender … whilst Coach is busy shouting a message through his headset for his “Mom” to hear watching at home – get his camera ready, he wants to get pictures of Kelly next week before she gets her face rearranged at Starrcade…

Moving on though, whilst it may be a foregone conclusion as to how the Womens Title match will play out at Starrcade, there’s much more debate to be had over how the WORLD title match will go down. J.R explains it’s a “fascinating” match up, as Shawn Michaels has been there and done it – many, many times – but for Paul London, he’s STILL in search of a first World Title … but is it a case of simply not having the good fortune … or is London simply not Championship material??…






__________________________________________________










**VIDEO PACKAGE**



{Interpol, Untitled}
00:00-00:20



The package opens to show PAUL LONDON in various instances through the years stepping through the curtain, growing up as a superstar in the WWE from 2004 to now.



It would mean everything to call myself World Heavyweight Champion. It would mean that all my hard work wasn’t for naught.”



From those various clips, the action switches to Londons regular ring entrance, sprinting down the ramp, from the early days on Velocity, to Smackdown, to WrestleMania, and SummerSlam this past year – where he had a live performance of his theme to play him to the ring.



That all the risks I’ve taken and everything I’ve put my body through was worth it.”





00:39-00:53



Paul London strikes gold for the first time – winning the CRUISERWEIGHT title at Judgment Day 2005, defeating Chavo Guerrero and the echo of a call from Michael Cole…



PAUL LONDON HAS USHERED IN A NEW ERA FOR THE CRUISERWEIGHT DIVISION!!



A year later at SummerSlam, London (with (pre-’The’) Brian Kendrick) defeating the short lived Spirit Squad to win the WWE Tag Team Titles.



The more success I’ve found – the more belief I’ve found in myself. With every championship I’ve won – it’s made me crave for more.”



In 2007, moving up the next step of the ladder, besting his long time adversary Brent Albright to capture the United States Championship, with another big call from Michael Cole.



PAUL LONDON HAS REACHED NEW HEIGHTS – PAUL LONDON IS THE NEW UNITED STATES CHAMPION!!!”



00:54-01:21



But from the highs, to the lows, and the failure to get over the finish line when it comes to the WWE Championship…



A shot against Kurt Angle back in 2005 whilst still Cruiserweight Champion and long before he would really be ready to win the title, but giving a spirited showing nonetheless.



I’ve been close a couple times before. I had a shot way back but I wasn’t ready.”



Pushing Randy Orton to the limit a year ago on Smackdown whilst U.S Champion, but falling to an RKO.



I got a crack at Randy Orton a year ago - but I wasn’t ready.”



Then, multiple failures over the last six months alone… thinking he had the title won on July 21 in the Fatal Four Way … only for Brent Albright to miraculously recover from his “injury” to snatch the win from London.



After having that title in my grasp?? I knew then I was ready for it. I AM ready for it.”



Lightly tapping the mat as he submitted to Albright at SummerSlam.



And having it ripped away like it was??”



Shawn Michaels errant Sweet Chin Music costing London the title the night after the Survivor Series.



It made me want it more.”



And Shawn Michaels coming between London and the title AGAIN three weeks ago, when he got the win in the triple threat match, as London’s lunge to break the count came a fraction too late.



Because I know now that I CAN be champion.”



01:22-02:05



SURPRISE SOMETIME



Cut to Shawn Michaels in the ring with London two weeks ago and the staredown.



WILL COME AROUND



Winnin this title ain’t meant t’be.”



SURPRISE SOMETIME



Various instances of London in defeat, having come up short in World Title matches.


WILL COME AROUND



Not everyone get’s t’be World Champion…”



I WILL SURPRISE YOU SOMETIME



Michaels with that Sweet Chin Music that prevented London from winning in the triple threat match.



I’LL COME AROUND


You’re not ready … and y’never will be”



I WILL SURPRISE YOU SOMETIME



London gritting his teeth, shots of anger.



I’LL COME AROUND



And staring at the World Heavyweight Title being held by Shawn Michaels now.



WHEN YOU’RE DOWN



02:31-03:14



Fast paced shots as the music gets more erratic or London risking life and limb through the years with outrageous dives to the floor.



And now, people are telling me that me being World Champion isn’t meant to be. But I don't accept it. I won’t accept it and I’ll never accept it.



Clips of Londons heartbreaking near misses; an agonizing Royal Rumble elimination in 2007, Brent Albright just getting to the Money in the Bank briefcase ahead of him at WrestleMania, weakly tapping out to Albright, amongst various shots of London pained and in agony and anguish.



Because no matter how many times I fail, I’m not quitting. Whatever the hell it takes, I’ll do it. I won’t rest, and I won’t stop until the day that I hold THAT championship.”


Flashes of Londons greatest triumphs; the title wins, title defences, defeating Billy Kidman in the final of the Best of 7 Series over the Cruiserweight title in ‘05 by winning a SummerSlam ladder match, shocking Triple H in ‘06, doing the same to Kurt Angle not long after, getting his big entrance at MSG at SummerSlam, and being celebrated at the Survivor Series after sealing the win for Team Steamboat.



And that day is coming.”



And end on London – recently – walking through the Gorilla position and through the curtain … as the video fades to black … with the letters forming on the screen.



STARRCADE.



ONE WEEK FROM SUNDAY.


END PACKAGE
***








Commercial Break










Returning to ringside, J.R and Coach get talking the about Rey Mysterio/John Cena match again, briefly discussing the words of Mysterio earlier tonight … as they now get set to air the sit down interview Matt Striker conducted earlier today with Cena from Cena’s home…

There’s a much more tense feel off the bat, with Matt a lot loss comfortable around Cena, as they are sat in Cena’s living room. Almost unsure of himself, Striker asks Cena if they’re okay to start … and Cena simply glares at him, before eventually telling Matt to get on with it. Starting off, Matt mentions the interview he had with Rey yesterday, and notes that Rey is putting essentially his career on the line, much like Cena.

Cena nods, initially agreeing … “but unlike him, I ain’t gonna be killin my career, ‘cos I ain’t losin at Starrcade.” Going back to his comments from a few weeks ago, Cena doubles down that Rey would be – and will be – nothing without his “money maker” (the mask), and he’s going to enjoy exposing, and sending, another “pretender” out the door.

Striker questions Cena about his actions over the last nine months since the fateful night on March 1 when he turned heel, asking for Cena to explain his motivations ever since – specifically since he was barred from any title shots for the last six months – to which Cena rolls his eyes. He tells Matt he’s made it clear plenty of times what he’s doing, and that’s one by one, destroying the illusion that all the fans heroes are that.

The one hero they had (him), they turned their back on, and it’s up to him now to punish them by shattering all their idols. Despite losing at SummerSlam he won the war; he broke Christian. The #1 Contender for the World Title, he destroyed (a bit of a reach – he beat London) two months ago. Next on the list is little Rey … and Rey’s mask.

Continuing on, Cena asserts that the fans only care about Rey because of the mask, and once it’s gone, so is this idea that Rey is some kind of real life superhero. Matt chimes in, saying that Rey isn’t so sure that’s the case, with Mysterio not agreeing that the fans would abandon him. “Well, we’re gonna find out real soon” is the curt response from Cena.

Striker starts to explain to Cena about the importance of the mask- but Cena cuts him off. He tells Matt in no uncertain terms he doesn’t care how important the mask is to Rey or the lucha “people” … but he’s glad that THEY care … because it’ll only make him happier to send Rey – bare faced – back to his people in shame.

Cena goes on, telling Matt he spits in the face of tradition, pointing out his untraditional ring wear he sports, and he takes pride in destroying the traditions the business was built on. Harping on, Cena yaps at Matt, mocking the way he talked about Rey and the value and importance he holds the mask … “there’s only ONE thing that’s important to me … and that’s the World Heavyweight Title.”

The Man In Black sits forward, explaining to Matt that he’s been locked out of the title picture for six months and it’s eating him alive, seeing people less worthy than him wearing his championship. Turning the interview around, Cena asks Matt how he’d feel if he wasn’t able to see the person he loved most for six months while it was RIGHT THERE for the taking … to which Striker admits it would be tough.

Nah. It wouldn’t be “tough” Striker. It’d KILL you. And it KILLS me not to hold that title. My six months outta the picture are almost up. There ain’t a man alive – sure as hell not Rey Mysterio – that’s gonna make me wait a minute longer. Rey better start gettin used to the idea he can’t wear that mask no more … because I ain’t contemplatin a second where I can’t challenge for MY world title.And with that, Cena TELLS Matt that the interview is over…






__________________________________________________








Returning backstage, SHELTON BENJAMIN is standing by with Tiffany, having just watched that sit down interview. As the (kinda still) tag team partner of Rey Mysterio, Tiffany asks for Sheltons thoughts on what he just heard from Cena, and earlier in the night from Rey. He takes a moment to collect his thoughts, but Shelton eventually speaks up, saying he’s nervous for Rey, because he knows what Mysterio is putting on the line at Starrcade.



Reiterating that Rey is doing this for the locker room, Shelton tells Tiffany that everyone is pulling for Mysterio at Starrcade … but ultimately, Rey has to do it on his own … and when asked if he thinks that Rey WILL do it … Shelton takes a moment to consider it … and concedes that it wont be easy, but taking into account everything that’s at stake, he DOES think Rey will do it … “he has to”…








__________________________________________________








Back at ringside, J.R and Coach discuss that tense interview with Cena and the follow up with Shelton, commenting that we may need to see the best version of Rey Mysterio there’s ever been if he’s to keep his mask on at Starrcade, because it looks like Cena will be at his.



And next week, six nights out from Starrcade, Rey and Cena will be up close and personal in tag team action; Rey teams with his partner Shelton Benjamin … against Cena … and a partner of his choosing.



In addition, Gail Kim and Natalya will get their chance to get even with LayCool next week in a tag team affair … but (as we’re shown Shawn Michaels walking backstage) still to come tonight on Raw, Shawn Michaels is in action against Nick Dinsmore in non-title action.








Commercial Break











The entrances take place for the main event, with PAUL LONDON shown for the first time tonight, watching the action from the locker room, taking a keen interest as he gets set to challenge Michaels in thirteen days at Starrcade for the World Title…



Main Event | NON-TITLE MATCH:

World Heavyweight Champ. Shawn Michaels vs. Nick Dinsmore w/Charlie Haas
It’s a slow start, with Michaels testing himself by wrestling with the pure wrestler, but he more than holds his own, and frustrates Dinsmore, resulting in Nick delivering a LOW BLOW early on, whilst Haas distracts the referee!!! Dinsmore roughs up Michaels from there, but isn’t able to put the champion away. Still, he impresses J.R, who notes that Dinsmore is doing the injured former champion Brent Albright proud right now with his job on Michaels.



Dinsmore makes a big mistake though, going for his Texas Cloverleaf long before Michaels is ready to be beaten, and the Showstopper kicks Dinsmore away, beginning a comeback sequence, resulting in Dinsmore getting dropkicked out of the ring … and as Haas helps him up, Michaels CROSS BODIES OFF THE TOP ONTO BOTH MASTER CRAFTSMEN!!!!! Michaels is in charge, heading into the final commercial break of the night.









Commercial Break











Back live, the tables have turned again, with J.R mentioning that Charlie Haas has proved to be a difference maker on the outside, with a clip from during the commercial showing him shove Michaels off the top behind the referees back which saw Michaels crotch the ropes. Still, Dinsmore isn’t able to find a way to beat the World Champion, and it allows Michaels back into the contest again!! Dinsmore cuts off the comeback and throws Michaels over the top, looking for a breather…



BUT MICHAELS SKINS THE CAT!!!



Dinsmore turns into a series of Inverted Atomic Drops, then straight right hand knock downs, before a trifecta of clotheslines, followed by a swinging neckbreaker!!! Michaels then slingshots himself out of the ring to take out Haas!!! Rolling right back in, Michaels ducks a shot from Dinsmore as he gets up, coming back with a FLYING FOREARM … AND NIPS UP!!! Michaels is firing on all cylinders, heading up top … FLYING ELBOW!!!!!! Michaels starts to TUNE UP THE BAND-



BUT HAAS TRIPS HIM FROM THE FLOOR … AND YANKS MICHAELS – NUTS FIRST – INTO THE RING POST!!!!! Mike Chioda calls for the bell!!!

Winner: Via DQ – Shawn Michaels @ 12:15


And the Master Craftsmen don’t care about the decision … they ultimately came here to get revenge for Brent Albright!!! It’s a two on one mugging, with Michaels TRYING to fight them both off, but he simply can’t beat the odds, as Haas and Dinsmore send him hurtling – UPSIDE DOWN IN THE CORNER!!!!!



AND THEN TAKE TURNS WITH RELEASE GERMAN SUPLEXES ON THE WORLD CHAMPION!!!!!


Michaels is getting thrown around like a ragdoll, with J.R calling for London to get out here – or there might not be a World title match at Starrcade!!! Coach though, says Michaels left London to fend for himself last week … now London is doing the same!!!



Haas collects a CHAIR now, with J.R saying “enough’s enough!!” and Charlie places the chair on the KNEE of Shawn Michaels … whilst DINSMORE SETS HIMSELF ON THE MIDDLE TURNBUCKLE!!!! He’s going to crush the knee of the World Champion-



NO!!!!



PAUL LONDON FINALLY HITS THE RING!!!!!



London ducks a shot from Haas and charges at the corner – DROPKICK TO DINSMORE!!!! Dinsmore topples over the ropes to the floor, leaving London with Haas, with Haas rushing at him … but London FLAPJACKS Haas on the top rope!!! Charlie staggers back-



INTO SWEET CHIN MUSIC FROM MICHAELS!!!!!!!



Shawn is still spaghetti legged from the beating he took, and leans on the ropes, facing the fans … as London scares off Dinsmore from climbing back into the ring. Haas is pulled from the ring too, leaving just the champion and the #1 Contender…


With Michaels turning around, coming face to face with his challenger!! There’s a momentary tense stand off … until Michaels nods, appreciating the help from London tonight, with London pointing at the chair, seemingly telling Shawn he was simply protecting his title shot.



Michaels shrugs, accepting the reasoning-


THEN LONDON DROPS MICHAELS WITH A SUPERKICK OF HIS OWN TO THE WORLD CHAMPION!!!


It’s a wildly mixed reaction for the Superkick … but J.R reminds everyone that Michaels laid out London a few weeks ago prior to the last World Title match … and it appears London has repaid the favour tonight!!!



The #1 Contender stands over Shawn tonight, and looks down at him, with the camera close enough to get the final words spoken;


Y’said it yourself … it’s a cut throat business, Shawn.”



There’s clearly no love lost despite plenty of respect between the two … as Raw comes to a close…




END OF SHOW








Official Card for WWE Starrcade:

December 28 2008 | Greensboro Coliseum, Greensboro NC

Theme Music; ‘The Prayer’ Bloc Party





World Heavyweight Championship Match:

Shawn Michaels vs. Paul London



Intercontinental Championship Match:

CM Punk vs. Ricky Steamboat



World Tag Team Championship Match:

La Renaissance w/Maryse vs. Knuckle Dusters


Womens Championship Match:

Beth Phoenix vs. Kelly Kelly



> LUCHAS DE APUESTAS <
Rey Mysterio vs. John Cena
*If Mysterio wins; John Cena can never challenge for the World Title again*

*If Cena wins; Rey Mysterio must remove his mask*



One on One:

Nick Nemeth vs. The Miz
 
#3,761 ·
















Friday Night Smackdown | December 19 2008 | Worcester MA





NO Opening Video



NO Pyro





Instead, the show opens on CHRIS JERICHO, with the WWE Championship in tact and the fans booing as the lights come up. But importantly, the champion is wearing a neck brace



Chris Jericho: It is not … the strongest of the species that survives. It’s not even the most intelligent that survives. It is the one that’s most adaptable … to change.



Jericho instantly stealing a Charles Darwin quote to open the show.



Chris Jericho: All the way back at WrestleMania, I made a conscious decision. I chose to toss aside my ideals about this business … and change with the times. I saw where my career was going by hanging onto my moral decency, so I decided to adapt … before I perished. I got down into the dirt with the rest of the animals around here … and I vowed that I’d be the best of ‘em. If I was selling out my soul, I was going to make it worth the sacrifice.



The camera gets a close up on the WWE Championship on his shoulder.



Chris Jericho: And ever since that time … I beat Rob Van Dam at WrestleMania … I retired Rob Van Dam too. I won the Smackdown Money in the Bank briefcase … and I cashed it in while I was injured.



Yeah, and don’t forget who helped you do that, Chris – it was Umaga!!” ~Cole with the history lesson.



Chris Jericho: But the greatest achievement; my finest hour of this last year … was not only defeating that ungrateful parasite Umaga at Armageddon … but I did it … in record time.



Heat for the factual comment – despite the asterisk attached to it.



Chris Jericho: It took the rest of the WWE roster combined over a year to beat him once. Until Sunday, he’d only ever been beaten three times.



Jericho pauses for dramatic effect…



Chris Jericho: I did it in sixty seven seconds.



More boos.




Chris Jericho: And despite only having forty eight hours to consider my gameplan … to recover from Umaga’s betrayal over his lust for my gold and come to terms with the reality that I’d have to fight a once valued ally … I didn’t cower … I didn’t worry … I didn’t listen to the people that said I was doomed … I adapted … and …



He taps his temple twice.



Chris Jericho: I used … my brain.



Ugh! I hate when he says that!!” ~Cole.



Chris Jericho: And now … I stand before you all … and before my peers who wrote me off … still W-W-E Champion.



Boos from the fans again for the WWE Champion.



Chris Jericho: Yes … my peers. Those men – those fools – that assumed, and took great pleasure in believing my reign as WWE Champion was about to end at Armageddon. There’s a great deal of embarrassment back there today. And so they should be. Embarrassed to have doubted my capabilities.



Estrada bellows with a laugh in the background, as Jericho turns to the stage.



Chris Jericho: So I take great pleasure in informing all of you, and everyone back there that’s listening … that because our General Manager isn’t physically able to be here tonight as a result of his own injuries at Armageddon … that I have taken the executive decision that for tonight, Chris Jericho is in charge.



You’ve gotta be kidding me!! Who approved this!?” ~Cole is incredulous.



Chris Jericho: Because as you can tell, my courageous triumph at Armageddon came at a price. With Umaga unable to accept defeat, he callously assaulted me in the immediate aftermath of my victory.



Jericho – for the first time – winces in pain as he touches at his neck brace, before pointing out at the announce table.



Chris Jericho: And he drove his body, through mine, through a table.



A few ironic cheers for that action.



Chris Jericho: Which leaves me with the unfortunate news I have to deliver tonight … that the WWE Championship match between myself and Christian, scheduled for next Friday, Live on Smackdown, is hereby … postponed.



Heat, and a “WHAT!?” from an increasingly overbearing Michael Cole.




Chris Jericho: Quite honestly, it’s a miracle I’m capable of standing before you tonight. Lesser men … men like our General Manager, Finlay … couldn’t have sustained the level of abuse I suffered to stand before you tonight.



Jericho turns, giving Estrada the nod to step forward.



Chris Jericho: Mister Estrada, as a token of my appreciation for your loyalty … I’m going to leave it in your capable hands to devise this evenings main event.



Handing the microphone over, Jericho takes a step back, allowing Estrada to come forward, beaming with a smile…



Armando Estrada: Thank you, Mister Jericho!!



Estrada fixes up his jacket, then smiles broadly as he faces the hard camera.



Armando Estrada: NOW!! Evvverybody listen … ha ha … to ME!!



Heat.



Armando Estrada: Toniiight, on Smackdown … in de main event!! It will be-



JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES



But cutting off Estrada is the #1 Contender; CHRISTIAN!! Captain Charisma pumps his chest as he walks to the ring – casually dressed tonight, not in his gear – with Cole and Lawler discussing Christian being the challenger for Jerichos title … or at least he was.



They also briefly mention that he was rather fortunate to win at Armageddon, noting how much of the match Jeff Hardy had, but the question from Lawler is how will Christian react to Jericho’s announcement that next weeks title match is supposedly off? Christian gets into the ring, and takes a few seconds, smirking before speaking up.




Christian: I guess, what with my recent attitude … you just assumed I’d be prepared to accept you postponing our title match next week, huh??



Jericho shrugs.



Christian: But uh… that neck brace you’re wearing must be a little tight, because it’s obviously cuttin off the blood supply to your brain.



Slight pop, but Jericho is unimpressed.



Christian: And speaking of your brain … for a guy that keeps tellin everyone how he uses his brain all the time … you sure are a dumbass if you think anyone is buying this “injury”.



The champion scowls at the accusation.




Christian: I know, first hand, what it’s like to get my ass beat by Umaga. I know what it’s like to get put through a table by the guy. And it’s no picnic … but I didn’t need to wear a collar. Do you know what I did??



I don’t care-” ~Jericho flippantly retorts.



Christian: I got back up and I beat him … and better yet, I did it first.



That much is true – a night none of us will ever forget in Wembley Stadium!!” ~Cole.



Christian: And I didn’t need to pull any tricks. I didn’t need armoured knee pads either. I didn’t need anything.



Getting agitated, Jericho doesn’t like what he’s hearing.




Christian: Because while it’s pretty easy to forget right now … I’m actually pretty damn good at this.



He’s a three time World Champion, King!!” ~Cole rubberstamps Christians credentials.



Christian: And even though I’ve not been totally in the game these last few months … I know I’m still good enough to beat you, and give my Peeps in Worcester the Christmas present they deserve; you, no longer WWE Champion.



Cheap pop. Christian steps forward, closer to the sneering Jericho.



Christian: So I say you’ll be just fine next week. I say … the match is on.



Chris Jericho: And I say, I’m the WWE Champion, and I’m calling the shots.



A lightning quick reply from Jericho. Christian raises an eyebrow, whilst Jericho wags his finger.



Chris Jericho: But, you know what?? You’re right. I probably am capable of it … even in this weakened state, I imagine I could still beat the ghost of Christian.



Christian chuckles at that one, but Jerichos expression doesn’t crack.



Chris Jericho: But I don’t gamble, Christian. I don’t take risks. I make calculated decisions. I don’t react on emotion, and I’m not gullible enough to fall for some macho ploy. I … use my brain.



Eye roll from Christian. It’s Jericho now stepping into Christian.



Chris Jericho: And that match next week, is … off.



Heat.




Chris Jericho: So I’d suggest you go and enjoy your Christmas. Who knows, maybe with some luck, you’ll find that spirit of yours over the Holidays.



Christian scoffs at the notion, as Jericho smirks, getting cocky.



Chris Jericho: Because if you want to talk about Christmas presents … I think the Christmas present these morons would prefer, rather than me lose the WWE Championship … would be getting back the Christian that worked here before Summerslam happened.



Captain Charisma looks out at the fans, getting a rather positive response from that comment from Jericho.



Chris Jericho: But you and I both know he’s gone. And he’s not coming back. But if you’re so hell bent on having a match to please these people … then be my guest. You can-



ALSO SPRACH ZARATHRUSTRA



HUH!? The music is unmistakable … but it’s still a shock as RIC FLAIR – actual RIC FLAIR – randomly appears on Smackdown!!! Not seen on the blue brand since his last match ever at the Great American Bash, Flair styles and profiles down the ramp like only he can … much to the chagrin of Jericho in the ring, who asks if this was Christians idea … to which Christian shrugs in response, claiming to know nothing about it.



Flair climbs up the steps, with Christian doing the respectful thing and opening the ropes for the Hall of Famer, with Flair grateful for the gesture. Stepping inside, Flair ignores the calls from Jericho of; “What are you doing here!?”, and makes his way to the opposite side of the ring, where he is handed a mic. Flair is all smiles, as the music dies down, with Christian speaking up first.




Christian: Hey Naitch; what’s causin all this??



Christian and Flair both smirk at the comment.



Ric Flair: Worcester Mass.A.Chu.Setts!! WOOOO!!! Did somebody say there was a party tonight!?



Chris Jericho: Cut the crap, Flair. What do you want!? Are you lost?? Didn’t you retire already??



Flair chuckles.



Ric Flair: I might’ve wrestled my last match, but you know as well as I do, brother … I’ll will NEVER retire. I LOVE this too damn much!! I LIVE for this feelin!! And lemme tell ya this … I could take off this five thousand dollar Rolex, and I could still whip your ass, Jericho!!



Big pop for that, but Jericho no sells it.



Chris Jericho: I think you should be more concerned with whipping the ass of whoever conned you into paying such an exorbitant price for that monstrosity of a watch.



Again, Flair chuckles.



Ric Flair: Y’wouldn’t know class if it slapped ya in the face!!



We get a close up of the watch – it’s clearly expensive. Jericho moves on though, stepping toward the ropes and looking to the stage.



Chris Jericho: Now … I’d like to request that Mister Flairs carer, slash, “girlfriend” comes and picks him up, puts him on his leash and stops allowing him to wander off … otherwise, he might get hurt.



Christian: In that case, he could take your neck brace, because clearly you don’t need it, Chris.



Jericho fires a dirty look at the #1 Contender, before Flair cuts in again.



Ric Flair: And let me be clear too … nobody … NOBODY tells Ric Flair where t’go. Y’hear me?? If I wanna style and profile in Worcester-



He struts, then turns on his heels to get right in the face of Jericho-



Ric Flair: Then you can be sure the Nature Boy is gonna hop on his jet, slide into a limo … and he’s gonna PARTY … ALL! NIGHT! LONG! – WOOOO!!!



Wooooo” ~The fans.



Ric Flair: But I AM here for a reason. And I got some news for you, Jericho!! You?? You’re not in charge tonight.



Jericho screws his face up, asking who is, as Flair beams, licks his lips, and points to himself.



Ric Flair: BECAUSE … THIS SON OF GUN IS RUNNIN THE SHOW!!!!!



Christian smirks, and nods at that announcement … but Jericho is less than happy.



Chris Jericho: This is absurd. Somebody get Ric his medication, he’s clear-



Ric Flair: SHUT UP!!



Big pop for Flair cutting Jericho off.



Ric Flair: You’ve talked long enough!! It’s time to shut your mouth, and open your ears!!!



Eyes wide, Flair is right in Jerichos face.



Ric Flair: I wrestled thousands of matches as World Heavyweight Champion. Tens of thousands. From coast to coast, and on every corner of this earth. You wanna know how many times I pulled out of a title match because I was injured!? TAKE A GUESS!!



Flair makes a zero with his finger and index finger.



Ric Flair: ZERO!!!



Jericho looks away, but Flair keeps going.



Ric Flair: And I wasn’t goin for a minute. I was in this ring, BUSTIN MY TAIL FOR SIXTY MINUTES!! EVERY NIGHT!!! NIGHT AFTER NIGHT – WEEK AFTER WEEK – YEAR … AFTER … YEAR!!!



Cheers from the audience, respecting the Nature Boy.



Ric Flair: That made ME … THE MAN!!! … And that makes YOU a PUNK!!!



Jericho gets angrier at this verbal assault from the GM for tonight.



Ric Flair: So I don’t care if you’ve chipped a nail or broke your neck – I am making the executive decision that your title match next week?? IS ON!!!



Big pop. Christian smirks, and pats the arm of Flair, liking that announcement, whilst Jericho and Estrada are both furious.



Ric Flair: But as for tonight!!



Pop from the fans again for what they’re getting tonight…




Ric Flair: Tonight!! We’re gonna have a party!! In the main event-



Suddenly, Jericho DARTS from the ring with Estrada-



AS UMAGA IS STOMPING DOWN THE RAMP!!!!!



Jericho – tearing off his neck brace – hops the barrier with Estrada, running off into the distance, as Christian eyes Flair, telling the Nature Boy to keep his distance from Umaga, knowing the Bulldozer all too well.



But Umaga has no interest in either of the men in the ring – he has eyes for two men only; Jericho and Estrada, and he too climbs over the barrier, on the chase for the pair seemingly, as Michael Cole sends us off to a commercial…












Commercial Break











~SMASH!!



As soon as Smackdown returns from break, we’re treated to the sight of UMAGA smacking a camera down … before the shot switches to show absolute carnage at ringside; during the break, it appears the Samoan Bulldozer has been on a rampage!!!



The announce table has been stripped bare, monitors are strewn all over ringside, mats have been flipped over – and he KICKS the steps over now too!!! The Samoan Bulldozer scares off officials that are trying at least to calm the wild Samoan, and we finally hear from Michael Cole-




Michael Cole: We have had to head for higher ground here- uhh, I still think The King is off the air- can you hear me, King??



No response from King. At ringside, Umaga is picking up chairs and slamming them around aimlessly, before tossing the steps he kicked over earlier into the ring, and pulls at the ring apron before climbing inside.



Michael Cole: Umaga is on a warpath – he’s gone absolutely berserk here!! Look at the carnage he has created during this commercial break!!! He’s completely out of control – and luckily for the WWE Champion, he’s gotten out of dodge, because it’s safe to say this; had Umaga gotten his hands on Jericho or his former handler Armando Estrada, there mightn’t have been much left of either of them!!



Jerry Lawler: Is this on??



Michael Cole: I can hear ya, King.



Jerry Lawler: This is crazy, Michael!!



Michael Cole: I have no idea how this show is going to proceed. If Ric Flair thought he was getting an easy night stepping into Finlays shoes, he’s got another thing coming!! He has to think of a way to settle this Samoan Bulldozer down!!



Jerry Lawler: He may need a few tranquillizer darts!!



Michael Cole: You’re not kiddin.



Umaga stomps around the ring, pulling at the ropes, before starting to rip at the turnbuckle padding-



FARSI



The music of DAIVARI – rarely seen or heard on Smackdown – interrupts proceedings, with Cole airing his own surprise at his arrival. Bringing a mic with him, Daivari starts talking as he walks down the ramp.




Daivari: Umaga, Umaga!! Trust me, I’m just as furious as you are … because we’re both the victims of injustice around here!!



There’s a smattering of heat, but nothing substantial.



Daivari: For weeks on end – MONTHS even – I’ve had to suffer through mistreatment at the hands of officials, and my complaints continue to fall on deaf ears, while my plight is ignored by these people!!!



How did this idiot get a microphone!?” ~Lawler.



Daivari: So, what I suggest … is that you and I … we fight that injustice; together!! You and I together, can shake up Smackdown and finally make people stand up and take notice of our plights!!! Give me a sign that you’re with me!!



AND UMAGA GOES THROUGH DAIVARI WITH A CLOTHESLINE!!!!



Jerry Lawler: There’s your sign, Daivari!!!



Daivari has served himself on a platter for Umaga, and the Bulldozer takes out his frustrations on the guy, killing him dead with his spinning powerslam!!! But Umaga isn’t done with his sacrificial lamb just yet. He looks to continue his assault…









__









As we cut back to a massive group of onlooking Smackdown superstars backstage, crowded around a screen, watching as the madness unfolds … with GM for the night, RIC FLAIR making his way through the crowd to the front to get a good look.



Umaga is shown on the screen delivering the SAMOAN SPIKE to Daivari, as superstars wince while watching on, and Flair puffs his cheeks, shaking his head. As Umaga steps onto the turnbuckles to deliver the Banzai Drop, Flair turns to JERRY LYNN who is stood next to him…




Ric Flair: We need to track down Estrada and Jericho. They created this mess and Estrada knows this maniac better than anyone.



Flair then turns to address the whole group-



Ric Flair: EVERYONE!!! LISTEN UP!!! I WANNA FIND JERICHO!! Y’HEAR ME!?? JERICHO DOESN’T LEAVE THIS BUILDIN!! GO FIND HIM AND BRING HIM TO ME!!!



Whilst listening, the superstars tilt their heads somewhat to see the screen behind Flair, and a few share worried glances, before a couple point at the screen, and CHAVO GUERRERO gives Flair a nudge to get his attention, pointing him at the screen…



AS UMAGA IS MAKING HIS WAY UP THE RAMP!!!!!



Flair looks worried too, and the superstars begin to disperse – no one wants to end up in Umagas way right now. Flair shakes his head, and mutters…




Ric Flair: We need to find Jericho…









__









Meanwhile, back at ringside, MICHAEL COLE and JERRY LAWLER are warily returning to what remains of the announce table – but neither man looks comfortable as they sit down.



Michael Cole: Well King … I don’t think I’ve ever witnessed as wild a start to a night like we just have.



Jerry Lawler: This is insane, Michael. I still don’t feel safe. I wasn’t kidding either; they need to get animal control in here. The only thing that’ll stop this wild animal is a tranquillizer!!



Michael Cole: What have Jericho and Estrada woken up inside of Umaga though, King?? He’s completely outta control – and there’s no handler anymore to keep him rein him in!!



Jerry Lawler: Umaga at the wheel – that’s a scary thought, Michael – look at the devastation in a matter of minutes!! Imagine what this place could look like by the end of the night!!



No music plays, but THE TRINITY are making their way to the ring – but not from the old fashioned curtain – they’re walking along the outside of the ramp, below the stage instead!! Even then, the Daniels and Gabriel both look concerned, with Gabriel constantly looking over his shoulder in fear of Umaga appearing.



Michael Cole: Well King, it looks like we’re about to try and restore some sense of normality. Justin Gabriel of The Trinity is about to go one on one with Bryan Danielson. Can the former Cruiserweight Champion get one over on Christopher Daniels and his crew tonight?? We’ll hopefully find out next…











Commercial Break











Match 1:

Justin Gabriel w/The Trinity vs. Bryan Danielson

Joined in progress, Danielson is already in the middle of a comeback, with a clip from during the commercial showing Gabriel immediately getting the jump on Bryan at the beginning of the match thanks to Low Ki and Daniels. Danielson is lining up the ROARING ELBOW when Christopher Daniels climbs onto the apron!! Bryan goes for the Cruiserweight Champion, but the official stops him, standing between Bryan and the Fallen Angel, before demanding the champion gets back down.



However, it’s all a set up for LOW KI TO BLAST BRYAN DANIELSON WITH A BOOT TO THE BACK OF THE HEAD!!!!! Gabriel gets the cover as a result, with Low Ki slipping back out of the ring … 1...2...NO!!!! Gabriel has Danielson where he wants him though, heading up top, setting himself for a big risk move … BUT BRYAN IS UP … FRANKENSTEINER TO GABRIEL!!!!! Bryan gets back up … SUICIDE DIVE TO THE OTHER TWO MEMBERS OF THE TRINITY!!!!! He climbs back in – but gets cut off by Gabriel!!! The South African then runs off the ropes … RIGHT INTO A ROARING ELBOW!!!!! 1….2...3!!!!!

Winner: Bryan Danielson @ 06:01



All on his own, Bryan Danielson gets a measure of revenge against the group that’s been out to get him for the past few months. He’s up and ready too for any reprisals possibly coming his way … but Christopher Daniels doesn’t like the idea of fighting Danielson when he’s upright and ready for him.



The Fallen Angel backs off, forcing Low Ki back with him (who wants to get his hands on Bryan) whilst leaving Gabriel to fend for himself for now, rolling onto the floor at ringside to suffer in the defeat. As Daniels backs off though, Bryan calls for a mic, having something to get off his chest…




Bryan Danielson: Daniels!!! Don’t you go anywhere!!! Get back here and fight me like a man!!! And better yet … why don’t you do it ALONE!!!??



Daniels keeps walking, ignoring his rival.




Bryan Danielson: You can keep running away … but you can’t run from me forever. Sooner or later, Daniels, you WILL give me another shot at that Cruiserweight title!!!



The Trinity keep walking, until they’ve disappeared through the curtain.



Bryan Danielson: Can you hear me!!??



Danielson is left frustrated … until The Fallen Angel returns from behind the curtain – and he has a microphone.



Christopher Daniels: You- you want another shot at this!? But … but Bryan … I don’t think you’ve earned it.



Heat as Daniels turns Danielsons own words from the past against him.



Christopher Daniels: Isn’t that your big thing?? Isn’t that what you wanted this title to be about?? Competition?? People deserving of opportunities?? What have you done lately to deserve another shot at the Cruiserweight title??



He’s got a point, Michael!” ~Lawler.



Christopher Daniels: You LOST your rematch at the Survivor Series. You LOST – even when you pulled out my old sidekick – at Armageddon. So I think I’ll need to look at some more deserving prospects ahead of you, Danielson… Unless…



The Fallen Angel stops himself, and smirks.



Christopher Daniels: I mean … if you’re willing to put something of your own at stake … then maybe I could give you one LAST chance at winning back this title. Maybe then … I can justify letting you jump to the head of the line in front of all those other deserving challengers.



This is straight out of the Bryan Danielson playbook, Michael!!” ~Lawler.



Christopher Daniels: But it would have to be in TWO weeks, seeing as I’m having some well deserved time off over the holidays.



Heat.



Bryan Danielson: Quit the crap, Daniels. What do you want!? Name it.



Christopher Daniels: Oh, it’s real simple, Bryan … you lose?? You LEAVE MY Cruiserweight division … for good.



Danielson has to take a few seconds to think it over … before finally responding…




Bryan Danielson: You leave your followers behind, you face me like a man … and you’ve got a deal.



Wow!! Talk about high stakes, King!! If Danielson loses in two weeks, he LEAVES the Cruiserweight division he helped build!!” ~Cole.



On the ramp, Daniels is all smiles – he got Danielson to agree … and he nods as he agrees to the counter offer from Bryan … it seems like it’s on!!












Commercial Break











And Smackdown returns … showing MORE carnage with the caption ‘DURING THE COMMERCIAL’ – this time in the parking lot!! Michael Cole talks over the footage, as A LIMO is overturned, it’s driver left slumped by a wall, whilst two referees are also down, and the fire exit doors have been ripped off their hinges … and a concerned CHRIS JERICHO and ARMANDO ESTRADA are shuffling back into the arena, with Cole explaining that was THEIR limo…









__











Returning backstage, JUSTIN GABRIEL looks concerned with his leader as the TRINITY walk through the back…



Justin Gabriel: Are you sure about this, Chris!? You shouldn’t have give in like that-



Christopher Daniels: I don’t need anyone to question my decisions, kid. If I wanted an opinion, I’d ask for his.



Daniels points at Low Ki, completely emasculating Gabriel.



Christopher Daniels: You just sit under the learning tree, okay??



Embarrassed, Gabriel puts his head down.



Christopher Daniels: And besides…



Daniels shows he’s got his fingers crossed, and assumedly, had his fingers crossed when agreeing with Bryan’s request earlier.



Christopher Daniels: You really think I’d agree to anything with Danielson if I didn’t have a plan?? I’m gonna see to it we rid him out of my division for good. That’s been the goal since day-



Daniels stops short, as he comes face to face with RIC FLAIR.



Christopher Daniels: One. Mister Flair, it’s a pleasure to see you.



The Fallen Angel extends a hand.



Ric Flair: {Not buying the niceties} Yeah. We’ll see about that, pal.



Flair shakes hands with Daniels.



Ric Flair: I know … I’m only holdin the fort here … but I’ve got carte blanche to make any decisions I feel necessary … and seein how I’m a pretty good judge of character-



Ric looks at the trio.



Ric Flair: Y’don’t get to be the Dirtiest Player In The Game without spottin the bad apples. And you, Daniels?? You’re rotten to the core.



Daniels smiles, taking it as a compliment.



Christopher Daniels: Thank you.



Ric Flair: Which is why … I want your match with Danielson to be a fair fight. And I think Finlay would agree too if he were here.



Gabriel shoots Daniels a look in fear of what’s coming.



Ric Flair: So … to make sure it’s a fair fight, these two need to be a non-factor. And the only way to guarantee that is to make sure they can’t get involved. And seein as your word isn’t worth a damn … we gotta take a precaution. So you’ll be defendin that Cruiserweight belt in two weeks … inside a FIFTEEN FOOT HIGH STEEL CAGE!!! WOOOO!!!



Flair “WOOO’s” in the face of the Cruiserweight champion, and walks off, having dropped a bombshell, with Daniels staring ahead in fury … whilst Gabriel pipes up with a little hesitation.



Justin Gabriel: Did- did you plan for that??



Christopher Daniels: Shut up.









__









Elsewhere, M.V.P – free of the clutches of the DIBIASE’S and looking happy about it – returns to the babyface locker room … but the reception toward him isn’t as welcoming as he might expect.



Despite simply doing what he HAD to, many in the locker room still don’t seem to be willing to forgive and forget, and Porter quickly learns that as he say’s “Hi” to MATT HARDY … and gets nothing but a snub in return.



Getting the message from Matt, Montel moves on, and approaches CRYME TYME – who are in the middle of cracking jokes with one another … but come to a stop when they spot M.V.P, going quiet, smiles dropping, letting M.V.P know without saying a word that they aren’t interested in talking to him.



Again, Montel doesn’t need it spelled it to him what the issue is, and nods, accepting the reception to him, before finding a spot on his own, setting his bag down … with R-TRUTH approaching him, patting the shoulder of Porter.




R-Truth: Yo, Monty, good to have you back where you belong, dawg!!



M.V.P: Y’betta not let anyone else hear you say that. Feels pretty frosty in here to me.



Truth decides to sit down next to M.V.P.



R-Truth: Yeah, I see that, man. Y’gotta understand though, right??



M.V.P: Yeah … but c’mon Truth, I had no choice, did I??



Nodding, Truth sees M.V.P’s point of view.



R-Truth: I know that, and eventually, they’ll come around too. It’s all a little raw still. Fresh wounds ‘an all dat. But give it time, dawg. They’ll accept ya in here again. Trust me.



M.V.P: I hope so. I know I burned some bridges and I got a lotta makin up t’do-



R-Truth: Now what da hell is HE doin in here!?



Truth cuts M.V.P off, his eyes bugging out and his face turning to anger, as CHRIS JERICHO has entered the locker room. Truth immediately approaches him aggressively.



R-Truth: Yo Jericho, you lost!? Yo punk ass ain’t welcome in dis locker room, man.



Chris Jericho: But he is??



Jericho points to the ‘outsider’ of the face locker room, M.V.P, who shakes his head.



Chris Jericho: Anyway, I’m not here to fraternise with you morons. We’ve got a big problem, and regardless what I think of any of you, we all need to stick together on this.



R-Truth: Yo, hold up man. You talkin ‘bout Umaga?? Dat’s yalls problem-



Chris Jericho: That’s where you’re wrong. You saw what he did out there. He’s out of control. He’s not just MY problem anymore … this thing is a problem for all of us. We’re all in the firing line. Now step aside.



Jericho steps up onto a chair for everyone to see and hear him.



Chris Jericho: Everyone. All of you listen up…



There doesn’t seem to be much interest in anyone listening to Jericho.



Chris Jericho: You’ve all seen the chaos and destruction Umaga has left behind already. And the longer we allow him to remain on a rampage like this…



Guys start walking by, walking OUT. With Jericho thrown off by the attitude.



Chris Jericho: The more …



More continue to leave, not listening to Jericho at all.



Chris Jericho: We all become potential … targets. Where are you all going!?



Matt Hardy walks by, making sure to make a comment to Jericho on his way past.



Matt Hardy: There’s no one here that’s going to listen to a word you say … except maybe him.



But not even M.V.P is wanting to saddle up with Jerichos plan, as he stands up to leave too.




M.V.P: You made this mess, Jericho … how about you use your brain and fix it yourself.



Jericho is left frustrated … and abandoned by the face locker room…











Commercial Break











Match 2:

The Fight Factory w/Melina vs. Cryme Tyme

This one will please Zoom-E, as Burke and Barrett are pretty pissed after losing the titles at Armageddon, and take that anger out on JTG and Shad. Despite proving to be a test for the former champions in their last meeting, this one is pretty one sided, as it’s also revealed on commentary by Melina (who sits in on commentary for this rather than performing her duties at ringside guiding the team) that her team have already activated their rematch clause for the tag titles, with the rematch happening NEXT WEEK on Smackdown; the night after Christmas, which Cole calls a clever idea considering Kofi still wont be 100% next week.



And Melina peddles the notion that her men only lost the titles because of two things; the unfair Four Way stipulation, and the failure of the Filthy Rich to hold up their end of the bargain. In the ring, JTG briefly has a hope spot where it looks like he’ll make the much needed tag … but Barrett NAILS Shad off the apron instead with the BULLHAMMER!!! From there, it’s a matter of time, with the Fight Factory putting the finishing touches on JTG, as Burke hits the EXPRESS … and throws JTG into the path of Wade who delivers WASTELAND … and there’s no kicking out of that 1-2 double whammy … 1...2...3!!!!!

Winners: The Fight Factory @ 04:08



Taking care of business quickly, Melina gets a final message sent on commentary that losing the titles simply made her boys angrier and MORE focused on winning back their gold, saying the win for Carlito and Kofi was a “miracle” at Armageddon and there wont be another Christmas miracle next week when they take both what they own.









__









Heading backstage, JOSH MATHEWS is in position, standing by with JEFF and MATT HARDY. Jeff – despite the heartbreaking loss to Christian at Armageddon – seems willing to participate … though Matt is seemingly (in his mind, anyway) elsewhere as the interview begins…



Josh Mathews: Matt, Jeff … we’re right in the middle of a big few weeks for the pair of you individually, but tonight, you’re set to compete together in tag team action with John Morrison to take on all three of Paul Heymans clients; Kurt Angle, Randy Orton and Jack Swagger. Jeff, coming to you first … how hard will it be to motivate yourself after being within touching distance of a WWE Championship match this past Sunday??



Running his fingers through the top of his bunned up hair, Jeff shows the agony on his face.



Jeff Hardy: It’s not easy man, I ain’t gonna lie. I was that close at Armageddon that I could feel it- I could touch it, Josh – hell, at one point I thought it was over. I thought I had him beat and I was headin for my WWE Title shot … and it got ripped away.



He sighs, but shakes his head.



Jeff Hardy: I ain’t takin nothin away from Christian though – despite me throwin everything at ‘im – he caught me. Y’know, more than one or two people since then have told me I shoulda won … but the fact is, I didn’t. But I’m not gonna let it get me down, man. After what I did to Christian on Sunday, I know now. I KNOW I can hang with the best of ‘em … an’ I plan on provin it tonight by takin the fight to Randy Orton and Kurt Angle. Ain’t that right, Matt!?



Matt is still not paying much attention, forcing Jeff to nudge him.



Jeff Hardy: Matt??



Matt Hardy: Huh??



Not following anything, Matt, has no idea what he’s being asked about. Josh spots Matts mind isn’t on the here and now, and delves in.



Josh Mathews: Uhm, Matt, if I may … we found out this past Sunday that next week on Smackdown the night after Christmas, you’ll get the match you’ve been wanting for quite some time against Edge. With that match coming up on the horizon and Edge not being here tonight, will your mindset be more geared toward next week rather than tonight’s six man tag team match?? I mean, you seem, dare I say it … distant tonight.



Matt scoffs.



Matt Hardy: Yeah … Edge got the night off … and I’ve got a match. He gets to rest up and get ready for next week, while I don’t.



Jeff closes his eyes, not liking where this is going from his brother, whilst Josh speaks up to defend the decision to give Edge the night off.



Josh Mathews: I mean, he was involved in a highly physical match with Batista this past Sunday and you didn’t have-



Matt Hardy: It’s not just about him havin the night off, Josh. I wanted him to show his face tonight so I could give him a piece of my mind before next week. I wanted to look into his eyes, so he’d get an idea of what’s comin next Friday. And he didn’t even give me the respect of showin up tonight.



Jeff Hardy: Dude-



Jeff tries to step in, but Matt talks over him.



Matt Hardy: He’s the golden goose here though, right?? And after he lost at Armageddon, they don’t wanna take any risks that he might lose again next week, especially not to me. Give him the night off, put Matt in a physically draining match.



Hands on his hips, Matt shakes his head.



Matt Hardy: Well Jeff, I’m sorry man. I’m not competing tonight.



Jeff Hardy: What!?



Matt Hardy: I’m not leaving myself at a disadvantage for next week. This is a match I’ve needed for a long, long time. An’ if Edge is restin up?? Then so am I. Sorry bro.



And with that, Matt walks off, and whilst he said he was sorry, it feels like an empty gesture. It leaves Jeff shaking his head at the attitude of his older brother, as we fade out.











Commercial Break













VIDEO PACKAGE



~ ROYAL RUMBLE OVER THE TOP MOMENT ~

1992




Having spent almost sixty minutes in the match, RIC FLAIR, the #3 entrant in the Royal Rumble shocks the world (with a little helping hand from goody too shoes and noted good loser Hulk Hogan) to outlast 29 other men and win the VACANT WWF Championship – and no promo remembering the ‘92 Rumble is complete without a recall of the classic; “With a tear in my eye” line…



ROYAL RUMBLE 2009 | JANUARY 25 | TORONTO, ON


IT’S OVER THE TOP!!”

ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW

***











__









Returning backstage, SAVANNAH is standing by…



Savannah: A memorable moment in Royal Rumble folklore for sure … but standing by with me now is my guest at this time, and a man that will want to create his own memorable Royal Rumble moment next month … Batista!!



The Animal, fresh off that win over Edge at Armageddon, steps into view, not dressed to compete tonight, not wearing anything ridiculous, just a standard muscle shirt and jeans.




Savannah: Batista, first off, a huge congratulations after your hard fought win over Edge this past Sunday at Armageddon, but now … your sights are firmly set on being one of the thirty men in the Royal Rumble, correct??



Batista shakes his head?



Batista: No.



Savannah looks confused.



Batista: I haven’t got my sights set on being in the Royal Rumble. I’ve got one thing on my mind … and it’s winning the Royal Rumble.



The interviewer nods, getting the point, as Batista takes his sunglasses off.



Batista: Last year, because of Edge, I didn’t even get in the match, and I’ve been carryin around that anger and frustration ever since.



He pauses for a moment, affording himself a smirk.



Batista: Well I just got done settling my score with him. Now?? I do what I never got the chance to do a year ago … and that’s throw twenty nine guys out of my way on MY road to WrestleMania.



About to finish up, Batista stops … and watches as THEODORE LONG steps into view, all smiles, but putting up his hands innocently.



Theodore Long: I ain’t here to cause any trouble, playa …



Batista says nothing, whilst Long nods, rubbing his chin.



Theodore Long: Sounds like a good plan.



Long smiles.



Theodore Long: But y’gonna run into a little problem when ya try throwin Mark Henry outta y’way. Y’feel me??



All smiles, Long pats the arm of Batista, then walks off, leaving Batista to stew.









__









In a private locker room, KURT ANGLE and RANDY ORTON are in a somewhat private conversation. Appearing to be amicable, we’ll assume they’re talking strategy ahead of the main event later tonight, whilst JACK SWAGGER stretches in the background with a resistance band. PAUL HEYMAN then enters, seemingly in a rush, and looking pleased…



Paul Heyman: So, I just got some delightful news that’s going to make our evening a little easier. Matt’s out.



Kurt Angle: What?? He’s injured?? Umaga get him??



Paul Heyman: Nope. He just removed himself from the match. So now, we’ve got the numbers advantage on top of our natural advantage.



Orton exhales.



Randy Orton: And if I’d have taken out Morrison on Sunday like I should’ve … this match wouldn’t even be happening.



Kurt Angle: But you did the right thing if you ask me. That kid earned your respect on Sunday.



Orton snaps back.



Randy Orton: He earned nothing. And if I’d known he’d still be comin after me like this, I’d have put an end to him there and then.



Before Kurt can respond, Heyman speaks up to break any growing tension.



Paul Heyman: And if John Morrison had any brains to match his bravery, he would’ve been grateful that you spared him on Sunday. But I like this attitude, Randy … and I want you to use that tonight. Kurt, with this numbers advantage, I want you to take a step back this evening.



Kurt narrows his eyebrows at that comment.



Paul Heyman: Let Randy lead, and let Jack have more involvement.



Kurt Angle: Hold on- wait a minute. What’s going on??



Heyman smiles reassuringly.



Paul Heyman: Relax. I’ve bigger things in mind for you, Kurt. After Sundays setback, we need to bounce back – and we need to bounce back with something big.



Angle seems curious, as Heyman smiles proudly with the next statement.




Paul Heyman: And I just put you forward to be the man that faces The Undertaker next week on Smackdown.



It’s not a look of joy from Kurt Angle. He looks at Orton and Swagger, then takes a step forward to speak more privately to Heyman.



Kurt Angle: Paul …



Heyman looks puzzled by the nature of Angles approach.



Kurt Angle: I- I just went through a war with Mark Henry at Armageddon. My ribs are in a bad way. I can do the six man tonight … but right now … I don’t know if I’m gonna heal up in time for The Undertaker next week. I mean- I need to be at my best- my very best for The Undertaker.



Heyman nods his head, but despite the hushed tone Kurt is speaking in, Heyman isn’t as discreet, speaking loud enough for Orton and Swagger to hear.



Paul Heyman: And you’ve got a week to get there. Kurt, I’m not gonna dress this up any longer, and I’m not gonna hide it from Randy or Jack either … you need to step it up.



Angle looks surprised at that. Offended, even.



Paul Heyman: I’m putting opportunity, after opportunity, after opportunity in front of you. I gave you a path to the WWE Title at the Survivor Series. I gave you another path to the title through Mark Henry and the United States Championship. At some point … you have to grasp these opportunities … before they run out.



Angle looks riled up by what Heyman is saying, but Heyman shrugs and continues on.



Paul Heyman: Now if you want me to make a few phone calls, I can get this match cancelled next week and let someone else step in…



Heyman looks at Orton as he says that, and Angle shoots a look at Randy too.



Paul Heyman: But then … how’s that gonna look for you, Kurt??



Kurt shakes his head. Heyman continues to talk frankly to him.



Paul Heyman: We’re at a critical stage of this arrangement, Kurt. You fail here – you turn this opportunity down?? Then honestly … I don’t know where we go.



Taken aback, Angle seems lost for words for a response.




Paul Heyman: You hired me for a reason. Remember?? You hired me to get you back to where you were. Back to the top of the ladder. Back on top of the world. And I can’t do that if you want the easy matches every week. We’re long past the point of trying to build up your confidence against the bottom feeders. It’s win or bust now.



Kurt Angle: I’m not saying-



Paul Heyman: But before you make your mind up, maybe I need to remind you of the last time you faced The Undertaker. You remember that, right?? WrestleMania Twenty Three??



Kurt Angle: Of course I remember.



Paul Heyman: Wasn’t that long ago. And no one – no one – has ever came as close as you did to beating The Undertaker at WrestleMania, breaking that fabled Streak. He swung a hail Mary to beat you that night and he needed CARRIED from the ring when it was over.



Angle nods, thinking back to that time – which FEELS like a lifetime ago now.



Paul Heyman: Give me THAT Kurt Angle next week … If he still exists.



Angle snaps a look at a snickering Orton. Then back at Heyman … and nods. Heyman beams.




Paul Heyman: Good. Good.









__









Back into the arena, and JIMMY YANG is already in the ring…



WHAT’S UP!?



Making his first arena appearance since the Survivor Series, R-TRUTH raps his way to the ring asking that one same question over and over. What a random, throwaway match this promises to be…




Match 3:

R-Truth vs. Jimmy Yang

In a bit of a sprint, it’s short, but it’s back and forth. Yang impresses with his innovative offence, but R-Truth is able to overcome it. Truth lines up the SCISSORS KICK … but Yang moves … then CREAMS Truth with a ROUNDHOUSE KICK!!! 1...2...NO!!! Yang heads up top, looking for a MOONSAULT onto a recovering Truth … BUT TRUTH DROPKICKS HIM IN MID AIR!!!!! This time, the SCISSORS KICK connects … 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: R-Truth @ 03:56



Truth picks up the win, possibly signifying the start of a big push to come in 2009…



Oh wait-



HERE COMES UMAGA!!!!!



THE SAMOAN BULLDOZER IS BACK AT RINGSIDE, CLIMBING INTO THE RING-



AND CLATTERS THROUGH R-TRUTH!!!!!




Jimmy Yang doesn’t get off scot free either, as the Bulldozer THROWS him across the ring like a rag doll … before catching Truth with a SAMOAN DROP!!!!!



Each man falls victim to a SAMOAN SPIKE … and they stacked up on one another to get a BANZAI DROP too!!!!!



A group of officials have come to ringside now too, which takes the attention of the out of control Samoan Bulldozer, who begins to climb out of the ring – as Cole and King throw us to a commercial, with Lawler in fear of Umaga coming their way again…












Commercial Break











Returning from the break, the show opens up in a TRAILER PARK at an unknown location. It’s windy, it’s bleak and it’s pretty dark … as the camera closes in on TWO individuals, outside a trailer, walking toward the door-



It’s JAMIE NOBLE and TED DIBIASE (no longer needing to be referred to as Junior) with Ted taking a step back, eyeing the rather rusted looking trailer, which is in dire need of some paint … as Noble turns the handle of the door…



With the door pulling away from it’s hinges. From barely any strain.



DiBiase looks speechless, but Noble carries on regardless, setting the door to the side, and chuckles as he turns back to Ted;




That doesn’t usually happen.”



Sure.”



Stepping inside the trailer, DiBiase looks disgusted by the state of the abandoned trailer, running his finger along the table top and getting a thick collection of dust. In the background, Noble is moving things around, a plate/glass breaks and a CAT shrieks, before scooting past DiBiase and out the opening where the door used to be.




Damn. I thought he ran away long before I left this thing!! Hey – at least he’ll have kept the rats at bay, right!!??”



Noble seemingly thinks nothing more of it, as he continues tossing things around, muttering “where’s that damn torch?”, before shouting back at Ted;




Take a seat, Teddy!! Make y’self at home, boy. Get settled in!!”



DiBiase sits down, then makes a face … reaching under, and peels off an old, crusty slice of Pizza- which Noble immediately SNATCHES from him.




HEY!! Get yer own!! I was savin that!!”



I wasn’t-”



Noble wastes no time taking a bite out of the old pizza slice.




Wait, you haven’t been here in months…”



DiBiase trails off though, throwing his hands up in the air, taking a look around the decrepit old trailer.




Uhh, so … where do I sleep??”



Noble laughs.




You for real, silly?? You’re sittin on it!!”



Ted looks around the seat, shaking his head.




Does it pull out at least??”



Noble stands back up, looking confused about the question.




From the wall?? Sure.”



No, I meant … into a bed.”



Noble laughs.




I don’t know what fancy Star Trek movies y’been watchin boy, that there’s a seat. Y’can put yer feet on that table t’stretch out.”



DiBiase sighs. He’s obviously not used to this mode of living. Noble meanwhile, can’t find what he’s looking for.




Wait a second. I’ll be right back. I’m gonna go see if Maggie a couple doors down has a lamp or some candles so we can see what we’re doin!!”



I think I might be more comfortable using my imagination…”



The comment goes over Nobles head, or he just doesn’t listen, as he just continues on his own point.




Y’know, we’re gonna have t’talk about this team name, Teddy … ‘cos uh … we sure ain’t “rich” no more are we, now your Daddy gone belly up.”



Noble walks out, leaving DiBiase to ponder, muttering to himself.




Yeah … now we’re just filthy…”



DiBiase sits forward on the couch, elbows on his knees, head in his hands in despair … as the blinds behind him randomly fall…










__









Returning to the ring, MICHAEL COLE stands waiting…



Michael Cole: Ladies and Gentlemen, please give a warm welcome to the NEW W-W-E Tag Team Champions, Carlito and Kofi Kingston!!!



S.O.S



Greeted with a warm welcome from the fans, THE CARIBBEAN CONNECTION at long last are wearing the WWE Tag Team Titles!! Kofi is still noticeably limping, but the pair are all smiles as they head to the ring, with Kofi, ever the babyface slapping hands with as many fans as he possibly can. Carlito though is too cool for that stuff for the most part. They reach the ring, with nods to Cole, as he prepares for this in ring interview.




Michael Cole: I think first of all, gentlemen, I think I speak for everyone here tonight, and the entire WWE Universe, when I say congratulations on finally becoming WWE Tag Team Champions!!



The champs wait out a pop from the fans, and it’s a nodding Kofi Kingston that’s first to speak.



Kofi Kingston: It’s been a long time coming, man!! Thank you Michael, and thank all of YOU, our fans too, for sticking by our sides through thick and thin!!



Cheap pop.



Carlito: Hey Michael, y’know … I used to have my own show for dese kinda things. It had a hammock, palm trees, deck chairs, a whole barrel of apples … Dat was cool!!



Carlito looks around the bare ring – there’s literally no frills for this interview set up.



Carlito: But uh, dis is cool too … obviously



Looking to Kofi, Carlito shrugs, and Cole does his fake laugh.



Carlito: And besides, now?? It’s not jus’ about Carlito. Now?? It’s about de two of us.



Putting an arm around his tag team partner, Carlito continues on.



Carlito: Carlito is proud to call Kofi Kingston his friend- heck, he’s like a brother from another mother!! And together?? We shared a special moment on Sunday at Armageddon.



Kofi – all smiles – nods in agreement with Carlito.



Carlito: Like Kofi said, dis has been a long time comin for us. Nearly eighteen months. Kofi and Carlito?? We’ve had our ups … we’ve had our downs … but we always knew we could hold dese titles … and now?? We do.



Pop, as Kofi steps in to use Carlito’s line.



Kofi Kingston: And THAT is cool!!



Carlito smirks, as Kofi and he bump knuckles, and Cole speaks up again.



Michael Cole: And Kofi, it has to be said, whilst Carlito was forced into a position where he had to essentially go it alone due to your knee injury, you still made a huge contribution to the victory at Armageddon. You showed incredible bravery and toughness to battle through and help secure the victory and the titles. How’s the knee holding up now tonight??



Kofi sighs and shows a bit of a grimace – the first time he hasn’t smiled tonight.



Kofi Kingston: Well I gotta be honest Michael, it’s still pretty messed up. Adrenaline kicked in on Sunday in the heat of the battle, but come Monday morning … maaaan, I was in some serious PAIN!!! I felt like an oooold man!! Even today, you saw me struggle to walk down the ramp and into this ring.



Cole nods.



Michael Cole: Which leads me to my next question … as I’m sure you’re aware, the Fight Factory have already activated their rematch clause and they’ve chosen to activate that rematch as soon as next week, obviously with your injured knee on their mind, Kofi.



Both getting serious, Carlito and Kofi nod.



Michael Cole: How big of an issue is it going to be next Friday – for you both??



The champs look to one another, with Carlito motioning he wants to speak first and Kofi gives him the go-ahead.



Carlito: First off, Michael, credit where it’s due – say what you want about Melina and the Fight Factory; and deres plenty Carlito and Kofi could say about ‘em – … but they’re not dumb. Dey know dat the longer they give Kofi to heal up, the smaller der chances of winning back dese titles gets.



Kingston nods in agreement.



Kofi Kingston: That’s true. And to tell you the truth Michael, I’ve been avoiding the trainers. I AM worried that my knee could be worse than I think it is … so I don’t know how I’ll hold up. I don’t know what condition I’ll be in … but I do know this … I WILL be there!!!



Pop from the fans for the determination of Kingston.



Kofi Kingston: And I don’t care what it takes, or what I have to sacrifice of my own body – we WILL defeat the Fight Factory AGAIN … and KEEP these tag team titles!!



Another pop for the steely words of Kofi, as Carlito pats his partners back, backing him up as he speaks again.



Carlito: Kofi and Carlito?? We’re used to doin things the hard way, Cole … and dat’s how we like it. So what if Kofi ain’t a hundred per cent next week?? … dats what partners are for!! And like Carlito said on Sunday … Carlito don’t mind bein centre of attention.



Carlito shows a cheeky smile to the audience, getting a few chuckles.



Kofi Kingston: It took us damn near eighteen months to finally get our hands on these belts Michael, and that wait?? It made it all the sweeter.



Carlito: And we didn’t fight all dat time just to lose dese titles as soon as we won ‘em. Next week, we take de fight to de Fight Factory … and send ‘em packin. And DAT?? Das Cool.



Ending the segment, the music of the champions plays again, as Lawler has to anchor the commentary momentarily, saying he can’t wait for that rematch next week…









__









Cutting backstage, we see a sneering MELINA, who watches on a screen, shaking her head…



when CHRIS JERICHO, joined by ARMANDO ESTRADA, approaches her.



Melina: Ugh … what is it!?



Chris Jericho: I’m going to ignore the attitude … because we’ve got a big problem.



Melina smirks and scoffs.



Melina: We??



Chris Jericho: Don’t you see it?? Have you been walking around with your eyes closed tonight?? Umaga is wreaking havoc around here.



Melina: And that’s your problem. I don’t owe you anything after the way you put my team at risk at the Survivor Series. You’re on your own.



Jericho shakes his head.



Chris Jericho: No. It’s all of our problem. If we don’t nip this issue now- tonight?? … Who’s to say he doesn’t crash your little rematch for the tag titles next week?? Who’s to say he doesn’t cripple your boyfriend, or his partner?? Nobody is safe while that maniac is running around.



Melina: If you had any guts, you’d stand up like a man and face the music yourself.



Jericho briefly chuckles at the comment.



Chris Jericho: You’re not going to shame me into sacrificing myself for the good of the roster. Self preservation comes first, you know that. But I know you’re a smart woman. Think about it…



And the WWE Champion departs, giving Melina something to think about.











Commercial Break















VIDEO PACKAGE



The video opens in what appears to be a quiet home, lights mostly off, decorated for Christmas … before the light comes on, and what appears to be Santa sits down on his couch, taking a long, deep breath after a hard nights work.




“‘Twas the night after Christmas, when all through the house,

Every creature was stirring, much louder than a mouse.”



And suddenly, the action picks up, as kids come rushing into the room, leaping onto the couch, in between shots of a plethora of Smackdown superstars in action.




Because live on Sci-Fi, they brought Friday Night Smackdown,

And for your viewing pleasure, The Undertaker rode into town.”



~GONG~



Clips of The Undertaker sitting up, delivering a Tombstone, a Chokeslam, Old School, and even the Deadman Tope.




The children were nestled, all snug in front of the T.V,

Watching as a WWE Championship Match unfolded for free.”



Instead of showing any individual, there’s simply a long shot of the WWE Championship belt, followed by excited looking fans, cheering fans in arenas and fireworks.




When what to my wondering eyes did appear,

But a Texas Rattlesnake, drinking a beer.”



Shots of Steve Austin through the years, downing beers.




With a pick up truck so big and so bold

I knew in a moment it must be Stone Cold!”



And driving into arena’s in a Pick Up Truck, including the Stunner on D’Lo on the hood in 1997.




But I heard him exclaim, ere he drove out of sight;

Happy Christmas to all, and to all-”



GLASS SHATTERS



We cut back to the home, where the camera zooms in on Santa … and STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN rips off the beard, and the hat from the Santa suit to reveal himself.




Gimme a HELL YEAH!!!”



FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN | DECEMBER 26 | MILWAUKEE WI

LIVE!! THE NIGHT AFTER CHRISTMAS

END PACKAGE

***











__









Returning to ringside, Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler hype us next weeks LIVE show, the night after Christmas. Running down the line up which sees CHRIS JERICHO defend the WWE Championship against CHRISTIAN, the WWE Tag Team Championships on the line as THE FIGHT FACTORY activate their rematch clause against the new champions the CARIBBEAN CONNECTION, whilst EDGE takes on MATT HARDY and as revealed earlier, KURT ANGLE steps up to face THE UNDERTAKER!!



Cole and Lawler naturally hype the show up as a PPV calibre show, which will have minimum commercial interruptions, and topped off with the fact that ‘STONE COLD’ STEVE AUSTIN will be in the house too as a guest on Jerry Lawlers KINGS COURT (with Cole firstly noting it must be a Christmas gift for the King after years of his show being defunct, and King joking that he hopes he doesn’t get a Stunner), and it’s revealed that due to Finlay’s current condition that AUSTIN WILL BE IN CHARGE next week for one night only!!!



In the ring, a local wrestler keyed as ‘MICHAEL BENNETT’ is shown, getting a generous applause…




TRIBAL TROUBLE



The duo dubbed as the “Tour of the Islands” enter, but it’s only SIM SNUKA in action tonight, with MANU merely acting as the muscle for this one. Cole and Lawler discuss the recent issues between the two and Evan Bourne (which have thrilled us all) and the noticeable jump in confidence from Snuka since getting back up in the form of the Samoan.



Climbing into the ring, Snuka points, and dismissively writes off Bennett, as we get underway.




Match 4:

Sim Snuka w/Manu vs. Michael Bennett

Yes, this isn’t a night high on in ring action. That’s next week. Snuka is too overconfident in the early going, and nearly comes a cropper with the local jobber almost shocking the son of the Superfly with two roll ups!! Sim misses a couple of clotheslines and gets dropkicked out of the ring!! Embarrassed and furious, Sim pulls on the apron, kicking at the steps, before calling for a microphone mid match!!! Manu tries to tell Sim to calm down, but it’s to little effect…



Don’t you know who I am!? You ever heard of the Superfly Jimmy Snuka!? That’s my dad!!”



There’s some light cheers for the Hall of Famer – but not for Sim. He turns and points to Bennett in the ring.



Who’s your old man!? Was he a wrestler??”



Bennett shakes his head, as Cole asks on commentary; “What does that matter!?”



No … I bet your dad is a lorry driver or works in some warehouse like the rest of these nobodies in Massachusetts!!”



The cheapest of cheap heat, but Snuka cracks up at that, shouting at Bennett.



You need to treat me with respect!! I am wrestling royalty!!!”



Turning his back to the ring, Snuka bellows at the booing fans-



YOU ALL NEED TO TREAT ME WITH RES-”



BASEBALL SLIDE FROM BENNETT!! The local star rushes out and throws Snuka back into the ring, quickly following in – AND GETS FLATTENED WITH A CLOTHESLINE!!! Snuka re-establishes control, and doesn’t look back from that point, pummelling the poor guy in the corner, choking him at the ropes, all the while shouting at him “I’M ROYALTY IN THIS BUSINESS!!!” Finishing up, Snuka picks his shot – JUMPING HOOK KICK!!! 1...2...3!!!!!

Winner: Sim Snuka @ 03:04



Sim Snuka gets the win, but almost let his demands for respect – just because of who his father is – cost him a victory. On commentary, Michael Cole makes it clear of his own distaste for Sim, claiming that Snuka needs to get the chip off his shoulder and just because his dad was a star, it doesn’t give him any god given right for the same opportunities, and that he has to EARN that right.



And after having his arm raised, Snuka isn’t done!!! He starts putting the boots to the poor local jobber, and tells Manu to join in too, picking Bennett up and whips him at Manu – who throws him up in the air and SPLATS the jobber with a BIG SAMOAN DROP!!! Snuka motions for Manu to pick the guy up again-



BUT EVAN BOURNE APPEARS FROM NOWHERE!!!!



Bourne FLIES from the top rope – TAKING MANU OFF HIS FEET WITH FLYING KNEES!!!!!



Snuka then comes for a clothesline, but Bourne ducks, and catches him on the rebound with a HURRICANRANA!!! Manu is back up, but Evan slides under him, and slides out of the ring, quickly rushing around to help the jobber as he rolls out of the ring too!!!



Bourne isn’t hanging around, having made the save for the jobber, realising he wouldn’t be able to fight two men on his own for too long, simply getting in and out to stop the two on one assault.



In the ring, Snuka is livid, throwing a tantrum, whilst Manu breathes heavily, glaring up the ramp at the escaping Evan Bourne…










__









But before going to a commercial, elsewhere backstage a number of mid card stars – face and heel alike – are left strewn in a heap!! Funaki, the San Juan Express, Burchill, Chuck Palumbo, Chavo Guerrero, Super Crazy … all down and out … seemingly at the hands of the rampaging Umaga??…











Commercial Break











Smackdown returns, and RIC FLAIR is shown in the backstage area. Flair is looking stressed out over the night long situation, with CHAD PATTON explaining the recent developments now too… but as this conversation goes on … CHRISTIAN enters the picture. Flair tells Patton to start getting the talent out of building, seemingly giving up on stopping Umaga’s rampage … before turning his attention to the #1 Contender.



Christian:
You wanted to see me??



Ric Flair: Yeah … yeah I did. I got a little sidetracked out there with Jericho earlier, and this situation with the Samoan has gotten out of control…



Just a Flair old man slip by forgetting Umagas name.



Ric Flair: But I had something important I wanted t’say to ya before the night was night.



Suddenly, Flair SLAPS Christian, surprising Captain Charisma.



Ric Flair: SNAP OUT OF IT!!!



Wild eyed, Flair gets in Christians face.



Ric Flair: YOU are in the PRIME of your LIFE!!! And you’re THROWIN IT AWAY – DOWN THE DRAIN!!! What happened to the kid I hand picked for War Games three years ago!? YOU stepped up!! You won it!! What happened to the guy that cut through everyone in his path to get to the top!?



Christian, potentially at a loss for words, shrugs.



Ric Flair: Wherever that hungers gone?? You better go find it!! How many times have you been champion, kid??



Christian: Three.



Ric Flair: Three. Try Sixteen. I won the Worlds title SIX.TEEN.TIMES. And not ONCE did I ever lose the appetite for it. Hell, I STILL have the appetite and I’ve been RETIRED for six months!! And y’know somethin else?? I’ll have that hunger until the day I die, pal.



Christian nods knowingly.



Ric Flair: But I’m watchin ya every week on TV, goin through the motions and it’s breakin my heart. You should be chompin at the bit for this title shot next week. You’re only scratchin the surface of what you can achieve, believe me!! You should be chasin records, not starin at the exit door!! Because YOU … have a gift. You’ve been gifted with an ability that only a tiny amount o’ people on this planet hold and you should be cherishin it … before it abandons ya.



Listening intently, Christian doesn’t speak, but does nod.



Ric Flair: Because once it’s gone…



Flair snaps his fingers.



Ric Flair: It’s gone. And you’ll never get it back.



Flair walks off leaving Christian deep in thought…



But the camera pans, and CHRIS JERICHO is standing behind Christian, having seemingly heard the whole thing as he speaks.




Chris Jericho: Then again…



Naturally, Christian turns around.



Chris Jericho: Maybe it’s gone already??



Christian: I guess we’ll find out next week.



Jericho shrugs.



Chris Jericho: Well … unless we come together and solve this Umaga problem, we might not find out anything. There might not even be a title match. You’ve seen it. You’ve seen what he’s done tonight-



Christian nods.



Christian: Yeah. Looks like you’re screwed when he gets his hands on ya.



Jericho doesn’t react to the crack from Christian.



Chris Jericho: You need to help me for both our sakes. This effects us both-



Christian: Been there … done that. And I solved the Umaga problem better than you did. He’s your problem … not mine.



Christian brushes past Jericho, leaving the champion frustrated.









__









Back into the arena…



The entrances take place for the SIX MAN TAG MATCH main event – three on two now seemingly with Matt Hardy removing himself – with PAUL HEYMAN leading his troops; KURT ANGLE, RANDY ORTON and JACK SWAGGER for action, though Angle notably has his ribs taped under the singlet.



And JEFF HARDY joins JOHN MORRISON on the ramp, with the two of them set to go it alone tonight, stepping onto the apron-



I’M COMIN




But seemingly stepping into the breach and taking it upon himself to fill the void left by Matt Hardy and try to build some bridges he burned; M.V.P steps onto the stage!! Cole puts Porter over for this act, though Lawler calls him a “suck up” and says it’ll take more than this to get forgiveness.



Jeff and Morrison both look to one another, both looking rather uneasy with M.V.P joining the fray – especially as Jeff had issues with Filthy Rich during the time M.V.P was under their employ – but given the predicament they’re in, beggars cant be choosers, and they agree to have Montel join them!!



In the meantime, Paul Heyman furiously complains to Cole and Lawler, saying he didn’t agree to any of this, calling it an unfair development, threatening to boycott the match … but unaware to Heyman, ANGLE HAS KICK STARTED THE MATCH GOING AFTER JEFF HARDY!!!!




Main Event | SIX MAN TAG TEAM MATCH:

Kurt Angle, Randy Orton & Jack Swagger w/Paul Heyman vs. John Morrison, Jeff Hardy & M.V.P

With Angle getting the jump on Jeff, the bell rings to signify the start of the match, much to the chagrin of Heyman – who has to have it explained to him by Orton what happened for the match to start – and quickly, the speed and trickery of Jeff allows him to get the better of an already hurting Kurt Angle!! Jeff briefly looks for a TWIST OF FATE … but Swagger is in and bundles through Jeff with a clothesline to cut it off!!! That sparks a six man brawl early on, ending with Morrison and Hardy BOTH diving over to the floor with bodies flying everywhere heading into the commercial!!!











Commercial Break











Back from the break, the action has slowed down, with Orton applying his chinlock (of doom~!!) on M.V.P, as we’re shown a clip from during the break when Porter took a bullet for Jeff as he continues to try and prove himself to the faces. Heymans men take turns working over Porter, but again, it’s the clearly injured Angle that causes his own team problems, and gives M.V.P an opening to make a comeback … and eventually make a much needed tag to JOHN MORRISON!!!



Morrison is flashy with his offence, coming in on the hot tag, but it’s Orton he wants, and despite impressing with his flashy moves, his tunnel vision for Orton is what costs him, and allows Angle to catch him with a Belly to Belly!!! That allows Orton to come in and stomp on Morrison, talking trash while he does it, chastising John for not letting his issue drop. He sends Morrison off the ropes – but Morrison ducks a clothesline, then rattles Randy with a spin kick!!! Morrison struggles back to his feet, wanting more for Orton … when M.V.P makes a blind tag!!!



Porter motions that Morrison needs a rest – which is true – but neither Morrison or Jeff seem enamoured by the decision making from M.V.P, even if it was in their best interests, and soon enough, things break down between the teams again when Orton rakes the eyes of M.V.P, getting a reaction from the opposition. All six men are involved again, and as Morrison gets his hands on Orton, he sets up for MOONLIGHT DRIVE-



BUT ANGLE GRIPS HIM FROM BEHIND – GERMAN!!! Angle manages to hold on, but noticeably winces as he gets him back up … SECOND GERMAN!!! Kurt still holds on, but is once more slow to his feet … and goes for the THIRD GERMAN- NO!!! Morrison LANDS ON HIS FEET and looks for a ROUNDHOUSE KICK- BUT ANGLE DUCKS – AND MORRISON CONNECTS WITH ORTON INSTEAD!!!! Angle lunges in behind again – ANGLE SLAM – NO!!!!!



Morrison lands on his feet, and eventually dumps Angle from the ring!!! Orton then looks for a quick RKO- But M.V.P pulls Morrison out of trouble … and JEFF COMES OFF THE TOP AT ORTON WITH A CROSS BODY!!!!! Morrison quickly lands with a baseball slide to Angle – NO!!! ANGLE CATCHES THE ANKLE INSTEAD, DRAGGING MORRISON OUT OF THE RING FOR AN ANKLELOCK ON THE FLOOR!!!!! Jeff comes to the aid of Morrison by running along the barrier – AND DIVES ONTO ANGLE!!!!



In the ring, Swagger blindsides M.V.P … leaving the two legal men down, and the referee demands Swagger get out. Now, Jeff and Swagger are on the apron, both looking for tags … but it’s M.V.P that gets to his partner first!! Jeff steams in, knocking Swagger off the apron first, then sizing up Orton … but runs into a SNAP POWERSLAM instead!!!! 1...2...KICK OUT FROM HARDY!!!!! Swagger is back in, looking for payback on Jeff for the cheap shot, but M.V.P cuts him off with a running dropkick – then nails Orton with a facebuster!!!



Swagger is quickly back up and gets the better of Porter, then looks to clothesline him out of the ring, but Porter ducks down, elevating Swagger up and over – with Jack crashing onto Morrison and Angle on the outside!!! M.V.P sees Orton struggling to get back up … AND LOOKS FOR THE DRIVE BY KICK – BUT ORTON MOVES – AND M.V.P NAILS JEFF INSTEAD ACCIDENTALLY!!!!! Orton throws M.V.P out right after … and finishes off Jeff with the RKO!!!!! Heyman and Swagger hold Morrison back on the floor … 1...2...3!!!!!

Winners: Randy Orton, Kurt Angle & Jack Swagger @ 11:03



Morrison eventually kicks away from Heyman and Swagger, but it’s a couple of seconds too late, and Orton slips out of the ring avoiding Morrison for now, having gotten the win for tonight. Angle struggles up, breathing heavily as he favours his ribs, whilst Heyman seems more interested in Swagger and Orton right now, leaving Angle to play catch up.



In the ring, M.V.P is back, and explains to Morrison what happened … and none of it does much to win Porter any favour from his already untrusting partner. They both look to help Jeff recover, with Montel apologetic, motioning how the mistake came to be, and while Jeff doesn’t blow up, he’s clearly not interested in listening to M.V.P, having been burned by him before.










__









Cutting backstage to the Gorilla position, CHRIS JERICHO is making his way toward the curtain with ARMANDO ESTRADA. Both men look over their shoulder, clearly in fear of Umaga coming after them … as Cole mentions the same, saying they’ve avoided the Samoan Bulldozer all night … but this is as good an invitation as Umaga will get. “What is Jericho up to here!? It looks like he’s heading for the ring!!”











Commercial Break













VIDEO PACKAGE



Opening in silence at a big New Years Eve gathering, the crowd get ready to count down before the sound is heard from them;




TEN”



Cut straight to a boxing match, and a fallen fighter trying to beat the count – again, silence accompanies the pictures – until the referee makes the count of;




NINE”



Sharply, the footage cuts again to a … microwave … as it counts down and stops at 00:08, with the person watching it speaking;




EIGHT”



Straight to the hit TV show, ‘Dancing with the Stars’ and Len Goodman making his bellowing announcement as he holds up his scoreboard;




SEV-AHHHHN”



Directly into a space shuttle sat waiting for lift off-




SIX”



And to WWE referee Mike Chioda issuing a count to the outside of the ring on an unseen wrestler with the audio cutting everything out except his voice;




FIVE”



Switch to a big field … and children running in differing directions … with one standing with their back to the rest, facing a tree, covering their eyes, playing ‘Hide and Seek’




FOUR”



Old school, a clip from the famous show ‘Thunderbirds’ and it’s own iconic countdown scenes;




THREE”



And to a pre-school classroom, with the teacher pointing at the number 2 on the board, with the kids responding in kind…




TWO”



Before arriving at last years Royal Rumble, and the excited fans counting at-




ONE”



Into darkness…



~ BUZZER ~



Cut to shots of a collection of superstars that could/hope/expect to be part of the upcoming Royal Rumble; JOHN CENA, R-TRUTH, PAUL LONDON, JOHN MORRISON, SHELTON BENJAMIN, EDGE.




There’s only ONE countdown that matters…”



More interspersed shots of superstars in action; MR. KENNEDY, BATISTA, THE MIZ, KURT ANGLE, REY MYSTERIO AND RANDY ORTON.




There’s only ONE way to kick off the Road to WrestleMania…”



Flashing shots of the old school Royal Rumble logos, and clips of a full ring at past Rumbles, along with the more recent ones too.




And it’s…”



Quick clips of superstars over the years being thrown over, dumped over, launched or sneaked over the top rope and eliminated from past Royal Rumbles.




OVER.”



Shawn Michaels
epic return to the ring in 1995 to topple Davey Boy Smith when the Bulldog thought he’d won-




THE.”



Triple H
coming back from Quad Surgery to win the Royal Rumble, clotheslining Kurt Angle to the floor in 2002.




TOP!!!”



Austin
celebrating his win in 1998, John Cena on the turnbuckles in 2005 after winning, Christian on his knees after victory in 2007, and Edge pointing to the WrestleMania logo last year.




WHO’S GOIN TO WRESTLEMANIA!?”





WWE ROYAL RUMBLE | JANUARY 25 | TORONTO ON


IT’S OVER THE TOP”

ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW

END PACKAGE

***









__









And back in the arena, sans any music, WWE Champion CHRIS JERICHO is on his way to the ring with ARMANDO ESTRADA…



At ringside, Cole and Lawler briefly chat up the ROYAL RUMBLE next month after that preview package, noting that there’s TWO NAMES already confirmed for the Thirty Man Rumble Match – Mister Kennedy from Raw as the #30 entrant … but also BATISTA from Smackdown, fresh off his win at Armageddon is CONFIRMED as an entrant, having failed to even qualify for the match a year ago!!



Lawler mentions the earlier interaction between Batista and Theodore Long, with Long making it clear that MARK HENRY is also seemingly setting his sights on the Rumble too – but Cole states that as of now, the U.S Champion is NOT confirmed to be in the match.



There’s also a quick plug again for NEXT WEEK on Smackdown – LIVE; The Night After Christmas, which will see Chris Jericho defend the WWE Championship … though Lawler questions if Jericho will even survive to see next week, noting that the champion clearly has a death wish right now…



Inside the ring, Jericho takes a step back, allowing Estrada to take front and centre this time, whilst the champion removes his jacket, seemingly readying himself for a fight as he looks to the stage.




Armando Estrada: UMAGA!! ENOUGH IS ENOUGH PERO!!!



Oh my – has Estrada lost his mind!?” ~Lawler.



Armando Estrada: JU HAD JU’RE FUN!! JU HAD DE CHANCE TO STOP THIS MADNESS!!!



Jericho nods in the background, balling up his fist as he gets ready…



Armando Estrada: ENOUGH HAVE SUFFERED!! HERE WE ARE!!! JU BIG, UNGRATEFUL DUMMY!!!



Estrada THROWS the mic down in anger … as Jericho screws his face up, seemingly pumping himself up for a fight with Umaga…



AND HERE COMES THE SAMOAN BULLDOZER!!!!!




Umaga is stomping his way down the ramp … and Jericho SMILES



AS SUPERSTARS BEGIN TO HOP THE GUARDRAIL – AND THEY’RE ALL ARMED WITH WEAPONS, FORMING A LINE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE RAMP!!!



The Trinity, along with some of Umagas earlier victims; The San Juan Express, Jimmy Yang, Burchill, Chuck Palumbo & Los Latinos – faces and heels alike – grouping together … BUT UMAGA IS READY TO TAKE THEM ON!!!!!



Burchill and Palumbo both go down first – their pipes absolutely useless – but from BEHIND Umaga, THE FIGHT FACTORY ARE HERE!!!!! Burke NAILS Umaga with a chair to the back, and Barrett wraps a chain around his fist to CRACK Umaga in the JAW!!!



Including Jericho, there’s THIRTEEN men in total … but Jericho is content to watch it all unfold from the ring, seeing the rest carrying out his dirty work on the ramp. The group of like-minded stars – hammer at Umaga on the ramp, trying to keep him down … BUT THE BULLDOZER EXPLODES BACK TO HIS FEET!!!!!



Umaga rips away a steel pipe and starts SWINGING it wildly, hitting some, missing others … but he’s FIGHTING OFF this squad of men!!! In the ring, Jericho’s face drops, with Umaga fighting his way to ringside … BUT JERICHO JUMPS OUT OF THE RING!!!!!



Jericho runs around ringside, and heads for the ramp, with Umaga in hot pursuit, knocking people out of his way, catching up to Jericho … but BARRETT AND BURKE stop him before he can get his hands on the WWE Champion!!!



The Fight Factory hammer away at Umaga, with Jericho telling them to clear a path, wanting to hit a CODEBREAKER-



BUT UMAGA STOPS HIM!!!! AND SLAMS HIM DOWN ON THE RAMP!!!!



SAVATE KICK TO BARRETT!!! UPPERCUT TO BURKE!!!




Umaga fights off the oncoming group with kicks and punches and headbutts … brawling his way to get his hands on Jericho again – and drags Jericho toward the stage!!!!! He swats people away, before dragging the WWE Champion to his feet by the edge of the stage-



WHEN ESTRADA JUMPS ON UMAGAS BACK!!!!!



Armando covers the eyes of Umaga, allowing Jericho to crawl away from danger … BUT UMAGA FLIPS ESTRADA OFF HIS BACK, SLAMMING HIM ON THE STAGE!!!!!



Another wave from the superstars comes, but they’re batted away once more, with a few Samoan Spikes thrown in for good measure … leading the Bulldozer back to a retreating Jericho at the entranceway, closing in on the WWE Champion-



UNTIL THE TRINITY CONVERGE ON HIM!!!!



And Jericho is saved again!!!



Daniels, Low Ki and Gabriel all get their shots in on Umaga, pounding him down – the three of them too great a unit for the Bulldozer to fight off, as Daniels whips Umaga with a belt, and Ki and Gabriel rain down blows.



But the WWE Champion isn’t satisfied with just putting Umaga down … he wants him put OUT!! The Trinity back off, having done their job, as Jericho rips a chair from a standing by Chuck Palumbo … AND SMASHES IT OFF THE SKULL OF THE GROUNDED BULLDOZER!!!!!



AND AGAIN – AND A THIRD TIME!!!!!




Directing traffic now, Jericho gets the Fight Factory and the San Juan Express to get the lifeless Bulldozer back to his feet, with help from others dragging Umaga toward the edge of the stage …



BUT UMAGA ROARS BACK TO LIFE AGAIN!!!



ONE BY ONE, HE KNOCKS DOWN THE ONCOMING WRESTLERS, THEN SLAMS EPICO ON THE STEEL!!!



JERICHO SWINGS THE CHAIR-



BUT UMAGA PUNCHES IT OUT OF HIS HANDS!!!!!




Jericho freezes, he’s being abandoned now, as the horde of stars move away with UMAGA GRIPPING HIM BY THE THROAT AT THE SIDE OF THE STAGE-



FIREBALL!!!!!



ARMANDO ESTRADA JUST THREW A FIREBALL IN UMAGAS FACE!!




Momentarily, Umaga is blinded, stumbling at the side of the stage, clawing at his own face…



BEFORE JERICHO DELIVERS A CODEBREAKER TO UMAGA-



AND UMAGA FALLS BACK FROM THE STAGE -



ONTO THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DOWN BELOW!!!!!



SPARKS OF ELECTRICITY~!!



THE LIGHTS FLICKER~!!



THE LIGHTING ON THE STAGE AND THE TRON DIES OUT~!!




Even Michael Cole and Jerry Lawlers mics appear to be cut as they go silent … and bit by bit, the electric in the building fades …



Until the show is left in total darkness… and confusion…



With no one knowing what the condition of Umaga may be…






END OF SHOW







Official Card for Friday Night Smackdown

LIVE, The Night After Christmas:


December 26 2008 | U.S Cellular Arena, Milwaukee WI





WWE Championship Match:

Chris Jericho w/Armando Estrada defends against Christian



WWE Tag Team Championship Match:

The Caribbean Connection defend against The Fight Factory w/Melina



WRESTLEMANIA 23 REMATCH:

The Undertaker vs. Kurt Angle w/Paul Heyman



GRUDGE MATCH:

Edge vs. Matt Hardy



WITH ‘STONE COLD’ STEVE AUSTIN ACTING AS GENERAL MANAGER FOR ONE NIGHT ONLY!!



 
This is an older thread, you may not receive a response, and could be reviving an old thread. Please consider creating a new thread.
Top